10-K

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

Form 10-K

(Mark One)
☒	ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020
OR
☐	TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from to

Commission file number: 1-13011

Comfort Systems USA, Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware
(State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization) 76-0526487
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

675 Bering Drive

Suite 400

Houston, Texas 77057

(713) 830-9600

(Address and telephone number of Principal Executive Offices)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of Each Class	Trading Symbol(s)	Name of Each Exchange on which Registered
Common Stock, $.01 par value	FIX	New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ⌧ No ◻

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Act. Yes ◻ No ⌧

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ⌧ No ◻

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files). Yes ⌧ No ◻

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer ⌧ Accelerated filer ◻ Non-accelerated filer ◻ Smaller reporting company ☐ Emerging growth company ☐

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ◻

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. ☒

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes ☐ No ⌧

The aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant at June 30, 2020 was approximately $1.45 billion, based on the $40.75 last sale price of the registrant’s common stock on the New York Stock Exchange on June 30, 2020.

As of February 19, 2021, 36,185,179 shares of the registrant’s common stock were outstanding (excluding treasury shares of 4,938,186).

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

The information required by Part III (other than the required information regarding executive officers) is incorporated by reference from the registrant’s definitive proxy statement, which will be filed with the Commission not later than 120 days following December 31, 2020.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Part I
Item 1.	Business	3
Item 1A.	Risk Factors	10
Item 1B.	Unresolved Staff Comments	23
Item 2.	Properties	23
Item 3.	Legal Proceedings	23
Item 4.	Mine Safety Disclosures	23
Item 4A.	Executive Officers of the Registrant	23
Part II
Item 5.	Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities	24
Item 6.	Selected Financial Data	26
Item 7.	Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations	27
Item 7A.	Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk	42
Item 8.	Financial Statements and Supplementary Data	44
Item 9.	Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure	85
Item 9A.	Controls and Procedures	85
Item 9B.	Other Information	85
Part III
Item 10.	Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance	86
Item 11.	Executive Compensation	86
Item 12.	Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters	86
Item 13.	Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence	86
Item 14.	Principal Accounting Fees and Services	86
Part IV
Item 15.	Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules	86
Item 16.	Form 10-K Summary	86

1

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

Certain statements and information in this Annual Report on Form 10-K may constitute forward-looking statements within the meaning of applicable securities laws and regulations. The words “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “plan,” “intend,” “foresee,” “should,” “would,” “could,” or other similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements, which are generally not historic in nature. These forward-looking statements are based on the current expectations and beliefs of Comfort Systems USA, Inc. and its subsidiaries (collectively, the “Company”) concerning future developments and their effect on the Company. While the Company’s management believes that these forward-looking statements are reasonable as and when made, there can be no assurance that future developments affecting the Company will be those that it anticipates. All comments concerning the Company’s expectations for future revenue and operating results are based on the Company’s forecasts for its existing operations and do not include the potential impact of any future acquisitions. The Company’s forward-looking statements involve significant risks and uncertainties (some of which are beyond the Company’s control) and assumptions that could cause actual future results to differ materially from the Company’s historical experience and its present expectations or projections. Known material factors that could cause the Company’s actual results to differ from those in the forward-looking statements are those described in Part I, “Item 1A. Risk Factors.”

Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date hereof. The Company undertakes no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements after the date they are made, whether as a result of new information, future events, or otherwise.

2

PART I

The terms “Comfort Systems,” “we,” “us,” or “the Company” refer to Comfort Systems USA, Inc. or Comfort Systems USA, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries, as appropriate in the context.

ITEM 1. Business

Comfort Systems USA, Inc., a Delaware corporation, was established in 1997. We provide mechanical and electrical contracting services. Our mechanical segment principally includes heating, ventilation and air conditioning (“HVAC”), plumbing, piping and controls, as well as off-site construction, monitoring and fire protection. Our electrical segment includes installation and servicing of electrical systems. We build, install, maintain, repair and replace mechanical, electrical and plumbing (“MEP”) systems throughout our 37 operating units with 139 locations in 114 cities throughout the United States.

We operate primarily in the commercial, industrial and institutional MEP markets and perform most of our services in industrial, healthcare, education, office, technology, retail and government facilities. Substantially all of our consolidated 2020 revenue was derived from commercial, industrial and institutional customers and multi-family residential projects. Approximately 46.7% of our revenue was attributable to installation services in newly constructed facilities and 53.3% was attributable to renovation, expansion, maintenance, repair and replacement services in existing buildings. Our consolidated 2020 revenue was derived from the following service industries:

	Percentage of
Service Activity	Revenue
Mechanical Services	84.5	%
Electrical Services	15.5	%
Total	100.0	%

Industry Overview

We believe that commercial, industrial, and institutional mechanical and electrical contracting generate annual revenue in the United States of approximately $200 billion. Mechanical and electrical systems are necessary to virtually all commercial, industrial and institutional buildings. Because most buildings are sealed, HVAC systems provide the primary method of circulating fresh air in such buildings. Replacing an aging building’s existing systems with modern, energy-efficient systems significantly reduces a building’s energy consumption, carbon footprint, and operating costs while improving air quality and overall system effectiveness. Older commercial, industrial and institutional facilities frequently have poor air quality and provide less comfortable environments, and older HVAC systems result in significantly higher energy consumption than do modern systems. As electrical systems age they require service and replacement, and changing building configurations and technological power load requirements lead to the need to reconfigure and improve electrical systems in buildings on a regular basis.

Many factors affect mechanical and electrical services industry growth, including but not limited to, (i) population growth, which increases the need for commercial, industrial and institutional space, (ii) an aging installed base of buildings and equipment, (iii) increasing sophistication, complexity and efficiency of mechanical and electrical systems, and (iv) growing emphasis on internal air quality, environmental sustainability and energy efficiency.

Our industry can be broadly divided into two categories:

● construction of and installation in new buildings, which provided approximately 46.7% of our revenue in 2020, and

● renovation, expansion, maintenance, repair and replacement in existing buildings, which provided the remaining 53.3% of our 2020 revenue.

Construction, Installation, Expansion and Renovation Services— Construction, installation, expansion and renovation services consist of “design and build” and “plan and spec” projects. In “design and build” projects, the commercial MEP company is responsible for designing, engineering and installing a cost-effective, energy-efficient system customized to the specific needs of the building owner. Costs and other project terms are normally negotiated

3

between the building owner or its representative and the contracting company. Companies that specialize in “design and build” projects use a consultative approach with customers and tend to develop long-term relationships with building owners and developers, general contractors, architects, consulting engineers and property managers. “Plan and spec” installation refers to projects in which a third-party architect or consulting engineer designs the MEP systems and the installation project is “put out for bid.” We believe that “plan and spec” projects usually take longer to complete and frequently results in less efficient outcomes than “design and build” projects because the system design and installation process are not integrated, thus resulting in more frequent adjustments to project specifications, work requirements and schedules. Our investments in design and building information modeling enable us to collaborate with our customers to achieve reliable and energy efficient construction outcomes and to eliminate unnecessary waste.

Maintenance, Repair and Replacement Services—These services include maintaining, repairing, replacing, reconfiguring and monitoring previously installed systems and building automation controls. The growth and aging of the installed base of MEP and related systems, changing requirements due to increasing technology deployment, and the demand for more efficient systems and more capable building automation controls have fueled growth in these services. The increasing complexity of these systems leads many commercial, industrial and institutional building owners and property managers to outsource maintenance and repair, often through service agreements with service providers. State-of-the-art control and monitoring systems feature electronic sensors and microprocessors that are crucial to energy efficient operations. These systems require specialized training to install, maintain and repair. We believe that the work that we perform to optimize and upgrade systems and to enable wise controls helps Comfort Systems USA to optimize energy use and fundamentally reduce our nation’s carbon footprint.

Strategy

We focus on strengthening core operating competencies, leading in sustainability, efficiency and technological improvement, and on increasing profit margins. The key objectives of our strategy are to improve profitability and generate growth in our operations, to enable sustainable and efficient building environments, to improve the productivity of our workforce, and to acquire complementary businesses. In order to accomplish our objectives, we are currently focused on the following elements:

Achieve Excellence in Core Competencies—We have identified seven core competencies that we believe are critical to attracting and retaining customers, increasing operating income and cash flow and maximizing the productivity of our increasingly valuable skilled labor force. The seven core competencies are: (i) safety, (ii) customer service, (iii) design and build expertise, (iv) effective pre-construction processes, (v) job and cost tracking, (vi) leadership in energy efficient and sustainable design, and (vii) best-in-class servicing of existing building systems.

Achieve Operating Efficiencies—We think we can achieve operating efficiencies and cost savings through purchasing economies, adopting operational “best practices,” and focusing on job management to deliver services in a cost-effective and efficient manner. We are continually improving the “job loop” at our locations—qualifying, estimating, pricing and executing projects effectively and efficiently. We also use our combined spend to gain purchasing advantages on products and services such as MEP components, raw materials, services, vehicles, bonding, insurance and employee benefits.

Attract, Retain and Invest in our Employees—We seek to attract and retain quality employees by providing them an enhanced career path that offers a stable income, attractive benefits packages and excellent advancement opportunities. We continually invest in training, including programs for project managers, field superintendents, service managers, service technicians, sales managers, estimators, and leadership and development of key managers and leaders. We believe that skilled labor forces in the building and services trades have become increasingly scarce and valuable, and we are increasing our national and local focus on growing and improving our skilled labor force, including through recruitment, development and skills training for our hourly workers.

Focus on Industrial, Commercial and Institutional Markets—We focus on the industrial, commercial and institutional building markets, including construction, maintenance, repair and replacement services. We believe that these complex markets are attractive because of their growth opportunities, large and diverse customer base, attractive margins and potential for long-term relationships with building owners.

Leverage Resources and Capabilities—We believe significant operating efficiencies can be achieved by leveraging resources among our operating locations. We have shifted certain fabrication activities to centralized

4

locations in order to increase asset utilization. We opportunistically allocate our engineering, field and supervisory labor from one operation to another to use our employee base more fully, meet our customers’ needs and share expertise. Our ability to share resources frequently allows us to pursue work that would otherwise not be available to us and allows us to provide a more diversified and steady deployment of our labor. We believe we have realized scale benefits from coordinated purchasing, technical innovation, insurance, benefits, bonding and financing activities across our operations.

Maintain a Diverse Customer, Geographic and Project Base—We have a distribution of revenue across end-use sectors that we believe reduces our exposure to negative developments in any given sector. We also have significant geographical diversification across all regions of the United States, again reducing our exposure to negative developments in any given region. Our distribution of revenue in 2020 by end-use sector was as follows:

Industrial	38.9	%
Education	17.1	%
Office Buildings	11.2	%
Healthcare	13.0	%
Government	5.7	%
Retail, Restaurants and Entertainment	8.4	%
Multi-Family and Residential	3.0	%
Other	2.7	%
Total	100.0	%

Approximately 87.0% of our revenue is earned on a project basis for installation of systems in newly constructed or existing facilities. As of December 31, 2020, we had 5,687 projects in process with an aggregate contract value of approximately $5.0 billion. Our average project takes six to nine months to complete, with an average contract price of approximately $871,000. This average project size, when taken together with the approximately 13.0% of our revenue derived from maintenance and service, provides us with a broad base of work in the construction services sector. A stratification of projects in progress as of December 31, 2020, by contract price, is as follows:

		Aggregate
		Contract
	No. of	Price Value
Contract Price of Project	Projects	(millions)
Under $1 million	4,905	$	644.0
$1 million - $5 million	575		1,283.4
$5 million - $10 million	94		692.3
$10 million - $15 million	56		684.9
Greater than $15 million	57		1,648.3
Total	5,687	$	4,952.9

Develop and Adopt Leading Technologies—We are improving productivity by increasing use of innovative techniques in prefabrication, project design and planning, as well as in coordination and production methods. We have invested in the refinement and adoption of prefabrication practices. We work to identify, develop and implement new materials, products and methods that can achieve greater productivity and more efficient and sustainable outcomes. Above all, we have concluded that as technology develops in our industry the fundamental prerequisite for leadership in adopting such opportunities is the quality, accuracy and buildability of our designs. Accordingly, we have invested in the experts, training, and internal and external knowledge transfer to ensure that we are properly scaling, achieving true buildability and fundamentally and continuously improving our design capabilities to meet our customers’ evolving requirements. Our goal is to use our scale and strategic investments to maintain a leading position in design and modeling excellence, and we believe that will enable us to optimize productivity and quality today, and especially will position us to wisely capitalize from ongoing or future technological developments.

Excel at Modular and Off-Site Construction—We believe that modular and off-site construction – the ability to build superior quality plants and systems away from the construction site – will become increasingly important in complex construction projects. Accordingly, through our acquisitions, we have invested in that capability, and after acquisition we have further invested in improving and growing that service offering. This has led to meaningful growth in our ability to provide this expertise. Through recent and ongoing development and acquisitions, we plan to continue to improve on our unmatched capability in mechanical off-site or modular construction. With our recent acquisition of

5

Starr Electric Company, Incorporated in North Carolina and TAS Energy Inc. in Texas, we significantly improved our off-site construction capabilities and offerings and will continue to invest in the improvement of these offerings. Although complex modular construction is a small percentage of our current revenue, we believe that it is ripe for investment and growth and that it helps us to sell work and improve outcomes across our businesses.

Service Growth Initiative—Over the last several years we have made substantial investments to expand our service and maintenance revenue by increasing the value we can offer to service and maintenance customers. We are actively concentrating managerial and sales resources on training and hiring experienced employees to sell and profitably perform service work. In many locations we have added or upgraded our capability, and we believe our investments and efforts have provided customer value and stimulated growth in all aspects of our businesses.

Seek Growth through Acquisitions—We believe that we can further increase our cash flow and operating income by continuing to opportunistically enter new markets or service lines through acquisition. We have dedicated a significant portion of our cash flow on an ongoing basis to seeking opportunities to acquire businesses that have strong assembled workforces, excellent historical safety performance, leading design and energy efficiency capabilities, attractive market positions, a record of consistent positive cash flow, and desirable market locations.

Operations and Services Provided

We provide a wide range of construction, renovation, expansion, maintenance, repair and replacement services for MEP and related systems in commercial, industrial and institutional properties. Our local management teams maintain responsibility for day-to-day operating decisions. Local management is augmented by regional leadership that focuses on core business competencies, regional financial performance, cooperation and coordination between locations, implementing best practices and corporate initiatives. In addition to senior management, local personnel generally include design engineers, energy efficiency and sustainability experts, sales personnel, customer service personnel, installation and service technicians, sheet metal and prefabrication technicians, estimators and administrative personnel. We have centralized certain administrative functions such as insurance, employee benefits, training, safety programs, marketing and cash management to enable our local operating management to focus on pursuing new business opportunities and improving operating efficiencies.

Construction and Installation Services for New Buildings—Our installation business related to newly constructed facilities, which comprised approximately 46.7% of our consolidated 2020 revenue, involves the design, engineering, integration, installation and start-up of MEP and related systems. We provide “design and build” and “plan and spec” installation services for office buildings, retail centers, manufacturing plants, healthcare, education and government facilities and other commercial, industrial and institutional facilities. In a “design and build” installation, we work with the customer to determine the needed capacity and to optimize energy efficiency of the MEP systems that best suit the proposed facility. The final design, terms, price and timing of the project are then negotiated with the customer or its representatives, after which any necessary modifications are made to the system plan. In “plan and spec” installation, we participate in a bid process to provide labor, equipment, materials and installation based on the end user’s plans and engineering specifications.

Once an agreement has been reached, we order the necessary materials and equipment for delivery to meet the project schedule. In many instances we fabricate ductwork, conduit and piping and assemble certain components for the system based on the mechanical drawing specifications. Finally, we install the systems at the project site, working closely with the owner or general contractor. Our average project takes six to nine months to complete, with an average contract price of approximately $871,000. We also perform larger project work, with 782 contracts in progress at December 31, 2020 with contract prices in excess of $1 million. Our largest project in progress at December 31, 2020 had a contract price of $78.3 million. Project contracts typically provide for periodic billings to the customer as we meet progress milestones or incur cost on the project. Project contracts in our industry also frequently allow for a small portion of progress billings or contract price to be withheld by the customer until after we have completed the work. Amounts withheld under this practice are known as retention or retainage.

Renovation, Expansion, Maintenance, Monitoring, Repair and Replacement Services for Existing Buildings—Our renovation, expansion, maintenance, monitoring, repair and replacement services in existing buildings comprised approximately 53.3% of our consolidated 2020 revenue. Maintenance and repair services are provided either in response to service calls or under a service agreement. Service calls are coordinated by customer service representatives or dispatchers that use computer and communication technology to process orders, arrange service calls, dispatch

6

technicians and communicate with and invoice customers. Service technicians work from service vehicles equipped with commonly used parts, supplies and tools to complete a variety of jobs. Optimal maintenance is crucial to energy efficient operations. Commercial, industrial and institutional service agreements usually have terms of one or more years, with automatic annual renewals, and frequently include thirty- to sixty-day cancellation notice periods. We also provide remote monitoring of power usage, temperature, pressure, humidity and air flow for MEP and other building systems.

Sources of Supply

The raw materials and components we use include MEP system components, ductwork, pipe, conduit, wire, electrical fixtures, steel, sheet metal and copper tubing and piping. These raw materials and components are generally available from a variety of domestic or foreign suppliers at competitive prices. Delivery times are typically short for most raw materials and standard components, but during periods of peak demand, may extend to one month or more. We estimate that direct purchase of commodities and finished products comprises between 25% and 30% of our average project cost. We have procedures to reduce commodity cost exposure such as purchasing commodities early for particular projects, as well as selectively using time or market-based escalation and escape provisions in bids and contracts.

Chillers for large applications typically have the longest delivery time and frequently have lead times of up to six months. The major components of commercial MEP systems are compressors and chillers that are manufactured primarily by Carrier, Lennox, Daikin, Trane and York. The major suppliers of building automation control systems are Automated Logic, Cisco, Delta, Distech Controls, Honeywell, Johnson Controls, Rockwell Automation, Schneider Electric, Siemens, Trane and York. We do not have any significant contracts guaranteeing us a supply of raw materials or components.

Cyclicality and Seasonality

The construction industry is subject to business cycle fluctuation. As a result, our volume of business, particularly in new construction projects and renovation, may be adversely affected by declines in new installation and replacement projects in various geographic regions of the United States during periods of economic weakness.

The mechanical and electrical contracting industries are also subject to seasonal variations. The demand for new installation and replacement is generally lower during the winter months (the first quarter of the year) due to reduced construction activity during inclement weather and less use of air conditioning during the colder months. Demand for our services is generally higher in the second and third calendar quarters due to increased construction activity and increased use of air conditioning during the warmer months. Accordingly, we expect our revenue and operating results generally will be lower in the first calendar quarter.

Sales and Marketing

We have a diverse customer base, with our top customer representing 5% of consolidated 2020 revenue, and our largest customer often changes from year to year. Management and a dedicated sales force are responsible for developing and maintaining successful long-term relationships with key customers. Customers generally include building owners and developers and property managers, as well as general contractors, architects and consulting engineers. We intend to continue our emphasis on developing and maintaining long-term relationships with our customers by providing superior, high-quality service in a professional manner. We believe we can continue to leverage the diverse technical and marketing strengths at individual locations to expand the services offered in other local markets. With respect to multi-location service opportunities, we maintain a national sales force in our national accounts group.

Human Capital Resources

Employees—As of December 31, 2020, we had approximately 11,100 employees as compared to approximately 12,000 employees as of December 31, 2019. We have collective bargaining agreements covering less than ten employees. We have not experienced and do not expect any significant strikes or work stoppages and believe our relations with employees covered by collective bargaining agreements are good.

Culture and Core Values—Our values define, inform, and guide the way we operate on a daily basis, both within our Company and in the communities where we do business. Our core values are: be safe; be honest; be

7

respectful; be innovative; and be collaborative. These values set the foundation for our Code of Conduct, which applies to all employees, officers, and directors of the Comfort Systems USA family of companies. The Code of Conduct is regularly reinforced to the Company’s employees and management through periodic ethics, equal opportunity employment, and anti-corruption trainings. In addition, certain business partners, such as consultants, agents, suppliers, contractors, and other third parties, serve as an extension of the Company. They are expected to follow the spirit of our Code of Conduct, all applicable laws, and any applicable contractual provisions when working on our behalf.

We believe that the way we conduct business is just as important as the business we do. Operating with integrity helps us deliver on the promises we have made to each other, our customers, and the communities where we live and work. It is also the basis for ensuring continued growth and success. Everyone at our Company shares a responsibility for doing business ethically and in a sustainable manner, preserving our good name. We ensure that this responsibility applies at every level in our organization, and everyone from corporate officers, to members of our Board of Directors, to our field personnel is responsible for overseeing these efforts.

Recruiting and Training—Our continued success depends, in part, on our ability to continue to attract, retain and motivate qualified engineers, service technicians, field supervisors and project managers. We believe our success in retaining qualified employees will be based on the quality of our recruiting, training, compensation, employee benefits programs and opportunities for advancement. We provide numerous training programs for management, sales and leadership, as well as on-the-job training, technical training, apprenticeship programs, attractive benefit packages and career advancement opportunities within our Company.

Safety—We have established comprehensive safety programs throughout our operations to ensure that all employees comply with safety standards we have established and that are established under federal, state and local laws and regulations. Safety leadership establishes safety programs and benchmarking to improve safety across the Company. Additionally, our employment screening process seeks to determine that prospective employees have requisite skills, sufficient background references and acceptable driving records, if applicable. Our rate of incidents recordable under the standards of the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (“OSHA”) per one hundred employees per year, also known as the OSHA recordable rate, was 1.36 during 2020. This level was 20% better than the most recently published OSHA rate for our industry.

Diversity and Inclusion—We are an equal opportunity employer, and we welcome and celebrate our teams’ differences, experiences, and beliefs. We expect all employees to be treated with dignity and respect in an environment free from discrimination and harassment regardless of race, color, religion, sex, sexual orientation, gender identity or expression, national origin, age, disability, veteran status, genetic information or any other protected class. We know that diversity is truly a competitive advantage that helps drive growth and innovation, and we have increasingly focused on diversity and inclusion programs within our Company. Diversity and inclusion is among our leadership team’s top priorities, with clearly outlined near-term actions to accelerate progress in outreach, representation, development and advancement of underrepresented groups within our Company. Our Board of Directors and Board committees provide oversight on certain human capital matters, including our diversity and inclusion strategy.

Insurance and Litigation

The primary insured risks in our operations are bodily injury, property damage and workers’ compensation injuries. We retain the risk for workers’ compensation, employer’s liability, auto liability, general liability and employee group health claims resulting from uninsured deductibles per-incident or occurrence. Because we have very large per incident deductibles, the vast majority of our claims are paid by us, so as a practical matter we self-insure the great majority of these risks. Losses up to such per-incident deductible amounts are estimated and accrued based upon known facts, historical trends and industry averages using the assistance of an actuary to project the extent of these obligations.

We are subject to certain claims and lawsuits arising in the normal course of business. We maintain various insurance coverages to minimize financial risk associated with these claims. We have estimated and provided accruals for probable losses and related legal fees associated with certain litigation in our consolidated financial statements. While we cannot predict the outcome of these proceedings, in our opinion and based on reports of counsel, any liability arising from these matters individually and in the aggregate will not have a material effect on our operating results, cash flows or financial condition, after giving effect to provisions already recorded.

We typically warrant labor for the first year after installation on new MEP systems that we build and install, and we pass through to the customer manufacturers’ warranties on equipment. We generally warrant labor for thirty days after servicing existing MEP systems. We do not expect warranty claims to have a material adverse effect on our financial position or results of operations.

8

Competition

The mechanical and electrical contracting industries are highly competitive and consist of thousands of local and regional companies. We believe that purchasing decisions in the commercial, industrial and institutional markets are based on (i) competitive price, (ii) relationships, (iii) quality, timeliness and reliability, (iv) tenure, financial strength and access to bonding, (v) range of capabilities, and (vi) scale of operation. To improve our competitive position, we focus on both the consultative “design and build” installation market and the maintenance, repair and replacement market in order to develop and strengthen customer relationships. In addition, we believe our ability to provide multi-location coverage and a broad range of services gives us a strategic advantage over smaller competitors who may have more limited resources and capabilities.

We believe that we are larger than most of our competitors, which are generally small, owner-operated companies in a specific area. However, there are divisions of larger contracting companies, utilities and MEP equipment manufacturers that provide MEP services in some of the same service lines and geographic areas we serve. Some of these competitors and potential competitors have greater financial resources than we do to finance development opportunities and support their operations. We believe our smaller competitors generally compete with us based on price and their long-term relationships with local customers. Our larger competitors compete with us on those factors but may also provide attractive financing and comprehensive service and product packages.

Vehicles

We operate a fleet of various owned or leased service trucks, vans and support vehicles. We believe these vehicles generally are well maintained and sufficient for our current operations.

Governmental Regulation and Environmental Matters

Our operations are subject to various federal, state and local laws and regulations, including: (i) licensing requirements applicable to engineering, construction and service technicians, (ii) building and MEP codes and zoning ordinances, (iii) regulations relating to consumer protection, including those governing residential service agreements, (iv) special bidding and procurement requirements on government projects, (v) wage and hour regulations, and (vi) regulations relating to worker safety and protection of the environment. For example, our operations are subject to the requirements of OSHA and comparable state laws directed towards protection of employees. We believe we have all required licenses to conduct our operations and are in substantial compliance with applicable regulatory requirements. If we fail to comply with applicable regulations, we could be subject to substantial fines or revocation of our operating licenses.

Many state and local regulations governing the MEP services trades require individuals to hold permits and licenses. In some cases, a required permit or license held by a single individual may be sufficient to authorize specified activities for all of our service technicians who work in the state or county that issued the permit or license. We seek to ensure that, where possible, we have two employees who hold any such permits or licenses that may be material to our operations in a particular geographic region.

Our operations are subject to the federal Clean Air Act, as amended, which governs air emissions and imposes specific requirements on the use and handling of ozone-depleting refrigerants generally classified as chlorofluorocarbons (“CFCs”) or hydrochlorofluorocarbons (“HCFCs”). Clean Air Act regulations promulgated by the United States Environmental Protection Agency (“USEPA”) require the certification of service technicians involved in the service or repair of equipment containing these refrigerants and also regulate the containment and recycling of these refrigerants. These requirements have increased our training expenses and expenditures for containment and recycling equipment. The Clean Air Act is intended ultimately to eliminate the use of ozone-depleting substances such as CFCs and HCFCs in the United States and to require alternative refrigerants to be used in replacement HVAC systems. Some replacement refrigerants, already in use, and classified as hydrofluorocarbons (“HFCs”) are not ozone-depleting substances. HFCs are considered by USEPA to have high global warming potential. USEPA may at some point require the phase-out of HFCs and expand existing technician certification requirements to cover the handling of HFCs. We do not believe the existing regulations governing technician certification requirements for the handling of ozone-depleting substances or possible future regulations applicable to HFCs will materially affect our business on the whole because, although they require us to incur modest ongoing training costs, our competitors also incur such costs, and such regulations may encourage or require our customers to update their MEP systems.

9

Additional Information

Our Internet address is www.comfortsystemsusa.com. We make available free of charge on or through our website our annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such material with, or furnish it to, the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). These materials are also available at www.sec.gov. Our website also includes our code of ethics, titled the “Code of Conduct,” together with other governance materials including our corporate governance standards and our Board committee charters for the audit committee, the compensation committee, and the governance and nominating committee; the executive committee, formed in 2019, operates under written grants of authority that may be amended from time to time by the Board. Printed versions of our code of ethics and our corporate governance standards may be obtained upon written request to our Corporate Compliance Officer at our headquarters address.

The content of our websites is not incorporated by reference into this annual report on Form 10-K or in any other report or document we file with the SEC, and any references to our websites are intended to be inactive textual references only.

ITEM 1A. Risk Factors

Our business is subject to a variety of risks and uncertainties, including, but not limited to, the risks and uncertainties described below. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones facing us. Additional risks and uncertainties not known to us or which we have not determined to be material may also impair our business operations. You should carefully consider the risks described below, together with all other information included in this report, including information contained in the “Business,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk” sections. Our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows could be adversely affected by the occurrence of any of these events, which could cause actual results to differ materially from expected and historical results, and the trading price of our common stock could decline.

Risks Related to Our Business

Economic downturns in the markets in which we operate may materially and adversely affect our business because our business is dependent on levels of construction activity.

The demand for our services is dependent upon the existence of construction projects and service requirements within the markets in which we operate. Any period of economic recession, including the ongoing recession caused by the Coronavirus Disease 2019 (“COVID-19”) pandemic, affecting a market or industry in which we transact business is likely to adversely impact our business. Many of the projects we work on have long lifecycles from conception to completion, and the bulk of our performance generally occurs late in a construction project’s lifecycle. We experience the results of economic trends well after an economic cycle begins, and therefore have generally continued to experience the results of an economic recession well after conditions in the general economy have improved.

The industries and markets in which we operate have always been and will continue to be vulnerable to macroeconomic downturns because they are cyclical in nature. When there is a reduction in demand, it often leads to greater price competition as well as decreased revenue and profit. The lasting effects of a recession can also increase economic instability with our vendors, subcontractors, developers, and general contractors, which can increase our liability exposure and result in us not being paid in full or at all on some projects, thus decreasing our revenue and profit. Further, to the extent some of our vendors, subcontractors, developers, or general contractors seek bankruptcy protection, such bankruptcy will likely force us to incur additional costs in attorneys’ fees, as well as other professional consultants, and will result in decreased revenue and profit. Additionally, because 5.7% of our revenue for the year ended December 31, 2020 was attributable to projects in the government sector, a reduction in federal, state, or local government spending in our industries and markets could result in decreased revenue and profit for us.

10

Because we bear the risk of cost overruns in most of our contracts, we may experience reduced profits or, in some cases, losses under these contracts if costs increase above our estimates.

Our contract prices are established largely based on estimates and assumptions of our projected costs, including assumptions about: future economic conditions; prices, including commodity prices; availability of labor, including the costs of providing labor, equipment, and materials; and other factors outside our control. If our estimates or assumptions prove to be inaccurate, circumstances change in a way that renders our assumptions and estimates inaccurate or we fail to successfully execute the work, cost overruns may occur, and we could experience reduced profits or a loss for affected projects. For instance, unanticipated technical problems may arise, we could have difficulty obtaining permits or approvals, local laws, labor costs or labor conditions could change, bad weather could delay construction, raw materials prices could increase, our suppliers or subcontractors may fail to perform as expected or site conditions may be different than we expected. We are also exposed to increases in energy prices, particularly as they relate to gasoline prices. Additionally, in certain circumstances, we guarantee project completion or the achievement of certain acceptance and performance testing levels by a scheduled date. Failure to meet schedule or performance requirements typically results in additional costs to us, and in some cases, we may also create liability for consequential and liquidated damages. Performance problems for existing and future projects could cause our actual results of operations to differ materially from those we anticipate and could damage our reputation within our industry and our customer base.

Our backlog is subject to unexpected adjustments and cancellations, which means that amounts included in our backlog may not result in actual revenue or translate into profits.

Backlog reflects revenue still to be recognized under contracted or committed installation and replacement project work. Our backlog as of December 31, 2020 was $1.51 billion. The predictive value of backlog information is limited to indications of general revenue direction over the near term, and we cannot guarantee that the revenue projected from our backlog will be realized or, if realized, will be profitable. Projects may remain in our backlog for an extended period of time, or project cancellations or scope adjustments may occur with respect to contracts reflected in our backlog. Such changes may adversely affect the revenues and profit we ultimately realize on these projects.

The effects of the COVID-19 pandemic and related economic repercussions have materially affected how we and our customers, vendors, subcontractors, developers, and general contractors are operating our businesses, and the duration and extent to which this will negatively impact our future results of operations and overall financial performance remains uncertain.

The COVID-19 pandemic has negatively impacted the global economy, disrupted consumer spending and global supply chains, and created significant volatility and disruption of financial markets. We have experienced some resulting disruptions to our business operations, and we expect the COVID-19 pandemic could have a material adverse impact on our business and financial performance. The extent of the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our business and financial performance, including our ability to execute our near-term and long-term business strategies and initiatives in the expected time frame, will depend on future developments, including the duration and severity of the pandemic, the resulting governmental and other measures implemented to address the pandemic and the development and availability of effective treatments and vaccines, which are uncertain and cannot be predicted at this time.

We have been negatively impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic as a result of the shelter-in-place restrictions and work disruptions in some of our service areas creating disruptions to portions of our operations, particularly in major metropolitan markets that have been meaningfully impacted by the pandemic. We have also experienced permitting and regulatory delays attributable to the COVID-19 pandemic. In addition to these current dynamics, the COVID-19 pandemic may create or exacerbate risks related to our operations and regulatory and compliance matters, including as a result of:

● evolving governmental guidance or requirements, including travel and movement restrictions, that continue to impact our ability to perform services or complete projects in accordance with required delivery schedules, which could result in additional costs or penalties (e.g., liquidated damages);

● additional delays with respect to permitting and regulatory matters;

● additional project deferrals, delays, and cancellations and changes in customer spending patterns and strategic plans as a result of, among other things, lack of available financing for our customers’ businesses or termination of, or force majeure events arising under, existing customer agreements;

11

● governmental guidance or requirements, including work-from-home policies, or potential illness that negatively impact the availability or productivity of our key personnel or a significant number of employees or cause other disruptions to our business, corporate governance or financial reporting processes;

● increased payment risk associated with customers experiencing financial difficulties (including bankruptcy) and an increase in disputes with customers relating to billing and payment under contracts and change orders;

● potential liabilities and reputational harm related to occupational health and safety matters associated with COVID-19;

● our inability to execute our business strategy, including with respect to certain capital investments such as acquisitions, investments and service offering expansions;

● limitations on the ability of our suppliers, vendors and subcontractors to perform;

● asset impairment charges related to property and equipment, goodwill, other intangible assets, other long-lived assets and investments;

● additional costs associated with restructuring, severance and related matters, potential mandated increases in pay for critical infrastructure workers or other increased employment-related costs (e.g., workers’ compensation insurance claims); and

● an increase in cyber-attacks and attempted intrusions into our information technology systems as a result of, among other things, increased reliance on such systems.

As a result of these factors, the extent of the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our business is highly uncertain. At this point, we cannot reasonably estimate the duration and severity of the COVID-19 pandemic, or its ultimate impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

Intense competition in our industry could reduce our market share and our profit.

The markets we serve are highly fragmented and competitive. Our industry is characterized by many small companies whose activities are geographically concentrated. We compete on the basis of our technical expertise and experience, financial and operational resources, nationwide presence, industry reputation and dependability. While we believe our customers consider a number of these factors in awarding available contracts, a large portion of our work is awarded through a bid process. Consequently, price is often the principal factor in determining which contractor is selected, especially on smaller, less complex projects. Smaller competitors are sometimes able to win bids for these projects based on price alone due to their lower cost and financial return requirements. We expect competition to continue in our industry, presenting us with significant challenges in our ability to maintain strong growth rates and acceptable profit margins. We also expect increased competition from in-house service providers, because some of our customers have employees who perform service work similar to the services we provide. Vertical consolidation could also contribute to competition in our industry. If we are unable to meet these competitive challenges, we will lose market share to our competitors and experience an overall reduction in our profits. In addition, our profitability would be impaired if we have to reduce our prices to remain competitive.

Our recent and future acquisitions may not be successful.

We expect to continue pursuing selective acquisitions of businesses. We cannot guarantee that we will be able to identify acquisitions or that we will be able to consummate transactions on terms and conditions acceptable to us, or that acquired businesses will be profitable. Acquisitions may expose us to additional business risks different than those we have traditionally experienced. We also may encounter difficulties integrating acquired businesses and successfully managing the growth we expect to experience from these acquisitions.

We may choose to finance future acquisitions with debt, equity, cash or a combination of the three. Future acquisitions could dilute earnings or disrupt the payment of a stockholder dividend. To the extent we make acquisitions, a number of risks will result, including:

● the assumption of material liabilities (including for environmental-related costs);

● failure of due diligence to uncover situations that could result in legal exposure or to quantify the true liability exposure from known risks;

12

● the diversion of management’s attention from the management of daily operations to the integration of operations;

● difficulties in the assimilation and retention of employees, in the assimilation of different cultures and practices, in the assimilation of broad and geographically dispersed personnel and operations, and the retention of employees generally;

● the risk of additional financial and accounting challenges and complexities in areas such as tax planning, treasury management, financial reporting and internal controls; and

● we may not be able to realize the cost savings or other financial benefits we anticipated prior to the acquisition.

The failure to successfully integrate acquisitions could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Third parties contribute significantly to our completion of many projects.

We hire third-party subcontractors to perform work and depend on third-party suppliers to provide equipment and materials necessary to complete our projects. If we are unable to retain qualified subcontractors or suppliers, or if our subcontractors or suppliers do not perform as anticipated for any reason, our execution, reputation and profitability could be harmed.

Earnings for future periods may be impacted by impairment charges for goodwill and intangible assets.

We carry a significant amount of goodwill and identifiable intangible assets on our consolidated Balance Sheets. Goodwill is the excess of purchase price over the fair value of the net assets of acquired businesses. We assess goodwill for impairment each year, and more frequently if circumstances suggest an impairment may have occurred. We have determined in the past and may again determine in the future that a significant impairment has occurred in the value of our unamortized intangible assets or fixed assets, which could require us to write off a portion of our assets and could adversely affect our financial condition or our reported results of operations.

Our use of the percentage-of-completion method of accounting could result in a reduction or reversal of previously recorded revenue or profits.

A material portion of our revenue is recognized using the percentage-of-completion method of accounting, which results in our recognizing contract revenue and earnings ratably over the contract term in the proportion that our actual costs bear to our estimated contract costs. The earnings or losses recognized on individual contracts are based on estimates of contract revenue, costs and profitability. We review our estimates of contract revenue, costs and profitability on an ongoing basis. Prior to contract completion, we may adjust our estimates on one or more occasions as a result of change orders to the original contract, collection disputes with the customer on amounts invoiced or claims against the customer for increased costs incurred by us due to customer-induced delays and other factors. Contract losses are recognized in the fiscal period when the loss is determined. Contract profit estimates are also adjusted in the fiscal period in which it is determined that an adjustment is required. As a result of the requirements of the percentage-of-completion method of accounting, the possibility exists, for example, that we could have estimated and reported a profit on a contract over several periods and later determined, usually near contract completion, that all or a portion of such previously estimated and reported profits were overstated. If this occurs, the full aggregate amount of the overstatement will be reported for the period in which such determination is made, thereby eliminating all or a portion of any profits from other contracts that would have otherwise been reported in such period or even resulting in a loss being reported for such period. On a historical basis, we believe that we have made reasonably reliable estimates of the progress towards completion on our long-term contracts. However, given the uncertainties associated with these types of contracts, it is possible for actual costs to vary from estimates previously made, which may result in reductions or reversals of previously recorded revenue and profits.

13

A significant portion of our business depends on our ability to provide surety bonds. Any difficulties in the financial and surety markets may adversely affect our bonding capacity and availability.

In the past we have expanded, and it is possible we will continue to expand, the number and percentage of total contract dollars that require an underlying bond. Historically surety market conditions have experienced times of difficulty as a result of significant losses incurred by many surety companies and the results of macroeconomic trends outside of our control. Consequently, during times when less overall bonding capacity is available in the market, surety terms have become more expensive and more restrictive. As such, we cannot guarantee our ability to maintain a sufficient level of bonding capacity in the future, which could preclude our ability to bid for certain contracts or successfully contract with some customers. Additionally, even if we continue to be able to access bonding capacity to sufficiently bond future work, we may be required to post collateral to secure bonds, which would decrease the liquidity we would have available for other purposes. Our surety providers are under no commitment to guarantee our access to new bonds in the future; thus, our ability to access or increase bonding capacity is at the sole discretion of our surety providers. If our surety companies were to limit or eliminate our access to bonds, our alternatives would include seeking bonding capacity from other surety companies, increasing business with clients that do not require bonds and posting other forms of collateral for project performance, such as letters of credit or cash. We may be unable to secure these alternatives in a timely manner, on acceptable terms, or at all. As such, if we were to experience an interruption or reduction in the availability of bonding capacity, it is likely we would be unable to compete for or work on certain projects.

If we experience delays and/or defaults in customer payments, we could be unable to recover all expenditures.

Because of the nature of our contracts, at times we commit resources to projects prior to receiving payments from the customer in amounts sufficient to cover expenditures on projects as they are incurred. Delays in customer payments may require us to make a working capital investment. If a customer defaults in making their payments on a project to which we have devoted resources, it could have a material negative effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Our business may be affected by the work environment.

We may need to perform our work under a variety of conditions, including but not limited to, difficult terrain, difficult site conditions and busy urban centers where delivery of materials and availability of labor may be impacted, clean-room environments where strict procedures must be followed and sites that may have been exposed to harsh and hazardous conditions and outbreaks of infectious disease, such as the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic. If we are unable to manage the conditions required for certain of our jobs, including the availability of sufficient labor, adherence to environmental, health and safety or other standards, and adequately addressing harsh or hazardous conditions, our business and financial condition could be adversely affected.

We are susceptible to adverse weather conditions, which may harm our business and financial results.

Our business can be highly cyclical and subject to seasonal and other variations that can result in significant differences in operating results from quarter to quarter. Moreover, our business may be adversely affected by severe weather in areas where we have significant operations. Repercussions of severe weather conditions may include:

● curtailment of services;

● suspension of operations;

● inability to meet performance schedules in accordance with contracts and potential liability for liquidated damages;

● injuries or fatalities;

● weather-related damage to our facilities;

● disruption of information systems;

14

● inability to receive machinery, equipment and materials at jobsites; and

● loss of productivity.

Future climate change could adversely affect us.

Climate change may create physical and financial risk to our business. Physical risks from climate change could, among other things, include an increase in extreme weather events (such as floods or hurricanes), rising sea levels and limitations on water availability and quality. Such extreme weather conditions may limit the availability of resources, increasing the costs of our projects, or may cause projects to be delayed or cancelled.

Legislation, nationwide protocols, regulation or other restrictions related to climate change could negatively impact our operations or our customers’ operations. Such legislation or restrictions could increase the costs of projects for our customers or, in some cases, prevent a project from going forward, which could in turn have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Continuing worldwide political and economic uncertainties may adversely affect our revenue and profitability.

The last several years have been periodically marked by political and economic concerns, including the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic, decreased consumer confidence, the lingering effects of international conflicts, tariffs, energy costs and inflation. This instability can make it extremely difficult for our customers, our vendors and us to accurately forecast and plan future business activities, and could cause constrained spending on our services, delays and a lengthening of our business development efforts, the demand for more favorable pricing or other terms, and/or difficulty in collection of our accounts receivable. Our government clients may face budget deficits that prohibit them from funding proposed and existing projects. Further, ongoing economic instability in the global markets, including from the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic, could limit our ability to access the capital markets at a time when we would like, or need, to raise capital, which could have an impact on our ability to react to changing business conditions or new opportunities. If economic conditions remain uncertain or weaken, or government spending is reduced, our revenue and profitability could be adversely affected.

Risks Related to Our Operations

If we are unable to attract and retain qualified managers and employees, we will be unable to operate efficiently, which could reduce our profitability.

Our business is labor intensive, and many of our operations experience a high rate of employee turnover. At times of low unemployment rates in the United States, it is typically more difficult for us to find qualified personnel at low cost in some geographic areas where we operate. Additionally, our business is managed by a small number of key executive and operational officers. We may be unable to hire and retain the sufficient skilled labor force necessary to operate efficiently and to support our growth strategy. Our labor expenses may increase as a result of a shortage in the supply of skilled personnel. Labor shortages, increased labor costs or the loss of key personnel could reduce our profitability and negatively impact our business. Further, our relationships with some customers could suffer if we are unable to retain the employees with whom those customers primarily work and have established relationships.

Future growth could also impose significant additional responsibilities on members of our senior management, including the need to recruit and integrate new senior level managers and executives. To the extent that we are unable to manage our growth effectively, or are unable to attract and retain additional qualified management, we may not be able to expand our operations or successfully execute our business plan.

We are a decentralized company and place significant decision making powers with our subsidiaries’ management, which presents certain risks.

We believe that our practice of placing significant decision making powers with local management is important to our successful growth and allows us to be responsive to opportunities and to our customers’ needs. However, this practice presents certain risks, including the risk that we may be slower or less effective in our attempts to identify or react to problems affecting an important business than we would under a more centralized structure or that we would be slower to identify a misalignment between a subsidiary’s and the Company’s overall business strategy. Further, if a

15

subsidiary location fails to follow the Company’s compliance policies, we could be made party to a contract, arrangement or situation that requires the assumption of large liabilities or has less advantageous terms than is typically found in the market.

Information technology system failures, network disruptions or cybersecurity breaches could adversely affect our business.

We use and rely significantly on sophisticated information technology systems, networks, and infrastructure in conducting our day to day operations, providing services to certain customers and protecting sensitive Company information. In addition, we also rely on third-party software and information technology for certain of our critical accounting, project management and financial information systems. We also collect and retain information about our customers, stockholders, vendors and employees, with the expectation by such third parties being that we will adequately protect such information.

Information technology system failures, including suppliers’ or vendors’ system failures, could disrupt our operations by causing transaction errors, processing inefficiencies, the loss of customers, other business disruptions or the loss of employee or other third-party personal information. We have in the past experienced system interruptions and delays and expect that such interruptions and delays may occur in the future, given the increasing diversity and sophistication of cybersecurity threats. In addition, our systems, networks and infrastructure could be damaged or interrupted by natural disasters, power loss, telecommunications failures, intentional or inadvertent user misuse or error, failures of information technology solutions, computer viruses, malicious code, ransomware attacks and acts of terrorism. We may also be subject to physical or electronic security breaches, including breaches by computer hackers or cyber-terrorists or unauthorized access to or disclosure of our or our customers’ data. These events could impact our customers, employees and reputation and lead to financial losses from remediation actions, loss of business or access to our business data, potential liability or an increase in expenses, all of which may have a material adverse effect on our business. Similar risks could affect our customers and vendors, indirectly affecting us.

While we have security, internal control and technology measures in place to protect our systems and networks, these measures could fail as a result of a cyber-attack, other third-party action, employee error, malfeasance or other security failure. In the ordinary course of business, we have been targeted by malicious cyber-attacks. In April 2019, for example, our information technology infrastructure was impacted by a ransomware attack virus, which caused a substantial majority of our operating locations to experience loss of access to certain data and outages affecting systems including accounting, payroll, billing, job report and management and other software environments. These disruptions created challenges in key back office functions that required workarounds and alternative procedures. Because the techniques used to obtain unauthorized access or sabotage systems change frequently and generally are not identified until they are launched against a target, we may be unable to anticipate these techniques or to implement adequate preventative measures. As a result, we may be required to expend significant resources to protect against the threat of system disruptions and security breaches or to alleviate problems caused by these disruptions and breaches. Any of these events could damage our reputation and, while the April 2019 incident did not have such effects, have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

In addition, current and future laws and regulations governing data privacy and the unauthorized disclosure of confidential information may pose complex compliance challenges and result in additional costs. A failure to comply with such laws and regulations could result in penalties or fines, legal liabilities or reputational harm. The continuing and evolving threat of cyber-attacks has also resulted in increased regulatory focus on risk management and prevention. New cyber-related regulations or other requirements could require significant additional resources and cause us to incur significant costs, which could have an adverse effect on our results of operations and cash flows.

We regularly evaluate the need to upgrade or replace our systems and network infrastructure to protect our information technology environment, to stay current on vendor supported products and to improve the efficiency and scope of our systems and information technology capabilities. The implementation of new systems and information technology could adversely impact our operations by requiring substantial capital expenditures, diverting management’s attention, or causing delays or difficulties in transitioning to new systems. In addition, our systems implementations may not result in productivity improvements at the levels anticipated. Systems implementation disruption and any other information technology disruption, if not anticipated and appropriately mitigated, could have an adverse effect on our business.

16

Our insurance policies against many potential liabilities require high deductibles, and our risk management policies and procedures may leave us exposed to unidentified or unanticipated risks. Additionally, difficulties in the insurance markets may adversely affect our ability to obtain necessary insurance.

We insure various general liability, workers’ compensation, property and auto risks as well as other risks through a variety of direct insurance policies and a captive insurance company that are reinsured for risks above certain deductibles and retentions. All of our insurance policies and programs are subject to high deductibles and retentions; as such, we are, in effect, self-insured for substantially all of our typical claims. We hire an actuary to determine any liabilities for unpaid claims and associated expenses for the three major lines of coverage (workers’ compensation, general liability and auto liability). The determination of these claims and expenses and the appropriateness of the estimated liability are reviewed and updated quarterly. However, insurance liabilities are difficult to assess and estimate due to the many relevant factors, the effects of which are often unknown, including the severity of an injury, the determination of our liability in proportion to other parties, the number of incidents that have occurred but are not reported and the effectiveness of our safety program. Our accruals are based on known facts, historical trends (both internal trends and industry averages) and our reasonable estimate of our future expenses. We believe our accruals are adequate. However, our risk management strategies and techniques may not be fully effective in mitigating our risk exposure in all market environments or against all types of risk. If any of the variety of instruments, processes or strategies we use to manage our exposure to various types of risk are not effective, we may incur losses that are not covered by our insurance policies or that exceed our accruals or coverage limits.

Additionally, we typically are contractually required to provide proof of insurance for projects on which we work. Historically, insurance market conditions become more difficult for insurance consumers during periods when insurance companies suffer significant investment losses as well as casualty losses. Consequently, it is possible that insurance markets will become more expensive and restrictive. Also, our prior casualty loss history might adversely affect our ability to procure insurance within commercially reasonable ranges. As such, we may not be able to maintain commercially reasonable levels of insurance coverage in the future, which could preclude our ability to work on many projects and increase our overall risk exposure. Our insurance providers are under no commitment to renew our existing insurance policies in the future; therefore, our ability to obtain necessary levels or kinds of insurance coverage is subject to market forces outside our control. If we were unable to obtain necessary levels of insurance, it is likely we would be unable to compete for or work on most projects.

Failure to remain in compliance with covenants under our credit agreement, service our indebtedness, or fund our other liquidity needs could adversely impact our business.

Our credit agreement and related restrictive and financial covenants are more fully described in Note 9 of “Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.” Our failure to comply with any of these covenants under the credit agreement, or to pay principal, interest or other amounts when due thereunder, would constitute an event of default under the credit agreement. Default under our credit agreement could result in (1) us no longer being entitled to borrow under the agreement; (2) termination of the agreement; (3) acceleration of the maturity of outstanding indebtedness under the agreement; and/or (4) foreclosure on any collateral securing the obligations under the agreement. If we are unable to service our debt obligations or fund our other liquidity needs, we could be forced to curtail our operations, reorganize our capital structure (including through bankruptcy proceedings) or liquidate some or all of our assets in a manner that could cause holders of our securities to experience a partial or total loss of their investment in us. In addition, in July 2017, the U.K. Financial Conduct Authority, which regulates LIBOR, announced that it intends to stop compelling banks to submit rates for calculation of LIBOR after 2021. At this time, it is not clear that LIBOR will cease to exist, and if so, what alternative benchmark rate will replace LIBOR, though it is likely that the lenders under our credit agreement would select as an alternative benchmark rate the forward-looking term rate based on the secured overnight financing rate published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York. Under the Eurodollar Rate Loan Option under the Facility (defined below), the interest rate is determined based on the one- to six-month Eurodollar Rate, which rate corresponds very closely to rates described in various general business media sources as LIBOR. Any new benchmark rate will likely not exactly replicate LIBOR, which could impact the determination of interest rates under the Eurodollar Rate Loan Option.

Our inability to properly utilize our workforce could have a negative impact on our profitability.

The extent to which we utilize our workforce affects our profitability. Underutilizing our workforce could result in lower gross margins and, consequently, a decrease in short-term profitability. On the other hand, overutilization of our

17

workforce could negatively impact safety, employee satisfaction and project execution, leading to a potential decline in future project awards. The utilization of our workforce is impacted by numerous factors, including:

● our estimate of headcount requirements and our ability to manage attrition;

● efficiency in scheduling projects and our ability to minimize downtime between project assignments; and

● productivity.

If we do not effectively manage the size and cost of our operations, our existing infrastructure may become either strained or over-burdensome, and we may be unable to increase revenue growth.

The growth that we have experienced in the past, and that we may experience in the future, may provide challenges to our organization, requiring us to expand our personnel and our operations. Future growth may strain our infrastructure, operations and other managerial and operating resources. We have also experienced in the past severe constriction in the markets in which we operate and, as a result, in our operating requirements. Failing to maintain the appropriate cost structure during a particular economic cycle may result in our incurring costs that affect our profitability. If our business resources become strained or over-burdensome, our earnings may be adversely affected, and we may be unable to increase revenue growth. Further, we may undertake contractual commitments that exceed our labor, managerial or other resources, which could also adversely affect our earnings and our ability to increase revenue growth.

Increases and uncertainty in our health insurance costs could adversely impact our results of operations and cash flows.

The costs of employee health insurance have been increasing in recent years due to rising health care costs, legislative changes, and general economic conditions. Additionally, we may incur additional costs as a result of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (the “Affordable Care Act”) that was signed into law in March 2010. Future legislation could also have an impact on our business. The status of the Affordable Care Act, any amendment, repeal or replacement thereof, is currently uncertain. For example, in December 2019, the United States Court of Appeals for the Fifth Circuit struck down a central provision of the Affordable Care Act, ruling that the requirement that people have health insurance was unconstitutional, sending the case back to a federal district judge in Texas to determine which of the law’s many parts could survive without the mandate. On March 2, 2020, the United States Supreme Court granted certiorari to review this case, which is expected to be decided by mid-2021. Because of the continued uncertainty about the implementation of the Affordable Care Act, including the potential for further legal challenges or repeal of that legislation, it is unclear what the impact of the Affordable Care Act, its amendment thereof, or its potential repeal or replacement will have on our financial position or results of operations.

Regulatory and Legal Risks

Actual and potential claims, lawsuits and proceedings could ultimately reduce our profitability and liquidity and weaken our financial condition.

We are likely to continue to be named as a defendant in legal proceedings claiming damages from us in connection with the operation of our business. These actions and proceedings may involve claims for, among other things, compensation for alleged personal injury, workers’ compensation, employment discrimination, breach of contract or property damage. In addition, we may be subject to class action lawsuits involving allegations of violations of the Fair Labor Standards Act and state wage and hour laws. Due to the inherent uncertainties of litigation, we cannot accurately predict the ultimate outcome of any such actions or proceedings. We also are, and are likely to continue to be, from time to time a plaintiff in legal proceedings against customers, in which we seek to recover payment of contractual amounts we are owed as well as claims for increased costs we incur. When appropriate, we establish provisions against possible exposures, and we adjust these provisions from time to time according to ongoing exposure. If our assumptions and estimates related to these exposures prove to be inadequate or inaccurate, we could experience a reduction in our profitability and liquidity and a weakening of our financial condition. In addition, claims, lawsuits and proceedings may harm our reputation or divert management resources away from operating our business.

18

We typically warrant the services we provide, guaranteeing the work performed against defects in workmanship and the material we supply. Historically, warranty claims have not been material as our customers evaluate much of the work we perform for defects shortly after work is completed. However, if warranty claims occur, we could be required to repair or replace warrantied items at our cost. In addition, our customers may elect to repair or replace the warrantied item by using the services of another provider and require us to pay for the cost of the repair or replacement. Costs incurred as a result of warranty claims could adversely affect our operating results and financial condition.

Misconduct by our employees, subcontractors or partners or our overall failure to comply with laws or regulations could harm our reputation, damage our relationships with customers, reduce our revenue and profits, and subject us to criminal and civil enforcement actions.

Misconduct, fraud, non-compliance with applicable laws and regulations, or other improper activities by one or more of our employees, directors, executive officers, subcontractors or partners could have a significant negative impact on our business and reputation. Examples of such misconduct include employee or subcontractor theft, personal misconduct and failure to comply with safety standards, including regulatory, company or site-specific COVID-19 safety protocols, laws and regulations, customer requirements, environmental laws and any other applicable laws or regulations. While we take precautions to prevent and detect these activities, such precautions may not be effective and are subject to inherent limitations, including human error and fraud. Our failure to comply with applicable laws or regulations or acts of misconduct could subject us to fines and penalties, harm our reputation, lead to loss of the services of employees or members of management, damage our relationships with customers, reduce our revenue and profits and subject us to criminal and civil enforcement actions.

We have subsidiary operations through the United States and are exposed to multiple state and local regulations, as well as federal laws and requirements applicable to government contractors. Changes in law, regulations or requirements, or a material failure of any of our subsidiaries or us to comply with any of them, could increase our costs and have other negative impacts on our business.

Our 139 locations are located in 27 states, which exposes us to a variety of different state and local laws and regulations, particularly those pertaining to contractor licensing requirements. These laws and regulations govern many aspects of our business, and there are often different standards and requirements in different locations. In addition, our subsidiaries that perform work for federal government entities are subject to additional federal laws and regulatory and contractual requirements. Changes in any of these laws, or any of our subsidiaries’ material failure to comply with them, can adversely impact our operations by, among other things, increasing costs, distracting management’s time and attention from other items, and harming our reputation.

As government contractors, our subsidiaries are subject to a number of rules and regulations, and their contracts with government entities are subject to audit. Violations of the applicable rules and regulations could result in a subsidiary being barred from future government contracts.

Government contractors must comply with many regulations and other requirements that relate to the award, administration and performance of government contracts. A violation of these laws and regulations could result in imposition of fines and penalties, the termination of a government contract or debarment from bidding on government contracts in the future. Further, despite our decentralized nature, a violation at one of our locations could impact other locations’ ability to bid on and perform government contracts. Additionally, because of our decentralized nature, we face risks in maintaining compliance with all local, state and federal government contracting requirements. Because 5.7% of our revenue for the year ended December 31, 2020 was attributable to projects in the government sector, prohibitions against bidding on future government contracts could have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Past and future environmental, safety and health regulations could impose significant additional costs on us that could reduce our profits.

HVAC systems are subject to various environmental statutes and regulations, including the Clean Air Act and those regulating the production, servicing and disposal of certain ozone-depleting refrigerants used in HVAC systems. There can be no assurance that the regulatory environment in which we operate will not change significantly in the future. Various local, state and federal laws and regulations impose licensing standards on technicians who install and service HVAC systems. Additional laws, regulations and standards apply to contractors who perform work that is being funded by public money, particularly federal public funding. Our failure to comply with these laws and regulations could

19

subject us to substantial fines, the loss of our licenses or potentially debarment from future publicly funded work. It is impossible to predict the full nature and effect of judicial, legislative or regulatory developments relating to health and safety regulations and environmental protection regulations applicable to our operations. Additionally, industries in which our customers or potential customers operate may be affected by new or changing environmental, safety, health or other regulatory requirements, leading to decreased demand for our services and potentially impacting our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and ability to grow.

Unsatisfactory safety performance may subject us to penalties, affect customer relationships, result in higher operating costs, negatively impact employee morale and result in higher employee turnover.

Our projects are conducted at a variety of sites including construction sites and industrial facilities. Each location is subject to numerous safety risks, including electrocutions, fires, explosions, mechanical failures, weather-related incidents, transportation accidents, damage to equipment and, with respect to indoor sites, an increased risk of COVID-19 outbreaks. These hazards can cause personal injury and loss of life, severe damage to or destruction of property and equipment and other consequential damages and could lead to suspension of operations, large damage claims and, in extreme cases, criminal liability. While we have taken what we believe are appropriate precautions to minimize safety risks, we have experienced serious accidents, including fatalities, in the past and may experience additional accidents in the future. Serious accidents may subject us to penalties, civil litigation or criminal prosecution. Claims for damages to property or persons, including claims for bodily injury or loss of life, could result in significant costs and liabilities, which could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations. Poor safety performance could also jeopardize our relationships with our customers, negatively impact employee morale and harm our reputation.

Changes in United States trade policy, including the imposition of tariffs and the resulting consequences, may have a material adverse impact on our business and results of operations.

As a result of policy changes or shifting proposals by the U.S. government, there may be greater restrictions and economic disincentives on international trade. For example, the U.S. government has pursued a new approach to trade policy, including renegotiating or terminating certain existing bilateral or multi-lateral trade agreements. It has also imposed tariffs on certain foreign goods and has raised the possibility of imposing significant, additional tariff increases or expanding the tariffs to capture other types of goods. These tariffs and other changes in U.S. trade policy have in the past and could continue to trigger retaliatory actions by affected countries, and certain foreign governments have instituted or are considering imposing retaliatory measures on certain U.S. goods. We, our suppliers and our customers import certain raw materials, components and other products from foreign suppliers. As such, the adoption and expansion of trade restrictions, the occurrence of a trade war, or other governmental action related to tariffs or trade agreements or policies has the potential to adversely impact demand for our products, our costs, our customers, our suppliers, and the United States economy, which in turn could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Tax matters, including changes in corporate tax laws and disagreements with taxing authorities, could impact our results of operations and financial condition.

We conduct business across the United States and file income taxes in various tax jurisdictions. Our effective tax rates could be affected by many factors, some of which are outside of our control, including changes in tax laws and regulations in the various tax jurisdictions in which we file income taxes. For instance, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act was enacted into law in December 2017. While certain portions of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act seem to have had a positive impact on the Company’s results of operations, the overall impact of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act is uncertain and our business and financial condition could be adversely affected. Furthermore, to the extent that certain of our customers are negatively affected by the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act and/or any uncertainty around its implementation or enforcement, they may reduce spending and defer, delay or cancel projects or contracts. Reduced government revenue resulting from changes to tax law may also lead to reduced government spending, which may negatively impact our government contracting business. It is also unknown if and to what extent various states will conform to the changes enacted by the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act. 

Issues relating to tax audits or examinations and any related interest or penalties and uncertainty in obtaining deductions or credits claimed in various jurisdictions could also impact our effective tax rates. Our results of operations are reported based on our determination of the amount of taxes we owe in various tax jurisdictions. Significant judgment

20

is required in determining our provision for income taxes and our determination of tax liability is always subject to review or examination by tax authorities in applicable tax jurisdictions. An adverse outcome of such a review of examination could adversely affect our operating results and financial condition. Further, the results of tax examinations and audits could have a negative impact on our financial results and cash flows where the results differ from the liabilities recorded in our financial statements.

Risks Related to Our Common Stock

Our common stock, which is listed on the New York Stock Exchange, has from time to time experienced significant price and volume fluctuations. These fluctuations are likely to continue in the future, and our stockholders may suffer losses.

The market price of our common stock may change significantly in response to various factors and events beyond our control. A variety of events may cause the market price of our common stock to fluctuate significantly, including the following: (i) the risk factors described in this Annual Report on Form 10-K; (ii) a shortfall in operating revenue or net income from that expected by securities analysts and investors; (iii) quarterly fluctuations in our operating results; (iv) changes in securities analysts’ estimates of our financial performance or that of our competitors or companies in our industry generally; (v) general conditions in our customers’ industries, including as a result of the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic; (vi) general conditions in the securities markets; (vii) our announcements of significant contracts, milestones and acquisitions; (viii) our relationship with other companies; (ix) our investors’ view of the sectors and markets in which we operate; and (x) additions or departures of key personnel. Some companies that have volatile market prices for their securities have been subject to security class action suits filed against them. If a suit were to be filed against us, regardless of the outcome, it could result in substantial costs and a diversion of our management’s attention and resources. This could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Future sales of our common stock may depress our stock price.

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market or otherwise, either by us, a member of management or a major stockholder, or the perception that these sales could occur, could depress the market price of our common stock and impair our ability to raise capital through the sale of additional equity securities.

Our charter contains certain anti-takeover provisions that may inhibit or delay a change in control.

Our certificate of incorporation authorizes our Board of Directors to issue, without stockholder approval, one or more series of preferred stock having such preferences, powers and relative, participating, optional and other rights (including preferences over the common stock respecting dividends and distributions and voting rights) as the Board of Directors may determine. The issuance of this “blank-check” preferred stock could render more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control by means of a tender offer, merger, proxy contest or otherwise. Additionally, certain provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law or even certain provisions of our credit agreement may also discourage takeover attempts that have not been approved by the Board of Directors.

General Risk Factors

Failure or circumvention of our disclosure controls and procedures or internal controls over financial reporting could seriously harm our financial condition, results of operations, and our business.

We plan to continue to maintain and strengthen internal controls and procedures to enhance the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and internal controls over financial reporting. Any system of controls, however well designed and operated, is based in part on certain assumptions and can provide only reasonable, and not absolute, assurances that the objectives of the system are met. Any failure of our disclosure controls and procedures or internal controls over financial reporting could harm our financial condition and results of operations.

21

Force majeure events, including natural disasters, outbreaks of infectious disease, such as COVID-19, and terrorists’ actions, could negatively impact our business, which may affect our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

Force majeure or extraordinary events beyond the control of the contracting parties, such as natural and man-made disasters, as well as outbreaks of infectious disease (e.g., COVID-19) and terrorist actions, could negatively impact us. We typically negotiate contract language where we are granted certain relief from force majeure events in private client contracts and review and attempt to mitigate force majeure events in both public and private client contracts. We remain obligated to perform our services after most extraordinary events subject to relief that may be available to us pursuant to a force majeure clause. If we are not able to react quickly to force majeure events, our operations may be affected significantly, which would have a negative impact on our financial position, results of operations, cash flows and liquidity and could also negatively affect our reputation in the marketplace.

Deliberate, malicious acts, including terrorism and sabotage, could damage our facilities, disrupt our operations or injure employees, contractors, customers or the public and result in liability to us.

Intentional acts of destruction could damage or destroy our facilities, reducing our operational production capacity and potentially requiring us to repair or replace our facilities at substantial cost. Additionally, employees, contractors and the public could suffer substantial physical injury from acts of terrorism for which we could be liable. Governmental authorities may also impose security or other requirements that could make our operations more difficult or costly. The consequences of any such actions could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

We are required to assess and report on our internal controls each year. Findings of inadequate internal controls could reduce investor confidence in the reliability of our financial information.

As directed by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the SEC adopted rules generally requiring public companies, including us, to include in their annual reports on Form 10-K a report of management that contains an assessment by management of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. In addition, the independent registered public accounting firm auditing our financial statements must report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the company’s principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, and effected by the company’s board of directors, management, and other personnel to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and records of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

We may discover in the future that we have deficiencies in the design and operation of our internal controls. If any of the deficiencies in our internal control, either by itself or in combination with other deficiencies, becomes a “material weakness”, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis, we may be unable to conclude that we have effective internal control over financial reporting. In such event, investors could lose confidence in the reliability of our financial statements, which may significantly harm our business and cause our stock price to decline. In addition, the failure to maintain effective internal controls could also result in unauthorized transactions.

Rising inflation and/or interest rates could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Economic factors, including inflation and fluctuations in interest rates, could have a negative impact on our business. If our costs were to become subject to significant inflationary pressures or interest rate increases, we may not be able to fully offset such higher costs through price increases. Our inability or failure to do so could harm our financial position and results of operations.

22

Changes in accounting rules and regulations could adversely affect our financial results.

Accounting rules and regulations are subject to review and interpretation by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (the “FASB”), the SEC and various other governing bodies. A change in U.S. GAAP could have a significant effect on our reported financial results. Additionally, the adoption of new or revised accounting principles could require that we make significant changes to our systems, processes and controls. We cannot predict the effect of future changes to accounting principles, which could have a significant effect on our reported financial results and/or our results of operations, cash flows and liquidity.

ITEM 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

None.

ITEM 2. Properties

As of December 31, 2020, we owned 16 properties. Other than these owned properties, we lease the real property and buildings from which we operate. Our facilities are located in 27 states and consist of offices, shops and fabrication, maintenance and warehouse facilities. Generally, leases range from three to ten years and are on terms we believe to be commercially reasonable. A majority of these premises are leased from individuals or entities with whom we have no other business relationship. In certain instances, these leases are with current or former employees. To the extent we renew, enter into leases or otherwise change leases with current or former employees, we enter into such agreements on terms that reflect a fair market valuation for the properties. Leased premises range in size from approximately 1,000 square feet to 110,000 square feet. To maximize available capital, we generally intend to continue to lease our properties, but may consider further purchases of property where we believe ownership would be more economical. We believe that our facilities are sufficient for our current needs.

We lease our executive and administrative offices in Houston, Texas.

ITEM 3. Legal Proceedings

We are subject to certain claims and lawsuits arising in the normal course of business. We maintain various insurance coverages to minimize financial risk associated with these claims. We have estimated and provided accruals for probable losses and related legal fees associated with certain litigation in our Consolidated Financial Statements. While we cannot predict the outcome of these proceedings, in our opinion and based on reports of counsel, any liability arising from these matters individually and in the aggregate will not have a material effect on our operating results, cash flows or financial condition, after giving effect to provisions already recorded.

ITEM 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable.

ITEM 4A. Executive Officers of the Registrant

Executive officers are appointed by our Board of Directors and hold office until their successors are elected and duly qualified. The following persons serve as executive officers of the Company.

Brian E. Lane, age 63, has served as our Chief Executive Officer and President since December 2011 and as a director since November 2010. Mr. Lane served as our President and Chief Operating Officer from March 2010 until December 2011. Mr. Lane joined the Company in October 2003 and served as Vice President and then Senior Vice President for Region One of the Company until he was named Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer in January 2009. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Lane spent fifteen years at Halliburton, the global service and equipment company devoted to energy, industrial, and government customers. During his tenure at Halliburton, he held various positions in business development, strategy, and project initiatives. He departed as the Regional Director of Europe and Africa. Mr. Lane’s additional experience includes serving as a Regional Director of Capstone Turbine Corporation, a distributed power manufacturer. He also was a Vice President of Kvaerner, an international engineering and construction company where he focused on the chemical industry. Mr. Lane holds a Bachelor of Science in Chemistry from the University of Notre Dame and a Master of Business Administration from Boston College.

23

William George, age 56, has served as our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since May 2005, was our Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary from May 1998 to May 2005, and was our Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary from March 1997 to April 1998. Since October 2011, Mr. George has also served as Regional Vice President for Region 5. Mr. George was a member of our founding management team in connection with our formation in 1997. From October 1995 to February 1997, Mr. George was Vice President and General Counsel of American Medical Response, Inc., a publicly-traded healthcare transportation company. From September 1992 to September 1995, Mr. George practiced corporate and antitrust law at Ropes & Gray, a Boston, Massachusetts, law firm. Mr. George holds a Bachelor of Science in Economics from Brigham Young University and a Juris Doctorate from Harvard Law School.

Julie S. Shaeff, age 55, has served as our Senior Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer since May 2005, was our Vice President and Corporate Controller from March 2002 to May 2005, and was our Assistant Corporate Controller from September 1999 to February 2002. From 1996 to August 1999, Ms. Shaeff was Financial Accounting Manager—Corporate Controllers Group for Browning-Ferris Industries, Inc., a publicly-traded waste services company. From 1987 to 1995, she held various positions with Arthur Andersen LLP. Ms. Shaeff is a Certified Public Accountant and holds a Bachelor of Business Administration in Accounting from Texas A&M University.

Trent T. McKenna, age 48, has served as Chief Operating Officer and Senior Vice President since January 2021. Mr. McKenna previously served as our Senior Vice President and Vice President – Region 4 from January 2019 to December 2020; Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary from August 2013 to December 2018; Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary from May 2005 to August 2013; and Associate General Counsel from August 2004 to May 2005. From February 1999 to August 2004, Mr. McKenna was a practicing attorney in the area of complex commercial litigation in the Houston, Texas, office of Akin Gump Strauss Hauer & Feld LLP, an international law firm. Mr. McKenna earned a Bachelor of Arts degree in English from Brigham Young University and his Juris Doctorate from Duke University School of Law.

Laura F. Howell, age 33, has served as Vice President and General Counsel for the Company since January 2019. Prior to her current position, Ms. Howell served as the Associate General Counsel from January 2018 to December 2018 and as Senior Counsel, Corporate from November 2014 to December 2017. Prior to joining the Company, she was an associate in the corporate department of the Houston office of Latham & Watkins, LLP from November 2013 to October 2014. From September 2012 to October 2013, Ms. Howell was an associate in the corporate department of the Silicon Valley office of Fenwick & West, LLP. Ms. Howell holds a Bachelor of Arts in Economics from Wake Forest University and a Juris Doctorate from Stanford Law School.

Terry A. Young, age 58, has served as Senior Vice President of Service for the Company since January 2019. Prior to his current position, Mr. Young served as a Regional Vice President of Service for the Company from June 2013 to December 2018 and as Director of Business Development from May 2011 to June 2013. Mr. Young joined the Company after working in various Executive GM and VP positions in Asia Pacific and North American organizations, including Triple M Mechanical, Daikin (formerly McQuay International) and the Trane Company. He has spent more than 35 years in the commercial HVAC construction and services industry in various roles including technical, engineering, business development, project and strategic activities. Mr. Young has 6Sigma & PMI certifications and is a graduate of the TAFE College of New South Wales, Australia where he completed studies in F&M Engineering.

PART II

ITEM 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Our Common Stock is traded under the symbol FIX on the New York Stock Exchange.

As of February 19, 2021, there were approximately 319 stockholders of record of our Common Stock, and the last reported sale price on that date was $60.56 per share.

We expect to continue paying cash dividends quarterly, although there is no assurance as to future dividends because they depend on future earnings, capital requirements, and financial condition. In addition, our credit agreement may limit the amount of dividends we can pay at any time that our Total Leverage Ratio exceeds 2.00 to 1.00.

24

The following Corporate Performance Graph and related information shall not be deemed “soliciting material” or to be “filed” with the SEC, nor shall such information be incorporated by reference into any future filing under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, except to the extent that we specifically incorporate it by reference into such filing.

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

None.

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

On March 29, 2007, our Board of Directors (the “Board”) approved a stock repurchase program to acquire up to 1.0 million shares of our outstanding common stock. Subsequently, the Board has from time to time increased the number of shares that may be acquired under the program and approved extensions of the program. On December 8, 2020, the Board approved an extension to the program by increasing the shares authorized for repurchase by 0.7 million shares. Since the inception of the repurchase program, the Board has approved 10.3 million shares to be repurchased. As of December 31, 2020, we have repurchased a cumulative total of 9.3 million shares at an average price of $19.63 per share under the repurchase program.

The share repurchases will be made from time to time at our discretion in the open market or privately negotiated transactions as permitted by securities laws and other legal requirements, and subject to market conditions and other factors. The Board may modify, suspend, extend or terminate the program at any time. During the twelve months ended December 31, 2020, we repurchased 0.7 million shares for approximately $30.1 million at an average price of $43.99 per share.

25

During the year ended December 31, 2020, we purchased our common shares in the following amounts at the following average prices:

				Total Number of Shares	Maximum Number of
				Purchased as Part of	Shares that May Yet Be
	Total Number of	Average Price		Publicly Announced Plans	Purchased Under the Plans
Period	Shares Purchased	Paid Per Share		or Programs (1)	or Programs
January 1 - January 31	26,606	$	49.04	8,653,973	894,196
February 1 - February 29	17,724	$	47.58	8,671,697	876,472
March 1 - March 31	193,029	$	35.42	8,864,726	683,443
April 1 - April 30	—	$	—	8,864,726	683,443
May 1 - May 31	3,000	$	36.72	8,867,726	680,443
June 1 - June 30	49,991	$	38.22	8,917,717	630,452
July 1 - July 31	24,455	$	39.22	8,942,172	605,997
August 1 - August 31	23,966	$	51.00	8,966,138	582,031
September 1 - September 30	109,387	$	51.10	9,075,525	472,644
October 1 - October 31	37,442	$	46.62	9,112,967	435,202
November 1 - November 30	166,325	$	47.63	9,279,292	268,877
December 1 - December 31	32,709	$	51.21	9,312,001	981,750
	684,634	$	43.99	9,312,001	981,750

(1) Purchased as part of a program announced on March 29, 2007 under which, since the inception of this program, 10.3 million shares have been approved for repurchase.

Under our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan and 2017 Omnibus Incentive Plan, employees may elect to have us withhold common shares to satisfy statutory federal, state and local tax withholding obligations arising on the vesting of restricted stock awards and exercise of options. When we withhold these shares, we are required to remit to the appropriate taxing authorities the market price of the shares withheld, which could be deemed a purchase of the common shares by us on the date of withholding.

ITEM 6. Selected Financial Data

The following selected historical financial data has been derived from our audited financial statements and should be read in conjunction with the historical Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2020		2019		2018		2017		2016
	(in thousands, except per share amounts)
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Revenue	$	2,856,659	$	2,615,277	$	2,182,879	$	1,787,922	$	1,634,340
Operating income (1)	$	190,651	$	163,639	$	150,238	$	99,260	$	101,569
Net income	$	150,139	$	114,324	$	112,903	$	55,272	$	64,896
Basic income per share from continuing operations	$	4.11	$	3.10	$	3.03	$	1.48	$	1.74
Diluted income per share from continuing operations	$	4.09	$	3.08	$	3.00	$	1.47	$	1.72
Cash dividends per share	$	0.425	$	0.395	$	0.330	$	0.295	$	0.275
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Working capital	$	118,948	$	182,187	$	142,642	$	115,629	$	98,276
Total assets (2)	$	1,757,355	$	1,505,012	$	1,062,564	$	881,120	$	708,903
Total debt, net	$	235,733	$	226,135	$	76,918	$	60,539	$	2,811
Total stockholders’ equity	$	696,429	$	585,304	$	498,047	$	417,945	$	376,633

(1) Included in operating income is a goodwill impairment charge of $1.1 million for 2017. There were no goodwill impairment charges for 2020, 2019, 2018 or 2016.

(2) The impact of adoption of the new lease accounting standard is reflected in total assets in 2019.

26

ITEM 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes included elsewhere in this annual report on Form 10-K. Also see “Forward-Looking Statements” discussion.

Introduction and Overview

We are a national provider of comprehensive mechanical and electrical installation, renovation, maintenance, repair and replacement services within the mechanical and electrical services industries. We operate primarily in the commercial, industrial and institutional markets and perform most of our work in industrial, healthcare, education, office, technology, retail and government facilities. We operate our business in two business segments: mechanical and electrical.

Nature and Economics of Our Business

In our mechanical business segment, customers hire us to ensure HVAC systems deliver specified or generally expected heating, cooling, conditioning and circulation of air in a facility. This entails installing core system equipment such as packaged heating and air conditioning units, or in the case of larger facilities, separate core components such as chillers, boilers, air handlers, and cooling towers. We also typically install connecting and distribution elements such as piping and ducting.

In our electrical business segment, our principal business activity is electrical construction and engineering in the commercial and industrial field. We also perform electrical logistics services, electrical service work, and electrical construction and engineering services.

In both our mechanical and electrical business segments, our responsibilities usually require conforming the systems to pre-established engineering drawings and equipment and performance specifications, which we frequently participate in establishing. Our project management responsibilities include staging equipment and materials to project sites, deploying labor to perform the work, and coordinating with other service providers on the project, including any subcontractors we might use to deliver our portion of the work.

Approximately 87.0% of our revenue is earned on a project basis for installation services in newly constructed facilities or for replacement of systems in existing facilities. When competing for project business, we usually estimate the costs we will incur on a project, and then propose a bid to the customer that includes a contract price and other performance and payment terms. Our bid price and terms are intended to cover our estimated costs on the project and provide a profit margin to us commensurate with the value of the installed system to the customer, the risk that project costs or duration will vary from estimate, the schedule on which we will be paid, the opportunities for other work that we might forego by committing capacity to this project, and other costs that we incur to support our operations but which are not specific to the project. Typically, customers will seek pricing from competitors for a given project. While the criteria on which customers select a provider vary widely and include factors such as quality, technical expertise, on-time performance, post-project support and service, and company history and financial strength, we believe that price for value is the most influential factor for most customers in choosing a mechanical or electrical installation and service provider.

After a customer accepts our bid, we generally enter into a contract with the customer that specifies what we will deliver on the project, what our related responsibilities are, and how much and when we will be paid. Our overall price for the project is typically set at a fixed amount in the contract, although changes in project specifications or work conditions that result in unexpected additional work are usually subject to additional payment from the customer via what are commonly known as change orders. Project contracts typically provide for periodic billings to the customer as we meet progress milestones or incur cost on the project. Project contracts in our industry also frequently allow for a small portion of progress billings or contract price to be withheld by the customer until after we have completed the work. Amounts withheld under this practice are known as retention or retainage.

Labor, materials and overhead costs account for the majority of our cost of service. Labor management and utilization have the most impact on our project performance. Given the fixed price nature of much of our project work, if our initial estimate of project costs is wrong or we incur cost overruns that cannot be recovered in change orders, we can

27

experience reduced profits or even significant losses on fixed price project work. We also perform some project work on a cost-plus or a time and materials basis, under which we are paid our costs incurred plus an agreed-upon profit margin, and such projects are sometimes subject to a guaranteed maximum cost. These margins are frequently less than fixed-price contract margins because there is less risk of unrecoverable cost overruns in cost-plus or time and materials work.

As of December 31, 2020, we had 5,687 projects in process. Our average project takes six to nine months to complete, with an average contract price of approximately $871,000. Our projects generally require working capital funding of equipment and labor costs. Customer payments on periodic billings generally do not recover these costs until late in the job. Our average project duration together with typical retention terms as discussed above generally allow us to complete the realization of revenue and earnings in cash within one year. We have what we consider to be a well-diversified distribution of revenue across end-use sectors that we believe reduces our exposure to negative developments in any given sector. Because of the integral nature of our services to most buildings, we have the legal right in almost all cases to attach liens to buildings or related funding sources when we have not been fully paid for installing systems, except with respect to some government buildings. The service work that we do, which is discussed further below, usually does not give rise to lien rights.

We also perform larger projects. Taken together, projects with contract prices of $1 million or more totaled $4.3 billion of aggregate contract value as of December 31, 2020, or approximately 85%, out of a total contract value for all projects in progress of $5.0 billion. Generally, projects closer in size to $1 million will be completed in one year or less. It is unusual for us to work on a project that exceeds two years in length.

A stratification of projects in progress as of December 31, 2020, by contract price, is as follows:

		Aggregate
		Contract
	No. of	Price Value
Contract Price of Project	Projects	(millions)
Under $1 million	4,905	$	644.0
$1 million - $5 million	575		1,283.4
$5 million - $10 million	94		692.3
$10 million - $15 million	56		684.9
Greater than $15 million	57		1,648.3
Total	5,687	$	4,952.9

In addition to project work, approximately 13.0% of our revenue represents maintenance and repair service on already installed HVAC, electrical, and controls systems. This kind of work usually takes from a few hours to a few days to perform. Prices to the customer are based on the equipment and materials used in the service as well as technician labor time. We usually bill the customer for service work when it is complete, typically with payment terms of up to thirty days. We also provide maintenance and repair service under ongoing contracts. Under these contracts, we are paid regular monthly or quarterly amounts and provide specified service based on customer requirements. These agreements typically are for one or more years and frequently contain thirty- to sixty-day cancellation notice periods.

A relatively small portion of our revenue comes from national and regional account customers. These customers typically have multiple sites and contract with us to perform maintenance and repair service. These contracts may also provide for us to perform new or replacement systems installation. We operate a national call center to dispatch technicians to sites requiring service. We perform the majority of this work with our own employees, with the balance being subcontracted to third parties that meet our performance qualifications.

Profile and Management of Our Operations

We manage our 37 operating units based on a variety of factors. Financial measures we emphasize include profitability and use of capital as indicated by cash flow and by other measures of working capital principally involving project cost, billings and receivables. We also monitor selling, general, administrative and indirect project support expense, backlog, workforce size and mix, growth in revenue and profits, variation of actual project cost from original estimate, and overall financial performance in comparison to budget and updated forecasts. Operational factors we emphasize include project selection, estimating, pricing, management and execution practices, labor utilization, safety,

28

training, and the make-up of both existing backlog as well as new business being pursued, in terms of project size, technical application, facility type, end-use customers and industries and location of the work.

Most of our operations compete on a local or regional basis. Attracting and retaining effective operating unit managers is an important factor in our business, particularly in view of the relative uniqueness of each market and operation, the importance of relationships with customers and other market participants, such as architects and consulting engineers, and the high degree of competition and low barriers to entry in most of our markets. Accordingly, we devote considerable attention to operating unit management quality, stability, and contingency planning, including related considerations of compensation and non-competition protection where applicable.

Economic and Industry Factors

As a mechanical and electrical services provider, we operate in the broader nonresidential construction services industry and are affected by trends in this sector. While we do not have operations in all major cities of the United States, we believe our national presence is sufficiently large that we experience trends in demand for and pricing of our services that are consistent with trends in the national nonresidential construction sector. As a result, we monitor the views of major construction sector forecasters along with macroeconomic factors they believe drive the sector, including trends in gross domestic product, interest rates, business investment, employment, demographics and the fiscal condition of federal, state and local governments.

Spending decisions for building construction, renovation and system replacement are generally made on a project basis, usually with some degree of discretion as to when and if projects proceed. With larger amounts of capital, time, and discretion involved, spending decisions are affected to a significant degree by uncertainty, particularly concerns about economic and financial conditions and trends. We have experienced periods of time when economic weakness caused a significant slowdown in decisions to proceed with installation and replacement project work.

Operating Environment and Management Emphasis

Nonresidential building construction and renovation activity, as reported by the federal government, declined steeply over the four-year period from 2009 to 2012, and 2013 and 2014 activity levels were relatively stable at the low levels of the preceding years. During the five-year period from 2015 to 2019, there was an increase in overall activity levels, and then in early 2020 the advent of a global pandemic led to some delays in service and construction, including the potential for delayed project starts and air pockets as the year ended.

We have a credit facility in place, with terms we believe are favorable, that does not expire until January 2025. As of December 31, 2020, we had $330.5 million of credit available to borrow under our credit facility. We have strong surety relationships to support our bonding needs, and we believe our relationships with the surety markets are strong and benefit from our operating history and financial position. We have generated positive free cash flow in each of the last twenty-two calendar years and will continue our emphasis in this area. We believe that the relative size and strength of our Balance Sheet and surety relationships as compared to most companies in our industry represent competitive advantages for us.

As discussed at greater length in “Results of Operations” below, we expect price competition to continue as our customers and local and regional industry participants compete for customers. We will continue to invest in our service business, to pursue the more active sectors in our markets, and to emphasize our regional and national account business.

Critical Accounting Policies

Our critical accounting policies are based upon the significance of the accounting policy to our overall financial statement presentation, as well as the complexity of the accounting policy and our use of estimates and subjective assessments. Our most critical accounting policy is revenue recognition. We recognize revenue over time for all of our services as we perform them because (i) control continuously transfers to that customer as work progresses, and (ii) we have the right to bill the customer as costs are incurred. The customer typically controls the work in process as evidenced either by contractual termination clauses or by our rights to payment for work performed to date plus a reasonable profit to deliver products or services that do not have an alternative use to the Company.

For the reasons listed above, revenue is recognized based on the extent of progress towards completion of the performance obligation. The selection of the method to measure progress towards completion requires judgment and is

29

based on the nature of the products or services to be provided. We generally use the cost to cost measure of progress for our contracts, as it best depicts the transfer of assets to the customer that occurs as we incur costs on our contracts. Under the cost to cost measure of progress, the extent of progress towards completion is measured based on the ratio of costs incurred to date to the total estimated costs at completion of the performance obligation. Revenue, including estimated fees or profits, is recorded proportionally as costs are incurred. Costs to fulfill include labor, materials and subcontractors’ costs, other direct costs and an allocation of indirect costs.

For a small portion of our business in which our services are delivered in the form of service maintenance agreements for existing systems to be repaired and maintained, as opposed to constructed, our performance obligation is to maintain the customer’s mechanical system for a specific period of time. Similar to jobs, we recognize revenue over time; however, for service maintenance agreements in which the full cost to provide services may not be known, we generally use an input method to recognize revenue, which is based on the amount of time we have provided our services out of the total time we have been contracted to perform those services.

As discussed elsewhere in this annual report on Form 10-K, our business has two service functions: (i) installation, which we account for under the percentage of completion method, and (ii) maintenance, repair and replacement, which we account for as the services are performed, or in the case of replacement, under the percentage of completion method. In addition, we identified other critical accounting policies related to our allowance for credit losses, accounting for leases, the recording of our self-insurance liabilities, valuation of deferred tax assets, accounting for acquisitions and the recoverability of goodwill and identifiable intangible assets. These accounting policies, as well as others, are described in Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this annual report on Form 10-K.

Percentage of Completion Method of Accounting

Approximately 87.0% of our revenue was earned on a project basis and recognized through the percentage of completion method of accounting during 2020. Under this method, contract revenue recognizable at any time during the life of a contract is determined by multiplying expected total contract revenue by the percentage of contract costs incurred at any time to total estimated contract costs. More specifically, as part of the negotiation and bidding process to obtain installation contracts, we estimate our contract costs, which include all direct materials, labor and subcontract costs and indirect costs related to contract performance, such as indirect labor, supplies, tools, repairs and depreciation costs. These contract costs are included in our results of operations under the caption “Cost of Services.” Then, as we perform under those contracts, we measure costs incurred, compare them to total estimated costs to complete the contract and recognize a corresponding proportion of contract revenue. Labor costs are considered to be incurred as the work is performed. Subcontractor labor is recognized as the work is performed. Non-labor project costs consist of purchased equipment, prefabricated materials and other materials. Purchased equipment on our projects is substantially produced to job specifications and is a value-added element to our work. The costs are considered to be incurred when title is transferred to us, which typically is upon delivery to the work site. Prefabricated materials, such as ductwork and piping, are generally performed at our shops and recognized as contract costs when fabricated for the unique specifications of the job. Other materials costs are generally recorded when delivered to the work site. This measurement and comparison process requires updates to the estimate of total costs to complete the contract, and these updates may include subjective assessments and judgments.

We generally do not incur significant incremental costs related to obtaining or fulfilling a contract prior to the start of a project. On rare occasions, when significant pre-contract costs are incurred, they are capitalized and amortized on a percentage of completion basis over the life of the contract. We do not currently have any capitalized obtainment or fulfillment costs on our Balance Sheet and did not incur any impairment loss on such costs in the current year.

Project contracts typically provide for a schedule of billings or invoices to the customer based on our job-to-date percentage of completion of specific tasks inherent in the fulfillment of our performance obligation(s). The schedules for such billings usually do not precisely match the schedule on which costs are incurred. As a result, contract revenue recognized in our Statement of Operations can and usually does differ from amounts that can be billed or invoiced to the customer at any point during the contract. Amounts by which cumulative contract revenue recognized on a contract as of a given date exceed cumulative billings and unbilled receivables to the customer under the contract are reflected as a current asset in our Balance Sheet under the caption “Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings.” Amounts by which cumulative billings to the customer under a contract as of a given date exceed cumulative contract revenue recognized on the contract are reflected as a current liability in our Balance Sheet under the caption “Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings.”

30

The percentage of completion method of accounting is also affected by changes in job performance, job conditions, and final contract settlements. These factors may result in revisions to estimated costs and, therefore, revenue. Such revisions are frequently based on further estimates and subjective assessments. The effects of these revisions are recognized in the period in which revisions are determined. When such revisions lead to a conclusion that a loss will be recognized on a contract, the full amount of the estimated ultimate loss is recognized in the period such conclusion is reached, regardless of the percentage of completion of the contract.

Revisions to project costs and conditions can give rise to change orders under which there is an agreement between the customer and us that the customer pays an additional or reduced contract price. Revisions can also result in claims we might make against the customer to recover project variances that have not been satisfactorily addressed through change orders with the customer. Except in certain circumstances, we do not recognize revenue or margin based on change orders or claims until they have been agreed upon with the customer. The amount of revenue associated with unapproved change orders and claims was immaterial for the year ended December 31, 2020.

Variations from estimated project costs could have a significant impact on our operating results, depending on project size, and the recoverability of the variation via additional customer payments.

Accounting for Allowance for Credit Losses

Effective January 1, 2020, we adopted the requirements of Accounting Standards Update (ASU) No. 2016-13, “Financial Instruments – Credit Losses (Topic 326).” For additional information on the new standard and the impact on our results of operations, refer to our Summary of Significant Accounting Policies in Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

We are required to estimate and record the expected credit losses over the contractual life of our financial assets measured at amortized cost, including billed and unbilled accounts receivable, other receivables and costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings. Accounts receivable include amounts from work completed in which we have billed or have an unconditional right to bill our customers. Our trade receivables are contractually due in less than a year.

We estimate our credit losses using a loss-rate method for each of our identified portfolio segments. Our portfolio segments are construction, service and other. While our construction and service financial assets are often with the same subset of customers and industries, our construction financial assets will generally have a lower loss-rate than service financial assets due to lien rights, which we are more likely to have on construction jobs. These lien rights result in lower credit loss expenses on average compared to receivables that do not have lien rights. Financial assets classified as Other include receivables that are not related to our core revenue producing activities, such as receivables related to our acquisition activity from former owners, our vendor rebate program or receivables for estimated losses in excess of our insurance deductible, which are accrued with a corresponding accrued insurance liability.

Loss rates for our portfolios are based on numerous factors, including our history of credit loss expense by portfolio, the financial strength of our customers and counterparties in each portfolio, the aging of our receivables, our expectation of likelihood of payment, macroeconomic trends in the U.S. and the current and forecasted non-residential construction market trends in the U.S.

In addition to the loss-rate calculations discussed above, we also record allowance for credit losses for specific receivables that are deemed to have a higher risk profile than the rest of the respective pool of receivables, such as concerns about a specific customer going bankrupt and no longer being able to pay the receivables due to us. These estimates are evaluated and adjusted as needed when additional information is received.

Accounting for Leases

We lease certain facilities, vehicles and equipment under noncancelable operating leases. The most significant portion of these noncancelable operating leases are for the facilities occupied by our corporate office and our operating locations. Leases with an initial term of 12 months or less are not recorded on the Balance Sheet. We account for lease components separately from the non-lease components. We have certain leases with variable payments based on an index as well as some short-term leases on equipment and facilities. Lease right-of-use assets and liabilities are recognized at commencement date based on the present value of lease payments over the lease term. As most of our leases do not provide an implicit rate, we generally use our incremental borrowing rate based on the information available at commencement date in determining the present value of lease payments.

31

The lease terms generally range from three to ten years. Some leases include one or more options to renew, which may be exercised to extend the lease term. We include the exercise of lease renewal options in the lease term when it is reasonably certain that we will exercise the option and such exercise is at our sole discretion. A majority of the Company’s real property leases are with individuals or entities with whom we have no other business relationship. However, in certain instances the Company enters into real property leases with current or former employees.

If we decide to cancel or terminate a lease before the end of its term, we would typically owe the lessor the remaining lease payments under the term of the lease. Our lease agreements do not contain any material residual value guarantees or material restrictive covenants. On rare occasions, we rent or sublease certain real estate assets that we no longer use to third parties.

Accounting for Self-Insurance Liabilities

We are substantially self-insured for workers’ compensation, employer’s liability, auto liability, general liability and employee group health claims in view of the relatively high per-incident deductibles we absorb under our insurance arrangements for these risks. Losses are estimated and accrued based upon known facts, historical trends and industry averages. Estimated losses in excess of our deductible, which have not already been paid, are included in our accrual with a corresponding receivable from our insurance carrier. Loss estimates associated with the larger and longer-developing risks—workers’ compensation, auto liability and general liability—are reviewed by a third-party actuary quarterly.

We believe these accruals are adequate. However, insurance liabilities are difficult to estimate due to unknown factors, including the severity of an injury, the determination of our liability in proportion to other parties, timely reporting of occurrences, ongoing treatment or loss mitigation, general trends in litigation recovery outcomes and the effectiveness of safety and risk management programs. Therefore, if actual experience differs from the assumptions and estimates used for recording the liabilities, adjustments may be required and would be recorded in the period that such experience becomes known.

Accounting for Deferred Tax Assets

We regularly evaluate valuation allowances established for deferred tax assets for which future realization is uncertain. In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, we must consider whether it is more-likely-than-not some portion, or all, of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. We consider all available evidence, both positive and negative, in determining whether a valuation allowance is required. Such evidence includes the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, taxable income in prior carryback years and tax planning strategies in making this assessment, and judgment is required in considering the relative weight of negative and positive evidence.

Acquisitions

We recognize assets acquired and liabilities assumed in business combinations, including contingent assets and liabilities, based on fair value estimates as of the date of acquisition.

Contingent Consideration—In certain acquisitions, we agree to pay additional amounts to sellers contingent upon achievement by the acquired businesses of certain predetermined profitability targets. We have recognized liabilities for these contingent obligations based on their estimated fair value at the date of acquisition with any differences between the acquisition date fair value and the ultimate settlement of the obligations being recognized in income from operations.

Contingent Assets and Liabilities—Assets and liabilities arising from contingencies are recognized at their acquisition date fair value when their respective fair values can be determined. If the fair values of such contingencies cannot be determined, they are recognized at the acquisition date if the contingencies are probable and an amount can be reasonably estimated. Acquisition date fair value estimates are revised as necessary if, and when, additional information regarding these contingencies becomes available to further define and quantify assets acquired and liabilities assumed.

Recoverability of Goodwill and Identifiable Intangible Assets

Goodwill is the excess of purchase price over the fair value of the net assets of acquired businesses. We assess goodwill for impairment each year, and more frequently if circumstances suggest an impairment may have occurred.

32

When the carrying value of a given reporting unit exceeds its fair value, a goodwill impairment loss is recorded for this difference, not to exceed the carrying amount of goodwill. The requirements for assessing whether goodwill has been impaired involve market-based information. This information, and its use in assessing goodwill, entails some degree of subjective assessment.

We perform our annual impairment testing as of October 1, and any impairment charges resulting from this process are reported in the fourth quarter. We segregate our operations into reporting units based on the degree of operating and financial independence of each unit and our related management of them. We perform our annual goodwill impairment testing at the reporting unit level. We perform a goodwill impairment review for each of our operating units, as we have determined that each of our operating units are reporting units.

In the evaluation of goodwill for impairment, we have the option to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether the existence of events or circumstances lead to a determination that it is more likely than not that the fair value of one of our reporting units is greater than its carrying value. If, after completing such assessment, we determine it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is greater than its carrying amount, then there is no need to perform any further testing. If we conclude otherwise, or if we elect to perform a quantitative assessment, then we calculate the fair value of the reporting unit and compare the fair value with the carrying value of the reporting unit.

We estimate the fair value of the reporting unit based on a market approach and an income approach, which utilizes discounted future cash flows. Assumptions critical to the fair value estimates under the discounted cash flow model include discount rates, cash flow projections, projected long-term growth rates and the determination of terminal values. The market approach utilizes market multiples of invested capital from comparable publicly traded companies (“public company approach”). The market multiples from invested capital include revenue, book equity plus debt and earnings before interest, provision for income taxes, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”).

There are significant inherent uncertainties and management judgment involved in estimating the fair value of each reporting unit. While we believe we have made reasonable estimates and assumptions to estimate the fair value of our reporting units, it is possible that a material change could occur. If actual results are not consistent with our current estimates and assumptions, or the current economic outlook worsens, goodwill impairment charges may be recorded in future periods.

We amortize identifiable intangible assets with finite lives over their useful lives. Changes in strategy and/or market condition may result in adjustments to recorded intangible asset balances or their useful lives.

33

Results of Operations (in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2020				2019				2018
Revenue	$	2,856,659	100.0	%	$	2,615,277	100.0	%	$	2,182,879	100.0	%
Cost of services		2,309,676	80.9	%		2,113,334	80.8	%		1,736,600	79.6	%
Gross profit		546,983	19.1	%		501,943	19.2	%		446,279	20.4	%
Selling, general and administrative expenses		357,777	12.5	%		340,005	13.0	%		296,986	13.6	%
Gain on sale of assets		(1,445)	(0.1)	%		(1,701)	(0.1)	%		(945)	—
Operating income		190,651	6.7	%		163,639	6.3	%		150,238	6.9	%
Interest income		103	—			224	—			73	—
Interest expense		(8,385)	(0.3)	%		(9,317)	(0.4)	%		(3,710)	(0.2)	%
Changes in the fair value of contingent earn-out obligations		9,119	0.3	%		(2,991)	(0.1)	%		(2,066)	(0.1)	%
Other income (expense)		52	—			187	—			4,141	0.2	%
Income before income taxes		191,540	6.7	%		151,742	5.8	%		148,676	6.8	%
Provision for income taxes		41,401				37,418				35,773
Net income	$	150,139			$	114,324			$	112,903

2020 Compared to 2019

We had 35 operating locations as of December 31, 2019. In the second quarter of 2020, we completed the acquisition of TAS Energy Inc. (“TAS”), which reports as a separate operating location. In the fourth quarter of 2020, we completed the acquisition of TEC Industrial Construction and Maintenance (“T E C”), which reports as a separate operating location. As of December 31, 2020, we had 37 operating locations. Acquisitions are included in our results of operations from the respective acquisition date. The same-store comparison from 2020 to 2019, as described below, excludes T E C, which was acquired December 31, 2020, eleven months of results for our electrical contractor in North Carolina, which was acquired February 1, 2020 and reports together with our existing North Carolina operation, nine months of results for TAS, which was acquired April 1, 2020 and three months of results for Walker, which was acquired April 1, 2019. An operating location is included in the same-store comparison on the first day it has comparable prior year operating data, except for immaterial acquisitions that were absorbed and integrated, or “tucked-in,” with existing operations.

Revenue—Revenue increased $241.4 million, or 9.2%, to $2.86 billion in 2020 compared to 2019. The increase included an 11.6% increase related to the TAS, North Carolina electrical contractor and Walker acquisitions and a 2.4% decrease in revenue related to same-store activity.

The following table presents our operating segment revenue (in thousands, except percentages):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2020				2019
Revenue:
Mechanical Services	$	2,413,016	84.5	%	$	2,251,560	86.1	%
Electrical Services		443,643	15.5	%		363,717	13.9	%
Total	$	2,856,659	100.0	%	$	2,615,277	100.0	%

Revenue for our mechanical services segment increased $161.5 million, or 7.2%, to $2.41 billion in 2020 compared to 2019. Of this increase, $106.4 million was attributable to the TAS acquisition. The same-store revenue increase included an increase in the education sector at one of our Virginia operations ($22.1 million), in the office building and healthcare sectors at one of our Tennessee operations ($19.2 million) and in the education sector at our Wisconsin operation ($14.8 million). This increase was offset by the sale of the majority of the assets and ongoing business of our California operation in the third quarter of 2019 ($14.1 million).

Revenue for our electrical services segment increased $79.9 million to $443.6 million in 2020 compared to 2019. The increase related to the acquisition of Walker in April 2019 as well as the acquisition of the electrical

34

contractor in North Carolina in February 2020. These increases were partially offset by a $118.0 million decrease in same-store revenue, primarily resulting from expected decreases driven by a higher volume of large jobs in the prior period at our Walker operation and the impact of Coronavirus Disease 2019 (“COVID-19”).

Backlog reflects revenue still to be recognized under contracted or committed installation and replacement project work. Project work generally lasts less than one year. Service agreement revenue, service work and short duration projects, which are generally billed as performed, do not flow through backlog. Accordingly, backlog represents only a portion of our revenue for any given future period, and it represents revenue that is likely to be reflected in our operating results over the next six to twelve months. As a result, we believe the predictive value of backlog information is limited to indications of general revenue direction over the near term and should not be interpreted as indicative of ongoing revenue performance over several quarters.

	December 31,				December 31,
	2020				2019
Backlog:
Mechanical Services	$	1,253,762	83.0	%	$	1,348,651	84.2	%
Electrical Services		257,652	17.0	%		253,135	15.8	%
Total	$	1,511,414	100.0	%	$	1,601,786	100.0	%

Backlog as of December 31, 2020 was $1.51 billion, a 5.8% increase from September 30, 2020 backlog of $1.43 billion and a 5.6% decrease from December 31, 2019 backlog of $1.60 billion. The sequential backlog increase included the T E C acquisition ($72.8 million or 5.1%). Same-store backlog increased 0.7%, primarily due to increased project bookings at TAS ($124.3 million), offset by completion of project work at our Colorado operation ($23.9 million), one of our Indiana operations ($19.4 million) and our Walker operation ($13.5 million). The year-over-year backlog decrease included a same-store backlog decrease of 23.4%, which was broad-based and was primarily as a result of completion of project work at our Walker operation ($116.3 million), our Colorado operation ($33.7 million) and one of our Florida operations ($29.7 million). This decrease was partially offset by the acquisition of the North Carolina electrical contractor ($47.4 million), the TAS acquisition ($164.3 million) and the T E C acquisition ($72.8 million).

Gross Profit—Gross profit increased $45.0 million, or 9.0%, to $547.0 million in 2020 as compared to 2019. The increase included a $20.7 million, or 4.1%, increase related to the Walker, TAS and North Carolina electrical contractor acquisitions and a $24.4 million, or 4.9%, increase on a same-store basis. The same-store increase in gross profit was primarily due to improvement in project execution at our North Carolina operation ($14.8 million), one of our Indiana operations ($11.0 million) and one of our Tennessee operations ($6.7 million), offset by a decrease at one of our Florida operations ($8.2 million). As a percentage of revenue, gross profit decreased slightly from 19.2% in 2019 to 19.1% in 2020. Improvements in project execution discussed above were offset by lower margins on the Walker acquisition, which was acquired in April 2019, and by preventative and protective actions taken on projects, such as social distancing and other procedure adjustments caused by COVID-19, which negatively impacted margins starting in March 2020.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses (“SG&A”)—SG&A increased $17.8 million, or 5.2%, to $357.8 million for 2020 as compared to 2019. On a same-store basis, excluding amortization expense, SG&A decreased $6.2 million, or 1.9%. This decrease is primarily due to the sale of the majority of the assets and ongoing business of our California operation in the third quarter of 2019 ($5.7 million) as well as due to a reduction in travel-related expenses as a result of COVID-19 ($4.2 million). These decreases were partially offset by an increase in bad debt expense of $1.3 million, mainly driven by concerns about collectability of certain receivables due to the business interruptions caused by COVID-19, specifically with respect to receivables with retail, restaurants and entertainment companies. Additionally, tax consulting fees increased from $1.3 million in 2019 to $2.8 million in 2020. Amortization expense increased $3.8 million during the period primarily as a result of the TAS and North Carolina electrical contractor acquisitions. As a percentage of revenue, SG&A decreased from 13.0% in 2019 to 12.5% in 2020 due to the factors discussed above and due to the acquisition of Walker, which has lower SG&A as a percentage of revenue.

We have included same-store SG&A, excluding amortization, because we believe it is an effective measure of comparative results of operations. However, same-store SG&A, excluding amortization, is not considered under generally accepted accounting principles to be a primary measure of an entity’s financial results, and accordingly, should not be considered an alternative to SG&A as shown in our consolidated statements of operations.

35

	Year Ended
	December 31,
	2020		2019
	(in thousands)
SG&A	$	357,777	$	340,005
Less: SG&A from companies acquired		(20,125)		—
Less: Amortization expense		(26,486)		(22,654)
Same-store SG&A, excluding amortization expense	$	311,166	$	317,351

Interest Expense—Interest expense decreased $0.9 million, or 10.0%, in 2020. A reduction in our average interest rate on outstanding borrowings in 2020 as compared to 2019 caused the decrease in interest expense.

Changes in the Fair Value of Contingent Earn-out Obligations—The contingent earn-out obligations are measured at fair value each reporting period and changes in estimates of fair value are recognized in earnings. Income from changes in the fair value of contingent earn-out obligations increased $12.1 million in 2020 compared to 2019. The increases were caused by higher expenses in the prior year as a result of increasing our obligation for the BCH acquisition as earnings exceeded forecast in the prior year as well as a reduction in our obligation for Walker in the current year caused by project delays, the impact of COVID-19 and lower than forecasted earnings in the fourth quarter of 2020.

Provision for Income Taxes—We conduct business throughout the United States in virtually all fifty states. Our effective tax rate changes based upon our relative profitability, or lack thereof, in states with varying tax rates and rules. In addition, discrete items, such as tax law changes, judgments and legal structures can impact our effective tax rate. These items can also include the tax treatment for impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets, changes in fair value of acquisition-related assets and liabilities, tax reserves for uncertain tax positions, accounting for losses associated with underperforming operations and noncontrolling interests.

Our provision for income taxes for 2020 was $41.4 million with an effective tax rate of 21.6%, as compared to a provision for income taxes of $37.4 million with an effective tax rate of 24.7% for 2019. The effective rate for 2020 was higher than the 21% federal statutory rate primarily due to net state income taxes (4.4%) and nondeductible expenses, including nondeductible expenses related to TAS (1.3%), partially offset by reductions in unrecognized tax benefits plus interest as a result of settlement with the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) upon completion of its examination of our amended federal returns for 2014 and 2015 (4.7%). The effective rate for 2019 was higher than the 21% federal statutory rate primarily due to net state income taxes (4.4%) and nondeductible expenses (1.4%), partially offset by benefits from the filing, and expected filing, of amended returns to claim the energy efficient commercial buildings deduction (the “179D deduction”) allocated to us (1.5%) and deductions for stock-based compensation (0.5%). Refer to Note 11 in the Consolidated Financial Statements for a reconciliation of the federal statutory rates to the effective tax rates reflected in our financial statements.

The decrease in our effective tax rate from 2019 to 2020 was primarily due to reductions in unrecognized tax benefits as a result of settlement with the IRS upon completion of its examination of our amended federal returns for 2014 and 2015 partially offset by nondeductible expenses related to TAS and smaller benefits from the filing of amended returns to claim the 179D deduction allocated to us.

We currently estimate our future effective tax rates will be between 25% and 30%. However, our effective tax rates could be on the low end of this range, or lower, as we continue to pursue claims for the credit for increasing research activities (the “R&D tax credit”) and the 179D deduction allocated to us. The 179D deduction was made permanent by the Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2021.

36

2019 Compared to 2018

For a discussion of the period-to-period comparison of 2019 to 2018, please refer to “Item 7—Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Results of Operations—2019 Compared to 2018” in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2019.

Outlook

Industry conditions improved during the four-year period from 2016 to 2019, and at the beginning of 2020 we expected this strong activity to continue during 2020. However, starting at the end of the first quarter of 2020, we experienced negative impacts to our business due to the business disruption caused by COVID-19. In March 2020, the World Health Organization categorized COVID-19 as a pandemic, and the United States declared the COVID-19 outbreak a national emergency.

Our service business experienced the first and most pronounced negative impacts, largely because of building closures or decisions by customers to limit building access. As of the end of the third quarter, the majority of our service operations had returned to levels that are at or near normal functioning. Our construction activities have generally been classified as essential services in the substantial majority of our markets, although we have had certain jobs temporarily or partially close due to government action, decisions by owners, or upon positive tests for COVID-19 of workers at various sites. We have also experienced delays in the award of new construction work in certain instances, and we have also faced limited instances of delayed starts. At the outset of the pandemic, we had some delays or cancellations of work in less than 5% of our backlog. Across our operations, we have implemented safety precautions and other COVID-19 related guidelines that have added cost or inefficiency as we work to create a safe environment for our team members and our communities. The Company considered the ongoing impact of COVID-19 on the assumptions and estimates used to determine our results and asset valuations as of December 31, 2020 and determined that there were no material or systematic adverse impacts on the Company except for diminished revenue, operational inefficiency, and adjustments in bad debt expense due to the potential for nonpayment by customers in industries more directly impacted by COVID-19.

Although conditions are stabilizing, COVID-19 continues to affect our business outlook, and we expect that in some markets we will experience additional delays in the award or commencement of a portion of our projects that is likely to impact activity levels in the coming quarters, and particularly during the first half of 2021. Despite these factors, we currently anticipate our full-year 2021 results are likely to be similar to, but somewhat lower than, the record results that we achieved in 2020, and we continue to prepare for a wide range of economic circumstances.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

	Year Ended December 31,
	2020		2019		2018
	(in thousands)
Cash provided by (used in):
Operating activities	$	286,510	$	142,028	$	147,190
Investing activities		(207,802)		(224,450)		(95,710)
Financing activities		(74,600)		87,590		(42,402)
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents	$	4,108	$	5,168	$	9,078
Free cash flow:
Cash provided by operating activities	$	286,510	$	142,028	$	147,190
Purchases of property and equipment		(24,131)		(31,750)		(27,268)
Proceeds from sales of property and equipment		2,270		2,159		1,698
Free cash flow	$	264,649	$	112,437	$	121,620

Cash Flow

Our business does not require significant amounts of investment in long-term fixed assets. The substantial majority of the capital used in our business is working capital that funds our costs of labor and installed equipment deployed in project work until our customer pays us. Customary terms in our industry allow customers to withhold a

37

small portion of the contract price until after we have completed the work, typically for six months. Amounts withheld under this practice are known as retention or retainage. Our average project duration, together with typical retention terms, generally allow us to complete the realization of revenue and earnings in cash within one year.

2020 Compared to 2019

Cash Provided by Operating Activities—Cash flow from operations is primarily influenced by demand for our services and operating margins but can also be influenced by working capital needs associated with the various types of services that we provide. In particular, working capital needs may increase when we commence large volumes of work under circumstances where project costs, primarily associated with labor, equipment and subcontractors, are required to be paid before the receivables resulting from the work performed are billed and collected. Working capital needs are generally higher during the late winter and spring months as we prepare and plan for the increased project demand when favorable weather conditions exist in the summer and fall months. Conversely, working capital assets are typically converted to cash during the late summer and fall months as project completion is underway. These seasonal trends are sometimes offset by changes in the timing of major projects, which can be impacted by the weather, project delays or accelerations and other economic factors that may affect customer spending.

We generated $286.5 million of cash flow from operating activities during 2020 compared with $142.0 million during 2019. The $144.5 million increase was primarily driven by an $88.0 million change in receivables, net attributable to strong collections in the current year, a $15.6 million change in other long-term liabilities, a $15.1 million change in billings in excess of costs, which was driven by timing of payments and project billings, and a $10.7 million change in prepaid expenses and other current assets. Operating cash flows in the current year benefited by approximately $32.0 million from the deferral of payroll taxes allowed by the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (“CARES Act”) that normally would have been paid by December 31, 2020.

Cash Used in Investing Activities—Cash used in investing activities was $207.8 million for 2020 compared to $224.5 million during 2019. The $16.6 million decrease in cash used primarily relates to less cash paid (net of cash acquired) for acquisitions and capital expenditures in 2020 compared to the same period in 2019.

Cash Provided by (Used in) Financing Activities—Cash used in financing activities was $74.6 million for 2020 compared to cash provided by financing activities of $87.6 million during 2019. The $162.2 million increase in cash used in financing activities is primarily due to a decrease in net proceeds from the debt compared to the prior year, which was driven by stronger operating cash flows in the current year that allowed us to pay down more debt.

2019 Compared to 2018

For a discussion of the period-to-period comparison of 2019 to 2018, please refer to “Item 7—Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—2019 Compared to 2018” in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2019.

Free Cash Flow

We define free cash flow as cash provided by operating activities, less customary capital expenditures, plus the proceeds from asset sales. We believe free cash flow, by encompassing both profit margins and the use of working capital over our approximately one year working capital cycle, is an effective measure of operating effectiveness and efficiency. We have included free cash flow information here for this reason, and because we are often asked about it by third parties evaluating us. However, free cash flow is not considered under generally accepted accounting principles to be a primary measure of an entity’s financial results, and accordingly free cash flow should not be considered an alternative to operating income, net income, or amounts shown in our consolidated statements of cash flows as determined under generally accepted accounting principles. Free cash flow may be defined differently by other companies.

Share Repurchase Program

On March 29, 2007, our Board of Directors approved a stock repurchase program to acquire up to 1.0 million shares of our outstanding common stock. Subsequently, the Board has from time to time increased the number of shares that may be acquired under the program and approved extensions of the program. On December 8, 2020, the Board

38

approved an extension to the program by increasing the shares authorized for repurchase by 0.7 million shares. Since the inception of the repurchase program, the Board has approved 10.3 million shares to be repurchased. As of December 31, 2020, we have repurchased a cumulative total of 9.3 million shares at an average price of $19.63 per share under the repurchase program.

The share repurchases will be made from time to time at our discretion in the open market or privately negotiated transactions as permitted by securities laws and other legal requirements, and subject to market conditions and other factors. The Board may modify, suspend, extend or terminate the program at any time. During the year ended December 31, 2020, we repurchased 0.7 million shares for approximately $30.1 million at an average price of $43.99 per share.

Debt

Revolving Credit Facility and Term Loan

We have a $600.0 million senior credit facility (the “Facility”) provided by a syndicate of banks. The Facility is composed of a revolving credit line in the amount of $450.0 million and a $150.0 million term loan, and the Facility also provides for a $150.0 million accordion or increase option for the revolving portion of the Facility. As of December 31, 2020, the Facility capacity was $585.0 million as the term loan was paid down by $15.0 million since the inception of the Facility. The Facility also includes a sublimit of up to $160.0 million issuable in the form of letters of credit. The Facility expires in January 2025 and is secured by a first lien on substantially all of our personal property except for assets related to projects subject to surety bonds and assets held by certain unrestricted subsidiaries and our wholly owned captive insurance company and a second lien on our assets related to projects subject to surety bonds. In 2019, we incurred approximately $1.4 million in financing and professional costs in connection with an amendment to the Facility, which are being amortized over the remaining term of the Facility. Of this amount, $0.4 million is attributable to the term loan and is being amortized using the effective interest method. The remaining $1.0 million is attributable to the revolving credit line, which combined with the previous unamortized costs of $1.3 million, is being amortized over the remaining term of the Facility on a straight-line basis as a non-cash charge to interest expense. For the term loan, we are required to make quarterly payments increasing over time from 1.25% to 3.75% of the original aggregate principal amount of the term loan, with the balance due in January 2025. As of December 31, 2020, we had $135.0 million principal outstanding on the term loan, $70.0 million of outstanding borrowings, $49.5 million in letters of credit outstanding and $330.5 million of credit available.

There are two interest rate options for borrowings under the Facility, the Base Rate Loan option and the Eurodollar Rate Loan option. These rates are floating rates determined by the broad financial markets, meaning they can and do move up and down from time to time. Additional margins are then added to these two rates. The weighted average interest rate applicable to the borrowings under the revolving credit facility was approximately 1.4% as of December 31, 2020. The weighted average interest rate applicable to the term loan was approximately 1.4% as of December 31, 2020.

Certain of our vendors require letters of credit to ensure reimbursement for amounts they are disbursing on our behalf, such as to beneficiaries under our self-funded insurance programs. We have also occasionally used letters of credit to guarantee performance under our contracts and to ensure payment to our subcontractors and vendors under those contracts. Our lenders issue such letters of credit through the Facility for a fee. We have never had a claim made against a letter of credit that resulted in payments by a lender or by us and believe such claims are unlikely in the foreseeable future. The letter of credit fees range from 1.25% to 2.00% per annum, based on the ratio of Consolidated Total Indebtedness to “Credit Facility Adjusted EBITDA,” which shall mean Consolidated EBITDA as such term is defined in the credit agreement.

Commitment fees are payable on the portion of the revolving loan capacity not in use for borrowings or letters of credit at any given time. These fees range from 0.20% to 0.35% per annum, based on the ratio of Consolidated Total Indebtedness to Credit Facility Adjusted EBITDA.

39

Interest expense included the following primary elements (in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2020		2019		2018
Interest expense on notes to former owners	$	1,354	$	1,531	$	642
Interest expense on borrowings and unused commitment fees		5,319		6,887		2,211
Interest expense on interest rate swaps		338		—		—
Letter of credit fees		830		512		474
Amortization of debt financing costs		544		387		383
Total	$	8,385	$	9,317	$	3,710

The Facility contains financial covenants defining various financial measures and the levels of these measures with which we must comply. Covenant compliance is assessed as of each quarter end. Credit Facility Adjusted EBITDA is defined under the Facility for financial covenant purposes as net earnings for the four quarters ending as of any given quarterly covenant compliance measurement date, plus the corresponding amounts for (a) interest expense; (b) provision for income taxes; (c) depreciation and amortization; (d) stock compensation; (e) other non-cash charges; and (f) pre-acquisition results of acquired companies. The following is a reconciliation of Credit Facility Adjusted EBITDA to net income for 2020 (in thousands):

Net income	$	150,139
Provision for income taxes		41,401
Interest expense, net		8,282
Depreciation and amortization expense		60,629
Stock-based compensation		6,934
Pre-acquisition results of acquired companies, as defined under the Facility		18,511
Credit Facility Adjusted EBITDA	$	285,896

The Facility’s principal financial covenants include:

Total Leverage Ratio—The Facility requires that the ratio of our Consolidated Total Indebtedness to our Credit Facility Adjusted EBITDA not exceed 3.00 to 1.00 as of the end of each fiscal quarter. The total leverage ratio as of December 31, 2020 was 0.8.

Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio—The Facility requires that the ratio of (a) Credit Facility Adjusted EBITDA, less non-financed capital expenditures, provision for income taxes, dividends and amounts used to repurchase stock when the Company’s Total Leverage Ratio exceeds 2.00 to 1.00 to (b) the sum of interest expense and scheduled principal payments of indebtedness be at least 1.50 to 1.00. Credit Facility Adjusted EBITDA, capital expenditures, provision for income taxes, dividends, stock repurchase payments, interest expense, and scheduled principal payments are defined under the Facility, for purposes of this covenant, to be amounts for the four quarters ending as of any given quarterly covenant compliance measurement date. The fixed charge coverage ratio as of December 31, 2020 was 7.2.

Other Restrictions—The Facility permits acquisitions of up to $5.0 million per transaction, provided that the aggregate purchase price of such an acquisition and of acquisitions in the same fiscal year does not exceed $10.0 million. However, these limitations only apply when the Company’s Total Leverage Ratio is greater than 2.50 to 1.00.

While the Facility’s financial covenants do not specifically govern capacity under the Facility, if our debt level under the Facility at a quarter-end covenant compliance measurement date were to cause us to violate the Facility’s leverage ratio covenant, our borrowing capacity under the Facility and the favorable terms that we currently have could be negatively impacted by the lenders.

We were in compliance with all of our financial covenants as of December 31, 2020.

Notes to Former Owners

As part of the consideration used to acquire four companies, we have outstanding notes to the former owners. Together, these notes had an outstanding balance of $31.0 million as of December 31, 2020. In conjunction with the acquisition of T E C in the fourth quarter of 2020, we issued a promissory note to former owners with an outstanding

40

balance of $7.0 million as of December 31, 2020 that bears interest, payable quarterly, at a stated interest rate of 2.5%. The principal is due in December 2023. In conjunction with the acquisition of TAS in the second quarter of 2020, we issued a promissory note to former owners with an outstanding balance of $8.0 million as of December 31, 2020 that bears interest, payable quarterly, at a stated interest rate of 3.5%. The principal is due in April 2022. In conjunction with the acquisition of the electrical contractor in North Carolina in the first quarter of 2020, we issued a promissory note to former owners with an outstanding balance of $6.0 million as of December 31, 2020 that bears interest, payable quarterly, at a stated interest rate of 3.0%. The principal is due in installments in February 2023 and February 2024. In conjunction with the Walker acquisition in the second quarter of 2019, we issued a promissory note to former owners with an outstanding balance of $10.0 million as of December 31, 2020 that bears interest, payable quarterly, at a stated interest rate of 4.0%. The remaining principal is due in April 2023.

Outlook

We have generated positive net free cash flow for the last twenty-two calendar years, much of which occurred during challenging economic and industry conditions. We also continue to have significant borrowing capacity under our credit facility, and we maintain what we feel are reasonable cash balances. We believe these factors will provide us with sufficient liquidity to fund our operations for the foreseeable future.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Other Commitments

As is common in our industry, we have entered into certain off-balance sheet arrangements in the ordinary course of business that result in risks not directly reflected in our Balance Sheets, such as obligations involving letters of credit and surety guarantees.

Certain of our vendors require letters of credit to ensure reimbursement for amounts they are disbursing on our behalf, such as to beneficiaries under our self-funded insurance programs. We have also occasionally used letters of credit to guarantee performance under our contracts and to ensure payment to our subcontractors and vendors under those contracts. The letters of credit we provide are actually issued by our lenders through the Facility as described above. A letter of credit commits the lenders to pay specified amounts to the holder of the letter of credit if the holder demonstrates that we have failed to perform specified actions. If this were to occur, we would be required to reimburse the lenders. Depending on the circumstances of such a reimbursement, we may also have to record a charge to earnings for the reimbursement. Absent a claim, there is no payment or reserving of funds by us in connection with a letter of credit. However, because a claim on a letter of credit would require immediate reimbursement by us to our lenders, letters of credit are treated as a use of the Facility’s capacity just the same as actual borrowings. Claims against letters of credit are rare in our industry. To date, we have not had a claim made against a letter of credit that resulted in payments by a lender or by us. We believe that it is unlikely that we will have to fund claims under a letter of credit in the foreseeable future.

Many customers, particularly in connection with new construction, require us to post performance and payment bonds issued by a financial institution known as a surety. If we fail to perform under the terms of a contract or to pay subcontractors and vendors who provided goods or services under a contract, the customer may demand that the surety make payments or provide services under the bond. We must reimburse the sureties for any expenses or outlays they incur. To date, we are not aware of any losses to our sureties in connection with bonds the sureties have posted on our behalf, and we do not expect such losses to be incurred in the foreseeable future.

Under standard terms in the surety market, sureties issue bonds on a project-by-project basis, and can decline to issue bonds at any time. Historically, approximately 15% to 25% of our business has required bonds. While we currently have strong surety relationships to support our bonding needs, future market conditions or changes in our sureties’ assessment of our operating and financial risk could cause our sureties to decline to issue bonds for our work. If that were to occur, our alternatives include doing more business that does not require bonds, posting other forms of collateral for project performance, such as letters of credit or cash, and seeking bonding capacity from other sureties. We would likely also encounter concerns from customers, suppliers and other market participants as to our creditworthiness. While we believe our general operating and financial characteristics would enable us to ultimately respond effectively to an interruption in the availability of bonding capacity, such an interruption would likely cause our revenue and profits to decline in the near term.

Contractual Obligations

Twelve Months Ended December 31,

41

	2021		2022		2023		2024		2025		Thereafter		Total
Revolving credit facility	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	70,000	$	—	$	70,000
Term loan		—		15,000		15,000		22,500		82,500		—		135,000
Notes to former owners		—		8,000		19,000		4,000		—		—		31,000
Interest payable		3,905		3,616		3,006		2,342		36		—		12,905
Operating lease obligations		20,254		17,004		14,727		13,221		12,108		36,645		113,959
Total	$	24,159	$	43,620	$	51,733	$	42,063	$	164,644	$	36,645	$	362,864

As of December 31, 2020, we have $49.5 million in letter of credit commitments, of which $16.8 million will expire in 2021, $16.7 million will expire in 2022 and $16.0 million will expire in 2025. The substantial majority of these letters of credit are posted with insurers who disburse funds on our behalf in connection with our workers’ compensation, auto liability and general liability insurance program. These letters of credit provide additional security to the insurers that sufficient financial resources will be available to fund claims on our behalf, many of which develop over long periods of time, should we ever encounter financial duress. Posting of letters of credit for this purpose is a common practice for entities that manage their self-insurance programs through third-party insurers as we do. While some of these letter of credit commitments expire in 2021, we expect nearly all of them, particularly those supporting our insurance programs, will be renewed annually.

As discussed in Note 11 “Income Taxes,” included in our Consolidated Balance Sheet at December 31, 2020 is $28.8 million of unrecognized tax benefits. We believe it is reasonably possible that a reduction of up to $28.8 million in unrecognized tax benefits could occur within the next twelve months. However, due to the uncertain and complex application of tax regulations, combined with the difficulty in predicting when tax audits may be concluded, we generally cannot make reliable estimates of the timing of cash outflows relating to these liabilities.

Other than the operating lease obligations discussed in Note 10 “Leases,” we have no significant purchase or operating commitments outside of commitments to deliver equipment and provide labor in the ordinary course of performing project work.

ITEM 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

We are exposed to market risk primarily related to potential adverse changes in interest rates as discussed below. We are actively involved in monitoring exposure to market risk and continue to develop and utilize appropriate risk management techniques. We are not exposed to any other significant financial market risks, including commodity price risk or foreign currency exchange risk, from the use of derivative financial instruments. At times, we use derivative financial instruments to manage our interest rate risk.

We have exposure to changes in interest rates under our revolving credit facility and term loan. Our debt with fixed interest rates consists of notes to former owners of acquired companies.

The following table presents principal amounts (stated in thousands) and related average interest rates by year of maturity for our debt obligations and their indicated fair market value at December 31, 2020:

	Twelve Months Ended December 31,
	2021		2022		2023		2024		2025		Thereafter		Total
Fixed Rate Debt	$	—	$	8,000	$	19,000	$	4,000	$	—	$	—	$	31,000
Average Interest Rate		3.3%		3.3%		3.0%		3.0%		—		—		3.1%
Variable Rate Debt	$	—	$	15,000	$	15,000	$	22,500	$	152,500	$	—	$	205,000

The weighted average interest rate applicable to the borrowings under the revolving credit facility was approximately 1.4% as of December 31, 2020. The weighted average interest rate applicable to the term loan was approximately 1.4% as of December 31, 2020.

We measure certain assets at fair value on a nonrecurring basis. These assets are recognized at fair value when they are deemed to be other-than-temporarily impaired. We did not recognize any impairments, in the current year, on those assets required to be measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis.

42

The valuation of the Company’s contingent earn-out payments is determined using a probability weighted discounted cash flow method. This analysis reflects the contractual terms of the purchase agreements (e.g., minimum and maximum payment, length of earn-out periods, manner of calculating any amounts due, etc.) and utilizes assumptions with regard to future cash flows, probabilities of achieving such future cash flows and a discount rate.

43

ITEM 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

	Page
Comfort Systems USA, Inc.
Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting	45
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm	46
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm	48
Consolidated Balance Sheets	49
Consolidated Statements of Operations	50
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity	51
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows	52
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements	53

44

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f). Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020 based on the framework in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO 2013 framework). Based on that evaluation, our management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2020.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Ernst & Young LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which is included elsewhere herein, has issued an attestation report auditing the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020.

45

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Stockholders and the Board of Directors of Comfort Systems USA, Inc.

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Comfort Systems USA, Inc. (the Company) as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2020, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company at December 31, 2020 and 2019, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2020, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework), and our report dated February 25, 2021 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Critical Audit Matter

The critical audit matter communicated below was a matter arising from the current period audit of the consolidated financial statements that was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relates to accounts or disclosures that are material to the consolidated financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective or complex judgments. The communication of the critical audit matter does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing separate opinions on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates.

Revenue recognition using percentage of completion method

Description of the Matter

As disclosed in Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements, for fixed price agreements, the Company uses the percentage of completion (POC) method of accounting under which contract revenue recognizable at any time during the life of a contract is determined by multiplying expected total contract revenue by the percentage of contract costs incurred at any time to total estimated contract costs. Estimating contract costs is subjective and certain projects require considerable judgment and could be impacted by changes in labor and materials/equipment.

46

Auditing management’s estimates of total contract costs for certain longer-duration projects was challenging due to significant judgments made by management with respect to labor and materials/equipment costs as future results may vary significantly from past estimates due to changes in facts and circumstances as the project progresses to completion.

How We Addressed the Matter in Our Audit

We obtained an understanding, evaluated the design, and tested the operating effectiveness of controls over the contract estimated cost at completion process. For example, we tested controls over management’s review of cost estimates for significant inputs such as labor and materials/equipment costs. To evaluate the Company’s contract cost estimates, our audit procedures included selecting a sample of contracts and, among others procedures, reviewing the contracts and any associated amendments, conducting interviews with and reviewing questionnaires completed by project personnel, assessing blended labor rates used in the estimate to complete the project against blended labor rates actually incurred to date, agreeing estimated labor and materials/equipment costs to supporting documentation, and performing lookback analyses comparing gross margin over the life of the project to assess management’s ability to estimate.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2002.

Houston, Texas

February 25, 2021

47

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Stockholders and the Board of Directors of Comfort Systems USA, Inc.

Opinion on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

We have audited Comfort Systems USA, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) (the COSO criteria). In our opinion, Comfort Systems USA, Inc. (the Company) maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020, based on the COSO criteria.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the consolidated balance sheets of the Company as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2020, and the related notes and our report dated February 25, 2021 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

Basis for Opinion

The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.

Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Houston, Texas

February 25, 2021

48

COMFORT SYSTEMS USA, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(In Thousands, Except Share Amounts)

	December 31,
	2020		2019
ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	54,896	$	50,788
Billed accounts receivable, less allowance for credit losses of $9,087 and $6,907, respectively		619,544		619,037
Unbilled accounts receivable, less allowance for credit losses of $784 and $0, respectively		45,596		55,542
Other receivables, less allowance for credit losses of $759 and $0, respectively		44,212		37,632
Inventories		13,472		10,053
Prepaid expenses and other		15,510		14,396
Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings, less allowance for credit losses of $79 and $0, respectively		18,622		2,736
Total current assets		811,852		790,184
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, NET		117,206		109,796
LEASE RIGHT-OF-USE ASSET		94,727		84,073
GOODWILL		464,392		332,447
IDENTIFIABLE INTANGIBLE ASSETS, NET		231,807		159,974
DEFERRED TAX ASSETS		29,401		21,923
OTHER NONCURRENT ASSETS		7,970		6,615
Total assets	$	1,757,355	$	1,505,012
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
Current maturities of long-term debt	$	—	$	20,817
Accounts payable		204,145		196,195
Accrued compensation and benefits		121,864		102,891
Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings		226,237		166,918
Accrued self-insurance		49,166		39,546
Other current liabilities		91,492		81,630
Total current liabilities		692,904		607,997
LONG-TERM DEBT, NET		235,733		205,318
LEASE LIABILITIES		80,576		72,697
DEFERRED TAX LIABILITIES		1,339		1,425
OTHER LONG-TERM LIABILITIES		50,374		32,271
Total liabilities		1,060,926		919,708
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY:
Preferred stock, $.01 par, 5,000,000 shares authorized, none issued and outstanding		—		—
Common stock, $.01 par, 102,969,912 shares authorized, 41,123,365 and 41,123,365 shares issued, respectively		411		411
Treasury stock, at cost, 4,935,186 and 4,465,448 shares, respectively		(129,243)		(103,960)
Additional paid-in capital		322,451		320,168
Retained earnings		502,810		368,685
Total stockholders’ equity		696,429		585,304
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity	$	1,757,355	$	1,505,012

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

49

COMFORT SYSTEMS USA, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)

	Year Ended December 31,
	2020		2019		2018
REVENUE	$	2,856,659	$	2,615,277	$	2,182,879
COST OF SERVICES		2,309,676		2,113,334		1,736,600
Gross profit		546,983		501,943		446,279
SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES		357,777		340,005		296,986
GAIN ON SALE OF ASSETS		(1,445)		(1,701)		(945)
Operating income		190,651		163,639		150,238
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE):
Interest income		103		224		73
Interest expense		(8,385)		(9,317)		(3,710)
Changes in the fair value of contingent earn-out obligations		9,119		(2,991)		(2,066)
Other		52		187		4,141
Other income (expense)		889		(11,897)		(1,562)
INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAXES		191,540		151,742		148,676
PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES		41,401		37,418		35,773
NET INCOME	$	150,139	$	114,324	$	112,903
INCOME PER SHARE:
Basic	$	4.11	$	3.10	$	3.03
Diluted	$	4.09	$	3.08	$	3.00
SHARES USED IN COMPUTING INCOME PER SHARE:
Basic		36,542		36,854		37,202
Diluted		36,738		37,131		37,592
DIVIDENDS PER SHARE	$	0.425	$	0.395	$	0.330

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

50

COMFORT SYSTEMS USA, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

(In Thousands, Except Share Amounts)

							Additional				Total
	Common Stock			Treasury Stock			Paid-In		Retained		Stockholders’
	Shares	Amount		Shares	Amount		Capital		Earnings		Equity
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2017	41,123,365	$	411	(3,936,291)	$	(63,519)	$	312,784	$	168,269	$	417,945
Net income	—		—	—		—		—		112,903		112,903
Issuance of Stock:
Issuance of shares for options exercised	—		—	206,875		3,618		(513)		—		3,105
Issuance of restricted stock & performance stock	—		—	129,569		2,227		(4)		—		2,223
Shares received in lieu of tax withholding payment on vested restricted stock	—		—	(36,967)		(1,540)		—		—		(1,540)
Stock-based compensation	—		—	—		—		4,212		—		4,212
Dividends	—		—	—		—		—		(12,268)		(12,268)
Share repurchase	—		—	(592,839)		(28,533)		—		—		(28,533)
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2018	41,123,365	$	411	(4,229,653)	$	(87,747)	$	316,479	$	268,904	$	498,047
Net income	—		—	—		—		—		114,324		114,324
Issuance of Stock:
Issuance of shares for options exercised	—		—	114,125		2,532		(182)		—		2,350
Issuance of restricted stock & performance stock	—		—	107,606		2,303		(297)		—		2,006
Shares received in lieu of tax withholding payment on vested restricted stock	—		—	(28,586)		(1,498)		—		—		(1,498)
Stock-based compensation	—		—	—		—		4,168		—		4,168
Dividends	—		—	—		—		—		(14,543)		(14,543)
Share repurchase	—		—	(428,940)		(19,550)		—		—		(19,550)
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2019	41,123,365	$	411	(4,465,448)	$	(103,960)	$	320,168	$	368,685	$	585,304
Net income	—		—	—		—		—		150,139		150,139
Cumulative-effect adjustment (1)	—		—	—		—		—		(515)		(515)
Issuance of Stock:
Issuance of shares for options exercised	—		—	113,731		2,811		(667)		—		2,144
Issuance of restricted stock & performance stock	—		—	128,889		3,102		(1,247)		—		1,855
Shares received in lieu of tax withholding payment on vested restricted stock	—		—	(27,724)		(1,076)		—		—		(1,076)
Stock-based compensation	—		—	—		—		4,197		—		4,197
Dividends	—		—	—		—		—		(15,499)		(15,499)
Share repurchase	—		—	(684,634)		(30,120)		—		—		(30,120)
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2020	41,123,365	$	411	(4,935,186)	$	(129,243)	$	322,451	$	502,810	$	696,429

______________________________________

(1) Represents the adjustment to Retained Earnings as a result of adopting Accounting Standards Update (ASU) No. 2016-13, “Financial Instruments – Credit Losses (Topic 326),” on January 1, 2020. See Note 2 for more information.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

51

COMFORT SYSTEMS USA, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(In Thousands)

	Year Ended December 31,
	2020		2019		2018
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net income	$	150,139	$	114,324	$	112,903
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities—
Amortization of identifiable intangible assets		32,698		27,082		20,089
Depreciation expense		27,931		24,490		22,600
Change in right-of-use assets		16,692		16,887		—
Bad debt expense		5,253		2,978		3,562
Deferred tax provision (benefit)		(7,953)		(4,251)		4,456
Amortization of debt financing costs		544		387		383
Gain on sale of assets		(1,445)		(1,701)		(945)
Changes in the fair value of contingent earn-out obligations		(9,119)		2,991		2,066
Stock-based compensation		6,934		5,878		7,161
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effects of acquisitions and divestitures—
(Increase) decrease in—
Receivables, net		38,486		(49,508)		(68,621)
Inventories		(1,457)		2,366		(1,538)
Prepaid expenses and other current assets		(4,855)		(15,519)		519
Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings and unbilled accounts receivable		2,706		(4,312)		(14,444)
Other noncurrent assets		(1,373)		(735)		(114)
Increase (decrease) in—
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities		11,087		31,046		47,871
Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings		19,434		4,376		16,786
Other long-term liabilities		808		(14,751)		(5,544)
Net cash provided by operating activities		286,510		142,028		147,190
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Purchases of property and equipment		(24,131)		(31,750)		(27,268)
Proceeds from sales of property and equipment		2,270		2,159		1,698
Proceeds from sale of business		—		1,611		—
Cash paid for acquisitions, net of cash acquired		(185,941)		(196,470)		(70,140)
Net cash used in investing activities		(207,802)		(224,450)		(95,710)
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Proceeds from revolving credit facility		268,000		356,000		124,000
Payments on revolving credit facility		(226,000)		(228,000)		(119,000)
Payments on term loan		(15,000)		—		—
Payments on other debt		(46,534)		(3,784)		(1,127)
Debt financing costs		—		(1,405)		(844)
Payments of dividends to stockholders		(15,499)		(14,543)		(12,268)
Share repurchase		(30,120)		(19,550)		(28,533)
Shares received in lieu of tax withholding		(1,076)		(1,498)		(1,540)
Proceeds from exercise of options		2,144		2,350		3,105
Deferred acquisition payments		(650)		(637)		(750)
Payments for contingent consideration arrangements		(9,865)		(1,343)		(5,445)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities		(74,600)		87,590		(42,402)
NET INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS		4,108		5,168		9,078
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, beginning of period		50,788		45,620		36,542
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, end of period	$	54,896	$	50,788	$	45,620

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

52

COMFORT SYSTEMS USA, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2020

1. Business and Organization

Comfort Systems USA, Inc., a Delaware corporation, provides comprehensive mechanical and electrical contracting services, which principally includes heating, ventilation and air conditioning (“HVAC”), plumbing, electrical, piping and controls, as well as off-site construction, monitoring and fire protection. We install, maintain, repair and replace products and systems throughout the United States. Approximately 46.7% of our consolidated 2020 revenue is attributable to installation of systems in newly constructed facilities, with the remaining 53.3% attributable to maintenance, repair and replacement services. The terms “Comfort Systems,” “we,” “us,” or the “Company,” refer to Comfort Systems USA, Inc. or Comfort Systems USA, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries, as appropriate in the context.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Principles of Consolidation

These financial statements are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. The accompanying consolidated financial statements include our accounts and those of our subsidiaries in which we have a controlling interest. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated. Certain amounts in prior periods may have been reclassified to conform to the current period presentation. The effects of the reclassifications were not material to the consolidated financial statements.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires the use of estimates and assumptions by management in determining the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, revenue and expenses and disclosures regarding contingent assets and liabilities. Actual results could differ from those estimates. The most significant estimates used in our financial statements affect revenue and cost recognition for construction contracts, self-insurance accruals, deferred tax assets, fair value accounting for acquisitions and the quantification of fair value for reporting units in connection with our goodwill impairment testing.

Cash Flow Information

We consider all highly liquid investments purchased with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

Cash paid (in thousands) for:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2020		2019		2018
Interest	$	7,684	$	8,817	$	3,743
Income taxes, net of refunds	$	51,286	$	45,288	$	33,401

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-13, “Financial Instruments – Credit Losses (Topic 326).” The standard requires companies to consider historical experiences, current market conditions and reasonable and supportable forecasts in the measurement of expected credit losses. The standard requires us to accrue higher credit losses on financial assets compared to the legacy guidance on various items, such as contract assets and current receivables. ASU No. 2016-13 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019 and interim periods within those years. We adopted ASU No. 2016-13, “Financial Instruments – Credit Losses (Topic 326),” on January 1, 2020,

53

and the impact was not material to our overall financial statements. The adoption of ASU No. 2016-13 resulted in an increase in Allowance for Credit Losses of $0.7 million, an increase to Deferred Tax Assets of $0.2 million and an impact of $0.5 million to Retained Earnings.

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-13, “Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Disclosure Framework — Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement.” This standard removes certain disclosure requirements including the valuation processes for Level 3 fair value measurements, the policy for timing of transfers between levels and the amount of and reasons for transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy. The standard requires certain additional disclosures for public entities, including disclosure of the changes in unrealized gains and losses included in Other Comprehensive Income for Level 3 fair value measurements and the range and weighted average of significant unobservable inputs used to develop Level 3 fair value measurements. ASU No. 2018-13 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019 and interim periods within those years. Certain amendments, including the amendment on changes in unrealized gains and losses and the range and weighted average of significant unobservable inputs, should be applied prospectively while other amendments should be applied retrospectively to all periods presented upon their effective date. We have modified our fair value disclosures to conform with the requirements of ASU No. 2018-13, “Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Disclosure Framework — Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement,” which we adopted on January 1, 2020.

In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU No. 2019-12, “Income Taxes (Topic 740): Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes.” This standard simplifies the accounting for income taxes by eliminating certain exceptions to the guidance in Topic 740 related to the approach for intraperiod tax allocation, the methodology for calculating income taxes in an interim period and the recognition of deferred tax liabilities for outside basis differences. The standard also simplifies aspects of the accounting for franchise taxes and enacted changes in tax laws or rates and clarifies the accounting for transactions that result in a step-up in the tax basis of goodwill. ASU No. 2019-12 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020 and interim periods within that year. Early adoption is permitted. We do not expect our adoption of this standard on January 1, 2021 to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

Revenue Recognition

We recognize revenue over time for all of our services as we perform them because (i) control continuously transfers to that customer as work progresses, and (ii) we have the right to bill the customer as costs are incurred. The customer typically controls the work in process as evidenced either by contractual termination clauses or by our rights to payment for work performed to date plus a reasonable profit to deliver products or services that do not have an alternative use to the Company.

For the reasons listed above, revenue is recognized based on the extent of progress towards completion of the performance obligation. The selection of the method to measure progress towards completion requires judgment and is based on the nature of the products or services to be provided. We generally use the cost to cost measure of progress for our contracts, as it best depicts the transfer of assets to the customer that occurs as we incur costs on our contracts. Under the cost to cost measure of progress, the extent of progress towards completion is measured based on the ratio of costs incurred to date to the total estimated costs at completion of the performance obligation. Revenue, including estimated fees or profits, is recorded proportionally as costs are incurred. Costs to fulfill include labor, materials and subcontractors’ costs, other direct costs and an allocation of indirect costs.

For a small portion of our business in which our services are delivered in the form of service maintenance agreements for existing systems to be repaired and maintained, as opposed to constructed, our performance obligation is to maintain the customer’s mechanical system for a specific period of time. Similar to jobs, we recognize revenue over time; however, for service maintenance agreements in which the full cost to provide services may not be known, we generally use an input method to recognize revenue, which is based on the amount of time we have provided our services out of the total time we have been contracted to perform those services. Our revenue recognition policy is further discussed in Note 3 “Revenue from Contracts with Customers.”

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Credit Losses

We are required to estimate and record the expected credit losses over the contractual life of our financial assets measured at amortized cost, including billed and unbilled accounts receivable, other receivables and costs and estimated

54

earnings in excess of billings. Accounts receivable include amounts from work completed in which we have billed or have an unconditional right to bill our customers. Our trade receivables are contractually due in less than a year.

We estimate our credit losses using a loss-rate method for each of our identified portfolio segments. Our portfolio segments are construction, service and other. While our construction and service financial assets are often with the same subset of customers and industries, our construction financial assets will generally have a lower loss-rate than service financial assets due to lien rights, which we are more likely to have on construction jobs. These lien rights result in lower credit loss expenses on average compared to receivables that do not have lien rights. Financial assets classified as “other” include receivables that are not related to our core revenue producing activities, such as receivables related to our acquisition activity from former owners, our vendor rebate program or receivables for estimated losses in excess of our insurance deductible, which are accrued with a corresponding accrued insurance liability.

Loss rates for our portfolios are based on numerous factors, including our history of credit loss expense by portfolio, the financial strength of our customers and counterparties in each portfolio, the aging of our receivables, our expectation of likelihood of payment, macroeconomic trends in the U.S. and the current and forecasted non-residential construction market trends in the U.S.

In addition to the loss-rate calculations discussed above, we also record allowance for credit losses for specific receivables that are deemed to have a higher risk profile than the rest of the respective pool of receivables, such as concerns about a specific customer going bankrupt and no longer being able to pay the receivables due to us.

Starting in March 2020, we experienced negative impacts to our business due to the disruption caused by Coronavirus Disease 2019 (“COVID-19”). In March 2020, the World Health Organization categorized COVID-19 as a pandemic, and the President of the United States declared the COVID-19 outbreak a national emergency. The Company considered the impact of COVID-19 on the assumptions and estimates used to determine the results reported and asset valuations as of December 31, 2020.

During the year ended December 31, 2020, we increased our loss rates and increased our specific reserves primarily due to the economic disruption caused by COVID-19, which is reflected in our bad debt expense in the current year. This increase was primarily, but not exclusively, due to concern over collectability of receivables from customers more directly impacted by COVID-19.

Activity in our allowance for credit losses consisted of the following (in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2020
	Service		Construction		Other		Total
Balance at beginning of year	$	3,192	$	3,400	$	315	$	6,907
Impact of new accounting standard		310		331		54		695
Bad debt expense (benefit)		2,566		2,697		(10)		5,253
Deductions for uncollectible receivables written off, net of recoveries		(1,431)		(735)		—		(2,166)
Credit allowance of acquired companies on the acquisition date		—		335		—		335
Reclass to other current liabilities		—		—		(315)		(315)
Balance at December 31, 2020	$	4,637	$	6,028	$	44	$	10,709

	Year Ended December 31,
	2019
Balance at beginning of year	$	5,898
Bad debt expense (benefit)		2,978
Deductions for uncollectible receivables written off, net of recoveries		(3,924)
Credit allowance of acquired companies on the acquisition date		1,955
Balance at December 31, 2019	$	6,907

55

Inventories

Inventories consist of parts and supplies that we purchase and hold for use in the ordinary course of business and are stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value using the average-cost method.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost, and depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Leasehold improvements are capitalized and amortized over the lesser of the expected life of the lease or the estimated useful life of the asset.

Expenditures for repairs and maintenance are charged to expense when incurred. Expenditures for major renewals and betterments, which extend the useful lives of existing equipment, are capitalized and depreciated over the remaining useful life of the equipment. Upon retirement or disposition of property and equipment, the cost and related accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and any resulting gain or loss is recognized in “Gain on sale of assets” in the Statement of Operations.

Recoverability of Goodwill and Identifiable Intangible Assets

Goodwill is the excess of purchase price over the fair value of the net assets of acquired businesses. We assess goodwill for impairment each year, and more frequently if circumstances suggest an impairment may have occurred.

When the carrying value of a given reporting unit exceeds its fair value, a goodwill impairment loss is recorded for this difference, not to exceed the carrying amount of goodwill. The requirements for assessing whether goodwill has been impaired involve market-based information. This information, and its use in assessing goodwill, entails some degree of subjective assessment.

We perform our annual impairment testing as of October 1, and any impairment charges resulting from this process are reported in the fourth quarter. We segregate our operations into reporting units based on the degree of operating and financial independence of each unit and our related management of them. We perform our annual goodwill impairment testing at the reporting unit level. We perform a goodwill impairment review for each of our operating units, as we have determined that each of our operating units are reporting units.

In the evaluation of goodwill for impairment, we have the option to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether the existence of events or circumstances lead to a determination that it is more likely than not that the fair value of one of our reporting units is greater than its carrying value. If, after completing such assessment, we determine it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is greater than its carrying amount, then there is no need to perform any further testing. If we conclude otherwise, or if we elect to perform a quantitative assessment, then we calculate the fair value of the reporting unit and compare the fair value with the carrying value of the reporting unit.

We estimate the fair value of the reporting unit based on a market approach and an income approach, which utilizes discounted future cash flows. Assumptions critical to the fair value estimates under the discounted cash flow model include discount rates, cash flow projections, projected long-term growth rates and the determination of terminal values. The market approach utilizes market multiples of invested capital from comparable publicly traded companies (“public company approach”). The market multiples from invested capital include revenue, book equity plus debt and earnings before interest, provision for income taxes, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”).

We amortize identifiable intangible assets with finite lives over their useful lives. Changes in strategy and/or market condition may result in adjustments to recorded intangible asset balances or their useful lives.

Long-Lived Assets

Long-lived assets are comprised principally of goodwill, identifiable intangible assets, property and equipment, and deferred tax assets. We periodically evaluate whether events and circumstances have occurred that indicate that the remaining balances of these assets may not be recoverable. We use estimates of future income from operations and cash flows, as well as other economic and business factors, to assess the recoverability of these assets.

56

Acquisitions

We recognize assets acquired and liabilities assumed in business combinations, including contingent assets and liabilities, based on fair value estimates as of the date of acquisition.

Contingent Consideration—In certain acquisitions, we agree to pay additional amounts to sellers contingent upon achievement by the acquired businesses of certain predetermined profitability targets. We have recognized liabilities for these contingent obligations based on their estimated fair value at the date of acquisition with any differences between the acquisition date fair value and the ultimate settlement of the obligations being recognized in income from operations.

Contingent Assets and Liabilities—Assets and liabilities arising from contingencies are recognized at their acquisition date fair value when their respective fair values are determinable. Acquisition date fair value estimates are revised as necessary if, and when, additional information regarding these contingencies becomes available to further define and quantify assets acquired and liabilities assumed.

Self-Insurance Liabilities

We are substantially self-insured for workers’ compensation, employer’s liability, auto liability, general liability and employee group health claims, in view of the relatively high per-incident deductibles we absorb under our insurance arrangements for these risks. Losses are estimated and accrued based upon known facts, historical trends and industry averages. Estimated losses in excess of our deductible, which have not already been paid, are included in our accrual with a corresponding receivable from our insurance carrier. Loss estimates associated with the larger and longer-developing risks—workers’ compensation, auto liability and general liability—are reviewed by a third-party actuary quarterly. Our self-insurance arrangements are further discussed in Note 13 “Commitments and Contingencies.”

Warranty Costs

We typically warrant labor for the first year after installation on new MEP systems that we build and install, and we pass through to the customer manufacturers’ warranties on equipment. We generally warrant labor for thirty days after servicing existing MEP systems. A reserve for warranty costs is estimated and recorded based upon the historical level of warranty claims and management’s estimate of future costs.

Income Taxes

We conduct business throughout the United States in virtually all fifty states. Our effective tax rate changes based upon our relative profitability, or lack thereof, in states with varying tax rates and rules. In addition, discrete items such as tax law changes, judgments and legal structures can impact our effective tax rate. These items can also include the tax treatment for impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets, changes in fair value of acquisition-related assets and liabilities, tax reserves for uncertain tax positions and accounting for losses associated with underperforming operations.

Income taxes are provided for under the liability method, which takes into account differences between financial statement treatment and tax treatment of certain transactions. Deferred taxes are based on the difference between the financial reporting and tax basis of assets and liabilities. The deferred tax provision represents the change during the reporting period in the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities, net of the effect of acquisitions and dispositions. Deferred tax assets include tax loss and credit carryforwards and are reduced by a valuation allowance if, based on available evidence, it is more-likely-than-not some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.

We regularly evaluate valuation allowances established for deferred tax assets for which future realization is uncertain. In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, we must consider whether it is more-likely-than-not some portion, or all, of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. We consider all available evidence, both positive and negative, in determining whether a valuation allowance is required. Such evidence includes the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, taxable income in prior carryback years and tax planning strategies in making this assessment, and judgment is required in considering the relative weight of negative and positive evidence.

57

Significant judgment is required in assessing the timing and amounts of deductible and taxable items. We establish reserves when, despite our belief that our tax return positions are supportable, we believe that certain positions may be disallowed. When facts and circumstances change, we adjust these reserves through our provision for income taxes.

To the extent interest and penalties may be assessed by taxing authorities on any underpayment of income tax, such amounts have been accrued and are classified as a component in provision for income taxes in our Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Concentrations of Credit Risk

We provide services in a broad range of geographic regions. Our credit risk primarily consists of receivables from a variety of customers including general contractors, property owners and developers, and commercial and industrial companies. We are subject to potential credit risk related to changes in business and economic factors throughout the United States within the nonresidential construction industry. However, we are entitled to payment for work performed and have certain lien rights related to that work. Further, we believe that our contract acceptance, billing and collection policies are adequate to manage potential credit risk. We regularly review our accounts receivable and estimate an allowance for uncollectible amounts. We have a diverse customer base, with our top customer representing 5% of consolidated 2020 revenue.

Financial Instruments

Our financial instruments consist of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, other receivables, accounts payable, interest rate swaps, life insurance policies, notes to former owners, a revolving credit facility and a term loan. We believe that the carrying values of these instruments on the accompanying Balance Sheets approximate their fair values.

Insurance Recovery

We recorded a $4.8 million gain in the fourth quarter of 2019 due to insurance proceeds we received in the fourth quarter related to the ransomware incident that occurred in April 2019. Approximately $1.6 million of the gain was recorded as a reduction in SG&A, and the remainder was recorded as a reduction in Cost of Services expense.  These proceeds related to recoverable costs that were primarily incurred prior to the fourth quarter in 2019. We do not expect any additional insurance proceeds or other recoveries related to the ransomware incident.

3. Revenue from Contracts with Customers

Revenue is recognized when control of the promised goods or services is transferred to our customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which we expect to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. Sales-based taxes are excluded from revenue.

We provide mechanical and electrical contracting services. Our mechanical segment principally includes HVAC, plumbing, piping and controls, as well as off‑site construction, monitoring and fire protection. Our electrical segment includes installation and servicing of electrical systems. We install, maintain, repair and replace products and systems throughout the United States. All of our revenue is recognized over time as we deliver goods and services to our customers. Revenue can be earned based on an agreed upon fixed price or based on actual costs incurred marked up at an agreed upon percentage.

For fixed price agreements, we use the percentage of completion method of accounting under which contract revenue recognizable at any time during the life of a contract is determined by multiplying expected total contract revenue by the percentage of contract costs incurred at any time to total estimated contract costs. More specifically, as part of the negotiation and bidding process to obtain installation contracts, we estimate our contract costs, which include all direct materials, labor and subcontract costs and indirect costs related to contract performance, such as indirect labor, supplies, tools, repairs and depreciation costs. These contract costs are included in our results of operations under the caption “Cost of Services.” Then, as we perform under those contracts, we measure costs incurred, compare them to total estimated costs to complete the contract and recognize a corresponding proportion of contract revenue. Labor costs are considered to be incurred as the work is performed. Subcontractor labor is recognized as the work is performed.

58

Non‑labor project costs consist of purchased equipment, prefabricated materials and other materials. Purchased equipment on our projects is substantially produced to job specifications and is a value-added element to our work. The costs are considered to be incurred when title is transferred to us, which typically is upon delivery to the work site. Prefabricated materials, such as ductwork and piping, are generally performed at our shops and recognized as contract costs when fabricated for the unique specifications of the job. Other materials costs are generally recorded when delivered to the work site. This measurement and comparison process requires updates to the estimate of total costs to complete the contract, and these updates may include subjective assessments and judgments.

We account for a contract when: (i) it has approval and commitment from both parties, (ii) the rights of the parties are identified, (iii) payment terms are identified, (iv) the contract has commercial substance, and (v) collectability of consideration is probable. We consider the start of a project to be when the above criteria have been met and we either have written authorization from the customer to proceed or an executed contract.

Selling, marketing and estimation costs incurred in relation to selling contracts are expensed as incurred. On rare occasions, we may incur significant expenses related to selling a contract that we only incurred because we sold that contract. If this occurs, we capitalize that cost and amortize it on a percentage of completion basis over the life of the contract. We do not currently have any capitalized selling, marketing, or estimation costs on our Balance Sheet and did not incur any impairment loss in the current year.

We generally do not incur significant incremental costs related to obtaining or fulfilling a contract prior to the start of a project. On rare occasions, when significant pre-contract costs are incurred, they are capitalized and amortized on a percentage of completion basis over the life of the contract. We do not currently have any capitalized obtainment or fulfillment costs on our Balance Sheet and did not incur any impairment loss on such costs in the current year.

Project contracts typically provide for a schedule of billings or invoices to the customer based on our job-to-date percentage of completion of specific tasks inherent in the fulfillment of our performance obligation(s). The schedules for such billings usually do not precisely match the schedule on which costs are incurred. As a result, contract revenue recognized in our Statement of Operations can and usually does differ from amounts that can be billed or invoiced to the customer at any point during the contract. Amounts by which cumulative contract revenue recognized on a contract as of a given date exceed cumulative billings and unbilled receivables to the customer under the contract are reflected as a current asset in our Balance Sheet under the caption “Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings.” Amounts by which cumulative billings to the customer under a contract as of a given date exceed cumulative contract revenue recognized on the contract are reflected as a current liability in our Balance Sheet under the caption “Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings.”

Contracts in progress are as follows (in thousands):

	December 31,
	2020		2019
Costs incurred on contracts in progress	$	3,103,580	$	2,518,581
Estimated earnings, net of losses		548,435		405,891
Less—Billings to date		(3,813,171)		(3,033,112)
Less—Unbilled accounts receivable		(45,596)		(55,542)
Less—Unbilled accounts receivable credit allowance		(784)		—
	$	(207,536)	$	(164,182)
Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings	$	18,622	$	2,736
Plus—Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings credit allowance		79		—
Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings		(226,237)		(166,918)
	$	(207,536)	$	(164,182)

Accounts receivable include amounts billed to customers under retention or retainage provisions in construction contracts. Such provisions are standard in our industry and usually allow for a small portion of progress billings or the contract price to be withheld by the customer until after we have completed work on the project, typically for a period of six months. Based on our experience with similar contracts in recent years, the majority of our billings for such retention balances at each Balance Sheet date are finalized and collected within the subsequent year. Retention balances at

59

December 31, 2020 and 2019 were $124.1 million and $111.7 million, respectively, and are included in accounts receivable.

Accounts payable at December 31, 2020 and 2019 included $22.2 million and $15.8 million of retainage under terms of contracts with subcontractors, respectively. The majority of the retention balances at each Balance Sheet date are finalized and paid within the subsequent year.

The percentage of completion method of accounting is also affected by changes in job performance, job conditions, and final contract settlements. These factors may result in revisions to estimated costs and, therefore, revenue. Such revisions are frequently based on further estimates and subjective assessments. The effects of these revisions are recognized in the period in which revisions are determined. When such revisions lead to a conclusion that a loss will be recognized on a contract, the full amount of the estimated ultimate loss is recognized in the period such conclusion is reached, regardless of the percentage of completion of the contract.

Revisions to project costs and conditions can give rise to change orders under which there is an agreement between the customer and us that the customer pays an additional or reduced contract price. Revisions can also result in claims we might make against the customer to recover project variances that have not been satisfactorily addressed through change orders with the customer. Except in certain circumstances, we do not recognize revenue or margin based on change orders or claims until they have been agreed upon with the customer. The amount of revenue associated with unapproved change orders and claims was immaterial for the year ended December 31, 2020.

Variations from estimated project costs could have a significant impact on our operating results, depending on project size, and the recoverability of the variation via additional customer payments.

We typically invoice our customers with payment terms of net due in 30 days. It is common in the construction industry for a contract to specify more lenient payment terms allowing the customer 45 to 60 days to make their payment. It is also common for the contract in the construction industry to specify that a general contractor is not required to submit payments to a subcontractor until it has received those funds from the owner or funding source. In most instances, we receive payment of our invoices between 30 to 90 days of the date of the invoice.

A performance obligation is a promise in a contract to transfer a distinct good or service to the customer. A contract’s transaction price is allocated to each distinct performance obligation and recognized as revenue when, or as, the performance obligation is satisfied.

To determine the proper revenue recognition method for contracts, we evaluate whether two or more contracts should be combined and accounted for as one performance obligation and whether the combined or single contract should be accounted for as more than one performance obligation. This evaluation requires significant judgment and the decision to combine a group of contracts or separate the combined or single contract into multiple performance obligations could change the amount of revenue and profit recorded in a given period. For most of our contracts, the customer contracts with us to provide a significant service of integrating a complex set of tasks and components into a single project or capability (even if that single project results in the delivery of multiple units). Hence, the entire contract is accounted for as one performance obligation. Less commonly, however, we may promise to provide distinct goods or services within a contract, in which case we separate the contract into more than one performance obligation. If a contract is separated into more than one performance obligation, we allocate the total transaction price to each performance obligation in an amount based on the estimated relative standalone selling prices of the promised goods or services underlying each performance obligation. We infrequently sell standard products with observable standalone sales. In such cases, the observable standalone sales are used to determine the standalone selling price. More frequently, we sell a customized, customer-specific solution, and, in these cases, we typically use the expected cost plus a margin approach to estimate the standalone selling price of each performance obligation. 

We recognize revenue over time for all of our services as we perform them because (i) control continuously transfers to that customer as work progresses, and (ii) we have the right to bill the customer as costs are incurred.  The customer typically controls the work in process, as evidenced either by contractual termination clauses or by our rights to payment for work performed to date plus a reasonable profit to deliver products or services that do not have an alternative use to the Company.

60

For the reasons listed above, revenue is recognized based on the extent of progress towards completion of the performance obligation. The selection of the method to measure progress towards completion requires judgment and is based on the nature of the products or services to be provided. We generally use the cost to cost measure of progress for our contracts, as it best depicts the transfer of assets to the customer that occurs as we incur costs on our contracts. Under the cost to cost measure of progress, the extent of progress towards completion is measured based on the ratio of costs incurred to date to the total estimated costs at completion of the performance obligation. Revenue, including estimated fees or profits, is recorded proportionally as costs are incurred. Costs to fulfill include labor, materials and subcontractors’ costs, other direct costs and an allocation of indirect costs.

In our mechanical segment, for a small portion of our business in which our services are delivered in the form of service maintenance agreements for existing systems to be repaired and maintained, as opposed to constructed, our performance obligation is to maintain the customer’s mechanical system for a specific period of time. Similar to jobs, we recognize revenue over time; however, for service maintenance agreements in which the full cost to provide services may not be known, we generally use an input method to recognize revenue, which is based on the amount of time we have provided our services out of the total time we have been contracted to perform those services.

Due to the nature of the work required to be performed on many of our performance obligations, the estimation of total revenue and cost at completion (the process described below in more detail) is complex, subject to many variables and requires significant judgment. The consideration to which we are entitled on our long-term contracts may include both fixed and variable amounts. Variable amounts can either increase or decrease the transaction price. A common example of variable amounts that can either increase or decrease contract value are pending change orders that represent contract modifications for which a change in scope has been authorized or acknowledged by our customer, but the final adjustment to contract price is yet to be negotiated. Other examples of positive variable revenue include amounts awarded upon achievement of certain performance metrics, program milestones or cost of completion date targets and can be based upon customer discretion. Variable amounts can result in a deduction from contract revenue if we fail to meet stated performance requirements, such as complying with the construction schedule.

Contracts are often modified to account for changes in contract specifications and requirements. We consider contract modifications to exist when the modification either creates new or changes the existing enforceable rights and obligations. Most of our contract modifications are for goods or services that are not distinct from the existing performance obligation(s). The effect of a contract modification on the transaction price, and our measure of progress for the performance obligation to which it relates, is recognized as an adjustment to revenue (either as an increase or decrease) on a cumulative catchup basis.

We have a Company-wide policy requiring periodic review of the Estimate at Completion in which management reviews the progress and execution of our performance obligations and estimated remaining obligations. As part of this process, management reviews information including, but not limited to, any outstanding key contract matters, progress towards completion and the related program schedule, identified risks and opportunities and the related changes in estimates of revenue and costs. The risks and opportunities include management's judgment about the ability and cost to achieve the schedule (e.g., the number and type of milestone events), technical requirements (e.g., a newly developed product versus a mature product) and other contract requirements. Management must make assumptions and estimates regarding labor productivity and availability, the complexity of the work to be performed, the availability of materials, the length of time to complete the performance obligation (e.g., to estimate increases in wages and prices for materials and related support cost allocations), execution by our subcontractors, the availability and timing of funding from our customer, and overhead cost rates, among other variables.

Based on this analysis, any adjustments to revenue, cost of services, and the related impact to operating income are recognized as necessary in the quarter when they become known. These adjustments may result from positive program performance if we determine we will be successful in mitigating risks surrounding the technical, schedule and cost aspects of those performance obligations or realizing related opportunities and may result in an increase in operating income during the performance of individual performance obligations. Likewise, if we determine we will not be successful in mitigating these risks or realizing related opportunities, these adjustments may result in a decrease in operating income. Changes in estimates of revenue, cost of services and the related impact to operating income are recognized quarterly on a cumulative catchup basis, meaning we recognize in the current period the cumulative effect of the changes on current and prior periods based on a performance obligation's percentage of completion. A significant change in one or more of these estimates could affect the profitability of one or more of our performance obligations. For projects in which estimates of total costs to be incurred on a performance obligation exceed total estimates of revenue to be earned, a provision for the entire loss on the performance obligation is recognized in the period the loss is determined.

61

The Company typically does not incur any returns, refunds, or similar obligations after the completion of the performance obligation since any deficiencies are corrected during the course of the work or are included as a modification to revenue. The Company does offer an industry standard warranty on our work, which is most commonly for a one-year period. The vendors providing the equipment and materials are responsible for any failures in their product unless installed incorrectly. We include an estimated amount to cover estimated warranty expense in our Cost of Services and record a liability on our Balance Sheet to cover our current estimated outstanding warranty obligations.

During the years ended December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, net revenue recognized from our performance obligations satisfied in previous periods was not material. 

Disaggregation of Revenue

Our consolidated 2020 revenue was derived from contracts to provide service activities in the mechanical and electrical services segments we serve. Refer to Note 16 “Segment Information” for additional information on our reportable segments. We disaggregate our revenue from contracts with customers by activity, customer type and service provided, as we believe it best depicts how the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of our revenue and cash flows are affected by economic factors. See details in the following tables (dollars in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31,
Revenue by Service Provided	2020				2019				2018
Mechanical Services	$	2,413,016	84.5	%	$	2,251,560	86.1	%	$	2,176,223	99.7	%
Electrical Services		443,643	15.5	%		363,717	13.9	%		6,656	0.3	%
Total	$	2,856,659	100.0	%	$	2,615,277	100.0	%	$	2,182,879	100.0	%
	Year Ended December 31,
Revenue by Type of Customer	2020				2019				2018
Industrial	$	1,112,075	38.9	%	$	886,668	33.9	%	$	596,557	27.3	%
Education		487,922	17.1	%		412,318	15.8	%		391,937	18.0	%
Office Buildings		319,426	11.2	%		348,640	13.3	%		288,090	13.2	%
Healthcare		371,105	13.0	%		358,155	13.7	%		319,958	14.7	%
Government		163,717	5.7	%		162,507	6.2	%		143,958	6.6	%
Retail, Restaurants and Entertainment		239,541	8.4	%		248,083	9.5	%		225,348	10.3	%
Multi-Family and Residential		86,799	3.0	%		104,693	4.0	%		136,075	6.2	%
Other		76,074	2.7	%		94,213	3.6	%		80,956	3.7	%
Total	$	2,856,659	100.0	%	$	2,615,277	100.0	%	$	2,182,879	100.0	%
	Year Ended December 31,
Revenue by Activity Type	2020				2019				2018
New Construction	$	1,333,739	46.7	%	$	1,201,122	45.9	%	$	829,978	38.0	%
Existing Building Construction		910,807	31.9	%		793,159	30.3	%		796,946	36.5	%
Service Projects		241,402	8.4	%		231,228	8.9	%		206,506	9.5	%
Service Calls, Maintenance and Monitoring		370,711	13.0	%		389,768	14.9	%		349,449	16.0	%
Total	$	2,856,659	100.0	%	$	2,615,277	100.0	%	$	2,182,879	100.0	%

Contract Assets and Liabilities

Contract assets include unbilled amounts typically resulting from sales under long term contracts when the cost to cost method of revenue recognition is used, revenue recognized exceeds the amount billed to the customer and right to payment is conditional, subject to completing a milestone, such as a phase of the project. Contract assets are generally classified as current.

Contract liabilities consist of advance payments and billings in excess of revenue recognized. Our contract assets and liabilities are reported in a net position on a contract by contract basis at the end of each reporting period. We classify advance payments and billings in excess of revenue recognized as current. It is very unusual for us to have advanced payments with a term of greater than one year; therefore, our contract assets and liabilities are usually all

62

current. If we have advanced payments with a term greater than one year, the noncurrent portion of advanced payments would be included in other long-term liabilities in our consolidated Balance Sheets.

The following table presents the changes in contract assets and contract liabilities (in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31,					Year Ended December 31,
	2020				2019
	Contract		Contract		Contract		Contract
	Assets		Liabilities		Assets		Liabilities
Balance at beginning of period	$	2,736	$	166,918	$	10,213	$	130,986
Change due to acquisitions / disposals		9,509		39,885		6,573		31,556
Change related to credit allowance		(79)		—		—		—
Other changes in the period		6,456		19,434		(14,050)		4,376
Balance at end of period	$	18,622	$	226,237	$	2,736	$	166,918

During the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, we recognized revenue of $165.8 million and $126.7 million related to our contract liabilities at January 1, 2020 and January 1, 2019, respectively.

We did not have any impairment losses recognized on our receivables or contract assets in 2020 and 2019.

Remaining Performance Obligations

Remaining construction performance obligations represent the remaining transaction price of firm orders for which work has not been performed and exclude unexercised contract options. As of December 31, 2020, the aggregate amount of the transaction price allocated to remaining performance obligations was $1.51 billion. The Company expects to recognize revenue on approximately 80-85% of the remaining performance obligations over the next 12 months, with the remaining recognized thereafter. Our service maintenance agreements are generally one-year renewable agreements. We have adopted the practical expedient that allows us to not include service maintenance contracts with a term of less than one year; therefore, we do not report unfulfilled performance obligations for service maintenance agreements.

4. Fair Value Measurements

Interest Rate Risk Management and Derivative Instruments

In April 2020, we entered into interest rate swap agreements to reduce our exposure to variable interest rates on our term loan and revolving credit facility. The notional amount covered by these interest rate swaps was $130.0 million as of December 31, 2020 and decreases to $80.0 million by November 30, 2021 until the termination date of September 30, 2022.

We use derivative instruments to manage exposure to market risk, including interest rate risk. All of our current derivatives are designated and accounted for as economic hedges.  Unsettled amounts under our economic hedges are recorded on the Balance Sheet at fair value in “Other Receivables” or “Other Current Liabilities.” Gains and losses on our interest rate swaps are recorded on the Income Statement in “Interest Expense.” For the year ended December 31, 2020, we recognized a net loss of $0.3 million related to our interest rate swaps. We currently do not have any derivatives that are accounted for as hedges under ASC 815.

Fair Value Measurement

We classify and disclose assets and liabilities carried at fair value in one of the following three categories:

● Level 1—quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities;

● Level 2—observable market-based inputs or unobservable inputs that are corroborated by market data; and

● Level 3—significant unobservable inputs in which little or no market data exists, therefore requiring an entity to develop its own assumptions.

63

The following table summarizes the fair values, and levels within the fair value hierarchy in which the fair value measurements fall, for assets and liabilities measured on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 (in thousands):

	Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2020
	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total
Cash and cash equivalents	$	54,896	$	—	$	—	$	54,896
Life insurance—cash surrender value	$	—	$	5,420	$	—	$	5,420
Contingent earn-out obligations	$	—	$	—	$	25,979	$	25,979
Interest rate swap liability	$	—	$	42	$	—	$	42
	Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2019
	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total
Cash and cash equivalents	$	50,788	$	—	$	—	$	50,788
Life insurance—cash surrender value	$	—	$	3,905	$	—	$	3,905
Contingent earn-out obligations	$	—	$	—	$	28,497	$	28,497

Cash and cash equivalents consist primarily of highly rated money market funds at a variety of well-known institutions with original maturities of three months or less. The original cost of these assets approximates fair value due to their short-term maturity. The Company’s outstanding term loan held by third-party financial institutions is carried at cost, adjusted for debt issuance costs. The Company’s term loan is not publicly traded and the carrying amount approximates fair value as the loan accrues interest at a variable rate. The carrying value of our borrowings associated with the Revolving Credit Facility approximate its fair value due to the variable rate on such debt.

We have life insurance policies covering 86 employees with a combined face value of $61.7 million. The policies are invested in several investment vehicles, and the fair value measurement of the cash surrender balance associated with these policies is determined using Level 2 inputs within the fair value hierarchy and will vary with investment performance. The cash surrender value of these policies was $5.4 million as of December 31, 2020 and $3.9 million as of December 31, 2019. These assets are included in “Other Noncurrent Assets” in our consolidated Balance Sheets.

We value contingent earn-out obligations using a probability weighted discounted cash flow method. This fair value measurement is based on significant unobservable inputs in the market and thus represents a Level 3 measurement within the fair value hierarchy. This analysis reflects the contractual terms of the purchase agreements (e.g., minimum and maximum payments, length of earn-out periods, manner of calculating any amounts due, etc.) and utilizes assumptions with regard to future cash flows, probabilities of achieving such future cash flows and a discount rate. The contingent earn-out obligations are measured at fair value each reporting period and changes in estimates of fair value are recognized in earnings. Significant unobservable inputs that could impact the fair value measurement include our weighted average cost of capital and the forecasted level of operating income for each earn-out measurement. As of December 31, 2020, cash flows were discounted using a weighted average cost of capital ranging from 9.5% - 17.0%.

The table below presents a reconciliation of the fair value of our contingent earn-out obligations that use significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) (in thousands):

	December 31,
	2020		2019
Balance at beginning of year	$	28,497	$	7,375
Issuances		16,715		19,500
Settlements		(10,114)		(1,369)
Adjustments to fair value		(9,119)		2,991
Balance at end of year	$	25,979	$	28,497

The fair value for our interest rate swaps is based upon inputs corroborated by observable market data with similar tenors, which are considered Level 2 inputs. The Company’s outstanding term loan held by third-party financial institutions is carried at cost, adjusted for debt issuance costs. The Company’s term loan is not publicly traded and the carrying amount approximates fair value as the loan accrues interest at a variable rate. The carrying value of our borrowings associated with the revolving credit facility approximate its fair value due to the variable rate on such debt.

64

We measure certain assets at fair value on a nonrecurring basis. These assets are recognized at fair value when they are deemed to be other-than-temporarily impaired. No goodwill or other intangible asset impairments were recorded during the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018. We did not recognize any other impairments on those assets required to be measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis. See Note 6 “Goodwill and Identifiable Intangible Assets, Net” for further discussion.

5. Acquisitions

TAS Energy Inc. Acquisition

On April 1, 2020, we consummated a merger through which TAS Energy Inc. (“TAS”) became a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company. TAS is headquartered in Houston, Texas, and is a leading engineering, design and construction provider of modular construction systems serving the technology, power and industrial sectors. As a result of the acquisition, TAS is a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company reported in our mechanical services segment. Revenue attributable to TAS was $106.4 million for the nine months from the acquisition date.

The following summarizes the acquisition date fair value of consideration transferred and the acquisition date fair value of the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed, including an amount for goodwill (in thousands):

Consideration transferred:
Cash paid at closing	$	105,950
Working capital adjustment		40,455
Notes issued to former owners		14,000
Estimated fair value of contingent earn-out payments		9,100
	$	169,505
Recognized amounts of identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	47,460
Billed and unbilled accounts receivable		18,702
Other current assets		15,634
Other long-term assets		1,556
Property and equipment		7,709
Goodwill		72,788
Identifiable intangible assets		53,400
Lease right-of-use asset		19,736
Accounts payable		(16,453)
Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings		(24,196)
Current lease liabilities		(2,337)
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities		(4,109)
Long-term lease liabilities		(17,398)
Other long-term liabilities		(2,987)
	$	169,505

The allocation of the purchase price to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed is preliminary and, therefore, subject to change pending the completion of the final valuation of intangible assets and accrued liabilities. Goodwill represents the future economic benefits arising from other assets acquired that could not be individually identified and separately recognized. The goodwill recognized as a result of the TAS acquisition is not deductible for tax purposes.

In estimating the fair value of the acquired intangible assets, we utilized the valuation methodology determined to be the most appropriate for the individual intangible asset. In order to estimate the fair value of the backlog and customer relationships, we utilized an excess earnings methodology, which consisted of the projected cash flows attributable to these assets discounted to present value using a risk-adjusted discount rate that represented the required rate of return. The trade name value was determined based on the relief-from-royalty method, which applies a royalty rate to the revenue stream attributable to this asset, and the resulting royalty payment is tax effected and discounted to present value. Some of the more significant estimates and assumptions inherent in determining the fair value of the identifiable intangible assets are associated with forecasting cash flows and profitability, which represent Level 3 inputs.

65

The primary assumptions used were generally based upon the present value of anticipated cash flows discounted at rates ranging from 15% - 23.5%. Estimated years of projected earnings generally follow the range of estimated remaining useful lives for each intangible asset class.

As a result of the TAS acquisition, we acquired $53.2 million of federal net operating loss (“NOL”) carryforwards and $6.5 million of state NOL carryforwards. Our ability to utilize these NOL carryforwards to reduce taxable income in future years is subject to significant limitations under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”) due to the ownership change in TAS on April 1, 2020. While we expect to fully utilize the federal NOL carryforwards before they begin to expire in 2031, a full valuation allowance was recorded against virtually all of the state NOL carryforwards. We do not believe it is more-likely-than-not that TAS will have sufficient revenue-generating operations in those states in the future.

The acquired intangible assets include the following (dollars in thousands):

	Valuation Method	Estimated Useful Life		Estimated Fair Value
Backlog	Excess earnings	1 year	$	5,200
Trade Name	Relief-from-royalty	25 years		8,200
Customer Relationships	Excess earnings	10 years		40,000
Total			$	53,400

The contingent earn-out obligation is associated with the achievement of specified earnings milestones over a 27-month period, and the range of estimated milestone payments is from $1 million to $8 million. We determined the initial fair value of the contingent earn-out obligation based on the Monte Carlo Simulation method, which represents a Level 3 measurement. Cash flows were discounted using a 17.7% discount rate, which we believe is appropriate and representative of a market participant assumption. Subsequent to the acquisition date, the contingent earn-out obligation is re-measured at fair value each reporting period. Changes in the estimated fair value of the contingent payments subsequent to the acquisition date are recognized immediately in earnings.

T E C Industrial Construction and Maintenance Acquisition

On December 31, 2020, we consummated an acquisition of all outstanding equity interests of Tennessee Electric Company, Inc. dba TEC Industrial Maintenance and Construction (“T E C”). T E C is headquartered in Kingsport, Tennessee, and provides multidisciplined construction and industrial services, including electrical, mechanical and other plant services, primarily in Tennessee and surrounding states. As a result of the acquisition, T E C is a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company reported in our electrical services segment. T E C did not contribute to our revenue in 2020.

66

The following summarizes the acquisition date fair value of consideration transferred and the acquisition date fair value of the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed, including an amount for goodwill (in thousands):

Consideration transferred:
Cash paid at closing	$	73,000
Working capital adjustment		2,006
Notes issued to former owners		7,000
Estimated fair value of contingent earn-out payments		7,560
	$	89,566
Recognized amounts of identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	4
Billed and unbilled accounts receivable		13,660
Costs in excess of billings		2,040
Other current assets		108
Other long-term assets		53
Property and equipment		912
Goodwill		44,431
Identifiable intangible assets		37,200
Lease right-of-use asset		1,234
Accounts payable		(4,123)
Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings		(2,838)
Current lease liabilities		(175)
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities		(1,881)
Long-term lease liabilities		(1,059)
	$	89,566

The allocation of the purchase price to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed is preliminary and, therefore, subject to change pending the completion of the final valuation of identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed. Goodwill represents the future economic benefits arising from other assets acquired that could not be individually identified and separately recognized. All of the goodwill recognized as a result of the T E C acquisition is tax deductible.

In estimating the fair value of the acquired intangible assets, we utilized the valuation methodology determined to be the most appropriate for the individual intangible asset. In order to estimate the fair value of the backlog and customer relationships, we utilized an excess earnings methodology, which consisted of the projected cash flows attributable to these assets discounted to present value using a risk-adjusted discount rate that represented the required rate of return. The trade name value was determined based on the relief-from-royalty method, which applies a royalty rate to the revenue stream attributable to this asset, and the resulting royalty payment is tax effected and discounted to present value. Some of the more significant estimates and assumptions inherent in determining the fair value of the identifiable intangible assets are associated with forecasting cash flows and profitability, which represent Level 3 inputs. The primary assumptions used were generally based upon the present value of anticipated cash flows discounted at rates ranging from 14% - 15%. Estimated years of projected earnings generally follow the range of estimated remaining useful lives for each intangible asset class.

The acquired intangible assets include the following (dollars in thousands):

	Valuation	Estimated	Estimated
	Method	Useful Life	Fair Value
Backlog	Excess earnings	2 years	$	7,200
Trade Name	Relief-from-royalty	20 years		5,800
Customer Relationships	Excess earnings	9 years		24,200
Total			$	37,200

67

The contingent earn-out obligation is associated with the achievement of specified earnings milestones over a three year period, and the range of estimated milestone payments is from less than $1 million to $5 million. We determined the initial fair value of the contingent earn-out obligation based on the Monte Carlo Simulation method, which represents a Level 3 measurement. Cash flows were discounted using a 12.9% discount rate, which we believe is appropriate and representative of a market participant assumption. Subsequent to the acquisition date, the contingent earn-out obligation is re-measured at fair value each reporting period. Changes in the estimated fair value of the contingent payments subsequent to the acquisition date are recognized immediately in earnings.

Other Acquisitions

In addition to the TAS and T E C acquisitions, we completed the acquisition of an electrical contractor in North Carolina in the first quarter of 2020 with a total purchase price of $41.6 million. This acquisition is reported in our electrical services segment.

In the second quarter of 2019, we acquired all of the issued and outstanding stock of Walker TX Holding Company, LLC and each of its wholly owned subsidiaries (collectively “Walker”) for $235.4 million of which $187.0 million was allocated to goodwill and identifiable intangible assets. The total purchase price included $178.0 million in cash, $25.0 million in notes payable to former owners, a $20.5 million advance to former owners, a $19.5 million contingent earn-out obligation and a $0.2 million tax equalization payment, offset by a $7.8 million working capital adjustment. Walker is a full-service electrical contracting and network infrastructure engineering business serving commercial and industrial clients with headquarters in Irving, Texas, and operations throughout the state of Texas. As a result of the acquisition, Walker is a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company reported in our electrical services segment. In addition to the Walker acquisition, we completed two additional acquisitions in 2019 which were “tucked-in” with existing operations. The total purchase price for these additional acquisitions, including earn-outs, was $2.6 million.

The results of operations of acquisitions are included in our consolidated financial statements from their respective acquisition dates. Our consolidated Balance Sheet includes preliminary allocations of the purchase price to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed for the applicable acquisitions pending the completion of the final valuation of intangible assets and accrued liabilities. Excluding the Walker and TAS acquisitions, the acquisitions completed in 2020 and the prior year were not material, individually or in the aggregate. Additional contingent purchase price (“earn-out”) has been or will be paid if certain acquisitions achieve predetermined profitability targets. Such earn-outs, when they are not subject to the continued employment of the sellers, are estimated as of the purchase date and included as part of the consideration paid for the acquisition. If we have an earn-out under which continued employment is a condition to receipt of payment, then the earn-out is recorded as compensation expense over the period earned. 

6. Goodwill and Identifiable Intangible Assets, Net

Goodwill

The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill are as follows (in thousands):

	Mechanical Services		Electrical Services
	Segment		Segment		Total
Balance at December 31, 2018	$	235,182	$	—	$	235,182
Acquisitions and purchase price adjustments (See Note 5)		579		96,686		97,265
Impact of segment reorganization		(1,101)		1,101		—
Balance at December 31, 2019		234,660		97,787		332,447
Acquisitions and purchase price adjustments (See Note 5)		72,788		59,157		131,945
Balance at December 31, 2020	$	307,448	$	156,944	$	464,392

The aggregate goodwill balance as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 includes $116.6 million of accumulated impairment charges, all of which relate to the mechanical services segment.

68

We perform our annual impairment testing on October 1, or more frequently, if events and circumstances indicate impairment may have occurred. As discussed in Note 2, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies,” we have the option to first perform a qualitative assessment to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than the carrying value.

During our annual impairment testing on October 1, 2019, we performed a quantitative assessment where the fair value of each reporting unit was estimated using a discounted cash flow model combined with a market valuation approach. We assigned a weighting of 50% to the discounted cash flow analysis and 50% to the public company approach for the year ended December 31, 2019. Based on this assessment, we concluded that the fair value of each of the reporting units was greater than its carrying value. The calculated fair values for the majority of the Company’s reporting units that have goodwill were significantly in excess (all greater than 80%) of the respective reporting unit’s carrying value, while two reporting units that were recently acquired had calculated fair values in excess of carrying value of at least 27%.

During our annual impairment testing on October 1, 2020, we performed a qualitative assessment for all of our reporting units except one, which considered various factors, including changes in the carrying value of the reporting unit, forecasted operating results, long-term growth rates and discount rates. Additionally, we considered qualitative key events and circumstances (i.e. macroeconomic environment, industry and market specific conditions, cost factors and events specific to the reporting unit, etc.). Based on this assessment, we concluded that it was more likely than not that the fair value of each of the reporting units was greater than its carrying value. Accordingly, no further testing was required. For Walker, we performed a step 1 quantitative assessment and the calculated fair value exceeded the carrying value by 24%. As a result of uncertainty caused by COVID-19 and Walker’s smaller excess of fair value percentage, this reporting unit is more susceptible to impairment risk from additional adverse changes in its operating environment, including micro- and macroeconomic environment conditions that could negatively impact them. Such adverse changes could include worsening economic conditions in the locations or markets they primarily serve, whether due to COVID-19 or other events and conditions. As of December 31, 2020, Walker had a goodwill balance of $96.8 million.

There are significant inherent uncertainties and management judgment involved in estimating the fair value of each reporting unit. While we believe we have made reasonable estimates and assumptions to estimate the fair value of our reporting units, it is possible that a material change could occur. If actual results are not consistent with our current estimates and assumptions, or the current economic outlook worsens, goodwill impairment charges may be recorded in future periods.

Identifiable Intangible Assets, Net

Identifiable intangible assets consist of the following (dollars in thousands):

	Weighted-Average	December 31, 2020				December 31, 2019
	Remaining Useful Lives	Gross Book		Accumulated		Gross Book		Accumulated
	in Years	Value		Amortization		Value		Amortization
Customer Relationships	8.0	$	255,692	$	(103,919)	$	183,061	$	(80,813)
Backlog	2.0		19,800		(12,600)		7,400		(6,388)
Trade Names	20.5		91,495		(18,661)		71,995		(15,281)
Total	11.7	$	366,987	$	(135,180)	$	262,456	$	(102,482)

The amounts attributable to customer relationships and tradenames are amortized to “Selling, General and Administrative Expenses” based upon the estimated consumption of their economic benefits, or a straight-line method over periods from one to twenty-five years if the pattern of economic benefit cannot otherwise be reliably estimated. The amounts attributable to backlog are being amortized to “Cost of Services” on a proportionate method over the remaining backlog period. Amortization expense for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 was $32.7 million, $27.1 million and $20.1 million, respectively.

69

As of December 31, 2020, future amortization expense of identifiable intangible assets was as follows (in thousands):

Year ended December 31—
2021	$	32,344
2022		27,412
2023		23,514
2024		22,164
2025		19,977
Thereafter		106,396
Total	$	231,807

7. Property and Equipment

Property and equipment consist of the following (dollars in thousands):

	Estimated
	Useful Lives	December 31,
	in Years	2020		2019
Land	—	$	7,167	$	6,206
Transportation equipment	1 - 7		113,802		106,972
Machinery and equipment	1 - 20		43,386		35,575
Computer and telephone equipment	1 - 10		23,215		20,744
Buildings and leasehold improvements	1 - 40		69,683		62,301
Furniture and fixtures	1 - 17		5,861		5,244
Construction in progress	—		1,294		2,123
			264,408		239,165
Less—Accumulated depreciation			(147,202)		(129,369)
Property and equipment, net		$	117,206	$	109,796

Depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 was $27.9 million, $24.5 million and $22.6 million, respectively.

8. Detail of Other Current Liabilities

Other current liabilities consist of the following (in thousands):

	December 31,
	2020		2019
Accrued warranty costs	$	8,914	$	7,452
Current lease liability		16,586		14,016
Accrued job losses		2,151		2,226
Accrued sales and use tax		3,731		2,938
Deferred revenue		4,559		5,506
Liabilities due to former owners		10,280		11,219
Other current liabilities		45,271		38,273
	$	91,492	$	81,630

70

9. Debt Obligations

Debt obligations consist of the following (in thousands):

	December 31,
	2020		2019
Revolving credit facility	$	70,000	$	28,000
Term loan		135,000		150,000
Notes to former owners		31,000		48,483
Total principal amount		236,000		226,483
Less—unamortized debt issuance costs		(267)		(348)
Total debt, net of unamortized debt issuance costs		235,733		226,135
Less—current portion		—		(20,817)
Total long-term portion of debt, net	$	235,733	$	205,318

At December 31, 2020, future principal payments of debt are as follows (in thousands):

Year ended December 31—
2021	$	—
2022		23,000
2023		34,000
2024		26,500
2025		152,500
Thereafter		—
	$	236,000

Interest expense included the following primary elements (in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2020		2019		2018
Interest expense on notes to former owners	$	1,354	$	1,531	$	642
Interest expense on borrowings and unused commitment fees		5,319		6,887		2,211
Interest expense on interest rate swaps		338		—		—
Letter of credit fees		830		512		474
Amortization of debt financing costs		544		387		383
Total	$	8,385	$	9,317	$	3,710

Revolving Credit Facility and Term Loan

In December 2019, we amended our senior credit facility (the “Facility”) provided by a syndicate of banks, increasing our borrowing capacity from $400.0 million to $600.0 million.  As amended, the Facility is composed of a revolving credit line in the amount of $450.0 million and a $150.0 million term loan, and the Facility also provides for a $150.0 million accordion or increase option for the revolving portion of the Facility. As of December 31, 2020, the Facility capacity was $585.0 million as the term loan was paid down by $15.0 million since the inception of the Facility. The amended Facility also includes a sublimit of up to $160.0 million issuable in the form of letters of credit. The Facility expires in January 2025 and is secured by a first lien on substantially all of our personal property except for assets related to projects subject to surety bonds and assets held by certain unrestricted subsidiaries and our wholly owned captive insurance company, and a second lien on our assets related to projects subject to surety bonds. In 2019, we incurred approximately $1.4 million in financing and professional costs in connection with an amendment to the Facility which are being amortized over the remaining term of the Facility. Of this amount, $0.4 million is attributable to the term loan and is being amortized using the effective interest method. The remaining $1.0 million is attributable to the revolving credit line, which combined with the previous unamortized costs of $1.3 million, is being amortized over the remaining term of the Facility on a straight-line basis as a non-cash charge to interest expense. For the term loan, we are required to make quarterly payments increasing over time from 1.25% to 3.75% of the original aggregate principal amount of the term loan, with the balance due in January 2025. As of December 31, 2020, we had $135.0 million

71

principal outstanding on the term loan, $70.0 million of outstanding borrowings on the revolving credit facility, $49.5 million in letters of credit outstanding and $330.5 million of credit available.

Collateral

A common practice in our industry is the posting of payment and performance bonds with customers. These bonds are offered by financial institutions known as sureties and provide assurance to the customer that in the event we encounter significant financial or operational difficulties, the surety will arrange for the completion of our contractual obligations and for the payment of our vendors on the projects subject to the bonds. In cooperation with our lenders, we granted our sureties a first lien on assets such as receivables, costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings, and equipment specifically identifiable to projects for which bonds are outstanding, as collateral for potential obligations under bonds. As of December 31, 2020, the book value of these assets was approximately $167.8 million.

Covenants and Restrictions

The Facility contains financial covenants defining various financial measures and the levels of these measures with which we must comply. Covenant compliance is assessed as of each quarter end. Credit Facility Adjusted EBITDA is defined under the Facility for financial covenant purposes as net earnings for the four quarters ending as of any given quarterly covenant compliance measurement date, plus the corresponding amounts for (a) interest expense; (b) provision for income taxes; (c) depreciation and amortization; (d) stock compensation; (e) other non-cash charges; and (f) pre-acquisition results of acquired companies. The following is a reconciliation of Credit Facility Adjusted EBITDA to net income for 2020 (in thousands):

Net income	$	150,139
Provision for income taxes		41,401
Interest expense, net		8,282
Depreciation and amortization expense		60,629
Stock-based compensation		6,934
Pre-acquisition results of acquired companies, as defined under the Facility		18,511
Credit Facility Adjusted EBITDA	$	285,896

The Facility’s principal financial covenants include:

Total Leverage Ratio—The Facility requires that the ratio of our Consolidated Total Indebtedness to our Credit Facility Adjusted EBITDA not exceed 3.00 to 1.00 as of the end of each fiscal quarter. The leverage ratio as of December 31, 2020 was 0.8.

Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio—The Facility requires that the ratio of (a) Credit Facility Adjusted EBITDA, less non-financed capital expenditures, provision for income taxes, dividends and amounts used to repurchase stock when the Company’s Total Leverage Ratio exceeds 2.00 to 1.00 to (b) the sum of interest expense and scheduled principal payments of indebtedness be at least 1.50 to 1.00. Credit Facility Adjusted EBITDA, capital expenditures, provision for income taxes, dividends, stock repurchase payments, interest expense, and scheduled principal payments are defined under the Facility for purposes of this covenant, to be amounts for the four quarters ending as of any given quarterly covenant compliance measurement date. The fixed charge coverage ratio as of December 31, 2020 was 7.2.

Other Restrictions—The Facility permits acquisitions of up to $5.0 million per transaction, provided that the aggregate purchase price of such an acquisition and of acquisitions in the same fiscal year does not exceed $10.0 million. However, these limitations only apply when the Company’s Total Leverage Ratio is greater than 2.50 to 1.00.

While the Facility’s financial covenants do not specifically govern capacity under the Facility, if our debt level under the Facility at a quarter-end covenant compliance measurement date were to cause us to violate

72

the Facility’s leverage ratio covenant, our borrowing capacity under the Facility and the favorable terms that we currently have could be negatively impacted by the lenders.

We were in compliance with all of our financial covenants as of December 31, 2020.

Interest Rates and Fees

There are two interest rate options for borrowings under the Facility, the Base Rate Loan Option and the Eurodollar Rate Loan Option. Additional margins are then added to these two rates. Under the Base Rate Loan Option, the interest rate is determined based on the highest of the Federal Funds Rate plus 0.5%, the prime lending rate offered by Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. or the one-month Eurodollar Rate plus 1.00%. Under the Eurodollar Rate Loan Option, the interest rate is determined based on the one- to six-month Eurodollar Rate. The Eurodollar Rate corresponds very closely to rates described in various general business media sources as the London Interbank Offered Rate or “LIBOR.” Additional margins are then added to these rates. The additional margins are determined based on the ratio of our Consolidated Total Indebtedness as of a given quarter end to our “Credit Facility Adjusted EBITDA,” which shall mean Consolidated EBITDA as such term is defined in the credit agreement, for the twelve months ending as of that quarter end.

The interest rates under the Facility are floating rates determined by the broad financial markets, meaning they can and do move up and down from time to time. For illustrative purposes, the following are the respective market rates as of December 31, 2020 relating to interest options under the Facility:

Base Rate Loan Option:
Federal Funds Rate plus 0.50%	0.59%
Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. Prime Rate	3.25%
One-month LIBOR plus 1.00%	1.14%
Eurodollar Rate Loan Option:
One-month LIBOR	0.14%
Six-month LIBOR	0.26%

Certain of our vendors require letters of credit to ensure reimbursement for amounts they are disbursing on our behalf, such as to beneficiaries under our self-funded insurance programs. We have also occasionally used letters of credit to guarantee performance under our contracts and to ensure payment to our subcontractors and vendors under those contracts. Our lenders issue such letters of credit through the Facility. A letter of credit commits the lenders to pay specified amounts to the holder of the letter of credit if the holder demonstrates that we have failed to perform specified actions. If this were to occur, we would be required to reimburse the lenders for amounts they fund to honor the letter of credit holder’s claim. Absent a claim, there is no payment or reserving of funds by us in connection with a letter of credit. However, because a claim on a letter of credit would require immediate reimbursement by us to our lenders, letters of credit are treated as a use of facility capacity just the same as actual borrowings. We have never had a claim made against a letter of credit that resulted in payments by a lender or by us and believe such claim is unlikely in the foreseeable future.

Commitment fees are payable on the portion of the revolving loan capacity not in use for borrowings or letters of credit at any given time. Letter of credit fees and commitment fees are based on the ratio of Consolidated Total Indebtedness to Credit Facility Adjusted EBITDA.

	Consolidated Total Indebtedness to
	Credit Facility Adjusted EBITDA
	Less than 1.00		1.00 to 1.75		1.75 to 2.50		2.50 or greater
Additional Per Annum Interest Margin Added Under:
Base Rate Loan Option	0.25	%	0.50	%	0.75	%	1.00	%
Eurodollar Rate Loan Option	1.25	%	1.50	%	1.75	%	2.00	%
Letter of credit fees	1.25	%	1.50	%	1.75	%	2.00	%
Commitment fees on any portion of the Revolving Loan capacity not in use for borrowings or letters of credit at any given time	0.20	%	0.25	%	0.30	%	0.35	%

73

The weighted average interest rate applicable to the borrowings under the revolving credit facility was approximately 1.4% as of December 31, 2020. The weighted average interest rate applicable to the term loan was approximately 1.4% as of December 31, 2020.

Notes to Former Owners

As part of the consideration used to acquire four companies, we have outstanding notes to the former owners. Together, these notes had an outstanding balance of $31.0 million as of December 31, 2020. In conjunction with the acquisition of T E C in the fourth quarter of 2020, we issued a promissory note to former owners with an outstanding balance of $7.0 million as of December 31, 2020 that bears interest, payable quarterly, at a stated interest rate of 2.5%. The principal is due in December 2023. In conjunction with the acquisition of TAS in the second quarter of 2020, we issued a promissory note to former owners with an outstanding balance of $8.0 million as of December 31, 2020 that bears interest, payable quarterly, at a stated interest rate of 3.5%. The principal is due in April 2022. In conjunction with the acquisition of the electrical contractor in North Carolina in the first quarter of 2020, we issued a promissory note to former owners with an outstanding balance of $6.0 million as of December 31, 2020 that bears interest, payable quarterly, at a stated interest rate of 3.0%. The principal is due in installments in February 2023 and February 2024. In conjunction with the Walker acquisition in the second quarter of 2019, we issued a promissory note to former owners with an outstanding balance of $10.0 million as of December 31, 2020 that bears interest, payable quarterly, at a stated interest rate of 4.0%. The remaining principal is due in April 2023.

10. Leases

We lease certain facilities, vehicles and equipment under noncancelable operating leases. The most significant portion of these noncancelable operating leases are for the facilities occupied by our corporate office and our operating locations. Leases with an initial term of 12 months or less are not recorded on the Balance Sheet. We account for lease components separately from the non-lease components. We have certain leases with variable payments based on an index as well as some short-term leases on equipment and facilities. Variable lease expense and short-term lease expense were not material to our financial statements and aggregated to $7.7 million in 2020 and $8.4 million in 2019. Lease right-of-use assets and liabilities are recognized at commencement date based on the present value of lease payments over the lease term. As most of our leases do not provide an implicit rate, we generally use our incremental borrowing rate based on the information available at commencement date in determining the present value of lease payments. The weighted average discount rate as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 was 4.2% and 3.9%, respectively. We recognize lease expense, including escalating lease payments and lease incentives, on a straight-line basis over the lease term. Lease expense for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 was $28.2 million, $24.8 million and $23.4 million, respectively.

The lease terms generally range from three to ten years. Some leases include one or more options to renew, which may be exercised to extend the lease term. We include the exercise of lease renewal options in the lease term when it is reasonably certain that we will exercise the option and such exercise is at our sole discretion. The weighted average remaining lease term was 7.5 years at December 31, 2020 and 8.1 years at December 31, 2019.

A majority of the Company’s real property leases are with individuals or entities with whom we have no other business relationship. However, in certain instances the Company enters into real property leases with current or former employees. Rent paid to related parties for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 was approximately $4.2 million, $3.7 million and $4.8 million, respectively.

If we decide to cancel or terminate a lease before the end of its term, we would typically owe the lessor the remaining lease payments under the term of the lease. Our lease agreements do not contain any material residual value guarantees or material restrictive covenants. On rare occasions, we rent or sublease certain real estate assets that we no longer use to third parties.

74

The following table summarizes the lease assets and liabilities included in the consolidated Balance Sheet as follows (in thousands):

	December 31, 2020		December 31, 2019
Lease right-of-use assets	$	94,727	$	84,073
Lease liabilities:
Other current liabilities	$	16,586	$	14,016
Long-term lease liabilities		80,576		72,697
Total lease liabilities	$	97,162	$	86,713

The maturities of lease liabilities as of December 31, 2020 are as follows (in thousands):

Year ending December 31—
2021	$	20,254
2022		17,004
2023		14,727
2024		13,221
2025		12,108
Thereafter		36,645
Total Lease Payments		113,959
Less—Present Value Discount		(16,797)
Present Value of Lease Liabilities	$	97,162

Supplemental information related to leases was as follows (in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2020		2019
Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities	$	20,443	$	16,895
Lease right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for lease liabilities	$	27,346	$	26,811

11. Income Taxes

Provision for Income Taxes

Our provision for income taxes relating to continuing operations consists of the following (in thousands):

	December 31,
	2020		2019		2018
Current tax provision—
Federal	$	36,556	$	33,281	$	22,728
State and Puerto Rico		12,798		8,388		8,589
Total current		49,354		41,669		31,317
Deferred tax provision (benefit)—
Federal		(5,483)		(3,750)		4,347
State and Puerto Rico		(2,470)		(501)		109
Total deferred		(7,953)		(4,251)		4,456
Provision for income taxes	$	41,401	$	37,418	$	35,773

75

The provision for income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 resulted in effective tax rates on continuing operations of 21.6%, 24.7% and 24.1%, respectively. The reasons for the differences between these effective tax rates and the federal statutory rates are as follows (in thousands):

	December 31,
	2020			2019			2018
Federal statutory rate of—		21	%		21	%		21	%
Income taxes at the federal statutory rate	$	40,223		$	31,866		$	31,222
Increases (decreases) resulting from—
Net state income taxes		8,406			6,644			7,470
Valuation allowances		(254)			(279)			(2,852)
Net unrecognized tax benefits		18,557			7,338			(15)
Nondeductible expenses		2,470			2,180			1,926
R&D tax credit		(26,133)			(4,569)			(2,726)
179D deduction		(1,062)			(5,126)			—
Net operating loss carryforwards		—			—			2,225
Stock-based compensation deductions		(426)			(714)			(1,293)
Other		(380)			78			(184)
Provision for income taxes	$	41,401		$	37,418		$	35,773

Our provision for income taxes was reduced by $2.8 million in the first quarter of 2018 due to a reduction in unrecognized tax benefits from the filing of a federal income tax automatic accounting method change application.

In the third quarter of 2019, we filed an amended federal return for 2015 to claim the credit for increasing research activities (the “R&D tax credit”) and recorded a $4.6 million tax benefit that was fully offset by an addition to unrecognized tax benefits. We previously filed an amended federal return for 2014 to claim the R&D tax credit during 2018 and recorded a $2.7 million tax benefit that was also fully offset by an addition to unrecognized tax benefits. These $7.3 million of tax benefits were fully offset by additions to unrecognized tax benefits due to the uncertainty of the outcome from examinations opened by the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”). As a result, the R&D tax credit claimed had no impact on our effective tax rates.

During 2018, we dissolved our Puerto Rican subsidiary and thus wrote-off the remaining $2.2 million of net operating loss (“NOL”) carryforwards and related valuation allowance. The dissolution of our Puerto Rican subsidiary did not have an impact on our 2018 effective tax rate.

For the year ended December 31, 2019, our provision for income taxes was reduced by $2.2 million due to benefits from the filing, and expected filing, of amended returns to claim the energy efficient commercial buildings deduction (the “179D deduction”) allocated to us.

During the third quarter of 2020, the IRS completed its examination of our amended federal returns for 2014 and 2015 and issued a Revenue Agent Report (“RAR”) allowing the $8.9 million of refund claims in full. Subsequently, the Joint Committee on Taxation (the “JCT”) reviewed and approved the refund claims. As a result, our provision for income taxes was reduced by $8.3 million due to a reduction in unrecognized tax benefits of which $1.0 million related to the 179D deduction.

In early October 2020, we filed amended federal returns for 2016, 2017 and 2018 to claim the R&D tax credit and 179D deduction and recorded tax benefits of $6.1 million, $8.5 million and $11.9 million, respectively. The $26.5 million of tax benefits have been offset by additions to unrecognized tax benefits of $26.4 million due to the uncertainty of the outcome of future IRS examinations. The R&D tax credit and 179D deduction for 2016, 2017 and 2018, therefore, had no material impact on our effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2020. At this time, we cannot reasonably estimate the R&D tax credit for years after 2018 or 179D deduction for years after 2017.

76

Deferred Tax Assets (Liabilities)

Significant components of the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities as reflected on the balance sheets are as follows (in thousands):

	Year Ended
	December 31,
	2020		2019
Deferred tax assets—
Accounts receivable and allowance for credit losses	$	2,186	$	1,660
Stock-based compensation		2,791		2,561
Accrued liabilities and expenses		39,761		25,569
Lease liabilities		22,768		20,873
Net operating loss carryforwards		12,127		2,750
Intangible assets		—		7,988
Other		627		525
Subtotal		80,260		61,926
Valuation allowances		(514)		(369)
Total deferred tax assets		79,746		61,557
Deferred tax liabilities—
Property and equipment		(13,877)		(11,286)
Lease right-of-use asset		(22,715)		(20,873)
Long-term contracts		(609)		(876)
Intangible assets		(242)		—
Goodwill		(11,615)		(6,020)
Other		(2,626)		(2,004)
Total deferred tax liabilities		(51,684)		(41,059)
Net deferred tax assets	$	28,062	$	20,498

The deferred tax assets and liabilities reflected above are included in the consolidated balance sheets as follows (in thousands):

	December 31,
	2020		2019
Deferred tax assets	$	29,401	$	21,923
Deferred tax liabilities	$	1,339	$	1,425

As of December 31, 2020, we had $9.4 million of deferred tax assets related to $44.9 million of federal NOL carryforwards as a result of the TAS acquisition. If not used, such carryforwards will begin to expire in 2031. We also had $2.7 million of deferred tax assets related to $46.2 million of state NOL carryforwards, including carryforwards acquired from TAS. The state NOL carryforwards will expire in varying amounts between the years 2021 and 2040. Valuation allowances of $0.5 million have been recorded against certain of the state NOL carryforwards. The $2.2 million of deferred tax assets for state NOL carryforwards, net of valuation allowances, reflects our conclusion that it is more-likely-than-not these assets will be realized based upon expected future earnings in certain of our subsidiaries.

Pursuant to Section 382 of the Code, utilization of our federal NOL carryforwards is subject to annual limitations due to the ownership change in TAS. In general, an ownership change, as defined by Section 382, results from transactions increasing the ownership of certain stockholders or public groups in the stock of a corporation by more than 50 percentage points over a three-year period.

We regularly update our assessment of the realizability of our deferred tax assets, in particular, those related to state NOL carryforwards. A return to profitability in our subsidiaries with valuation allowances would result in a release of a portion of the valuation allowances relating to realizable deferred tax assets. A sustained period of profitability could cause a change in our judgment of any remaining deferred tax assets. If that were to occur, then it is likely that we would reverse some or all of the remaining valuation allowances.

77

Liabilities for Uncertain Tax Positions

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits, excluding accrued interest and penalties, is as follows (in thousands):

	Year Ended
	December 31,
	2020		2019		2018
Balance at beginning of year	$	10,199	$	2,966	$	8,929
Additions based on tax positions related to current year		—		—		—
Additions based on tax positions related to prior years		26,858		7,473		2,726
Reductions for tax positions related to prior years		—		(240)		(8,689)
Reductions for settlements with tax authorities		(8,301)		—		—
Balance at end of year	$	28,756	$	10,199	$	2,966

As of December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, we had $28.8 million, $10.2 million and $3.0 million, respectively, of unrecognized tax benefits, which if recognized in future periods, would impact our effective tax rates. We also had accrued zero, zero and $0.6 million for potential interest and penalties related to the unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively. We recognize potential interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in our provision for income taxes.

We are subject to taxation in the United States and various state jurisdictions. During 2019, the IRS commenced an examination of our amended federal returns for 2014 and 2015. The IRS completed its examination and issued an RAR allowing our refund claims in full, which was reviewed and approved by the JCT during the third quarter of 2020. As a result, our unrecognized tax benefits were reduced by $8.3 million. In late January 2021, we received notification from the IRS that our federal returns for 2017 and 2018 were selected for examination. The completion of this IRS examination could impact our future results of operations and financial condition.

State income tax returns are generally subject to examination for a period of three to four years after filing the returns. However, the state impact of any federal audit adjustments and/or amendments remains subject to examination by various states for up to one year after formal notification to the states. We generally remain open to examination by various state tax authorities for the 2016 tax year forward. As of December 31, 2020, we did not have any state audits underway that would have a material impact on our financial position or results of operations.

We believe it is reasonably possible that a reduction of up to $28.8 million in unrecognized tax benefits could occur within the next twelve months. Any reduction in our unrecognized tax benefits, due to the future recognition of those tax benefits, would affect our effective tax rates.

12. Employee Benefit Plans

We and certain of our subsidiaries sponsor various retirement plans for most full-time and some part-time employees. These plans primarily consist of defined contribution plans. The defined contribution plans generally provide for contributions up to 2.5% of covered employees’ salaries or wages. These contributions totaled $16.3 million in 2020, $14.2 million in 2019 and $10.8 million in 2018. Of these amounts, approximately $0.5 million and $0.3 million were payable to the plans at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

Certain of our subsidiaries also participate or have participated in various multi-employer pension plans for the benefit of employees who are union members. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, we had 6 and 7, respectively, who were union members. There were no contributions made to multi-employer pension plans in 2020, 2019 or 2018. The data available from administrators of other multi-employer pension plans is not sufficient to determine the accumulated benefit obligations, nor the net assets attributable to the multi-employer plans in which our employees participate or previously participated.

Certain individuals at one of our operating units are entitled to receive fixed annual payments that reach a maximum amount, as specified in the related agreements, for a 15 year period following retirement or, in some cases, the attainment of 65 years of age. We recognize the unfunded status of the plan as a non-current liability in our Consolidated Balance Sheet. Benefits vest 50% after ten years of service, 75% after fifteen years of service and are fully vested after

78

20 years of service. We had an unfunded benefit liability of $4.0 million and $4.1 million recorded as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

13. Commitments and Contingencies

Claims and Lawsuits

We are subject to certain legal and regulatory claims, including lawsuits arising in the normal course of business. We maintain various insurance coverages to minimize financial risk associated with these claims. We have estimated and provided accruals for probable losses and related legal fees associated with certain litigation in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. While we cannot predict the outcome of these proceedings, in management’s opinion and based on reports of counsel, any liability arising from these matters individually and in the aggregate will not have a material effect on our operating results, cash flows or financial condition, after giving effect to provisions already recorded.

We are in a dispute with a customer regarding the outcome of a completed project and also regarding the obligation to perform subcontract work under two executed letters of intent for subsequent projects that we believe are not enforceable. The customer is claiming approximately $15 million in damages related to performance of the original project as well as excess costs to perform the work that was subject to the letters of intent. We are claiming approximately $9 million composed of unpaid amounts under the completed contract as well as costs and inefficiencies that we suffered. We have a lien on the project, and this matter is currently scheduled for arbitration in the second quarter of 2021 with a likely decision in the following months. As of December 31, 2020, we recorded an accrual for this matter based on our analysis of likely outcomes related to this dispute; however, it is possible that the ultimate outcome and associated costs will deviate from our estimates and that, in the event of an unexpectedly adverse outcome, we may experience additional costs and expenses in future periods.

Surety

Many customers, particularly in connection with new construction, require us to post performance and payment bonds issued by a financial institution known as a surety. If we fail to perform under the terms of a contract or to pay subcontractors and vendors who provided goods or services under a contract, the customer may demand that the surety make payments or provide services under the bond. We must reimburse the surety for any expenses or outlays it incurs. To date, we are not aware of any losses to our sureties in connection with bonds the sureties have posted on our behalf, and do not expect such losses to be incurred in the foreseeable future.

Current market conditions for surety markets and bonding capacity are adequate with acceptable terms and conditions. Historically, approximately 15% to 25% of our business has required bonds. While we currently have strong surety relationships to support our bonding needs, future market conditions or changes in the sureties’ assessment of our operating and financial risk could cause the sureties to decline to issue bonds for our work. If that were to occur, the alternatives include doing more business that does not require bonds, posting other forms of collateral for project performance such as letters of credit or cash, and seeking bonding capacity from other sureties. We would likely also encounter concerns from customers, suppliers and other market participants as to our creditworthiness. While we believe our general operating and financial characteristics would enable us to ultimately respond effectively to an interruption in the availability of bonding capacity, such an interruption would likely cause our revenue and profits to decline in the near term.

Self-Insurance

We are substantially self-insured for workers’ compensation, employer’s liability, auto liability, general liability and employee group health claims, in view of the relatively high per-incident deductibles we absorb under our insurance arrangements for these risks. Losses are estimated and accrued based upon known facts, historical trends and industry averages. Estimated losses in excess of our deductible, which have not already been paid, are included in our accrual with a corresponding receivable from our insurance carrier. Loss estimates associated with the larger and longer-developing risks, such as workers’ compensation, auto liability and general liability, are reviewed by a third-party actuary quarterly.

79

Our self-insurance arrangements as of December 31, 2020 were as follows:

Workers’ Compensation—The per-incident deductible for workers’ compensation is $250,000. Losses above $250,000 are determined by statutory rules on a state-by-state basis and are fully covered by excess workers’ compensation insurance.

Employer’s Liability—For employer’s liability, the per-incident deductible is $250,000 and then we have several layers of excess loss insurance policies that cover losses up to $132.5 million in aggregate across this risk area (as well as general liability and auto liability noted below).

General Liability—For general liability, the per-incident deductible is $250,000. We are fully insured for the next $10.0 million of each loss, and then have several layers of excess loss insurance policies that cover losses up to $132.5 million in aggregate across this risk area (as well as employer’s liability noted above and auto liability noted below).

Auto Liability—For auto liability, the per-incident deductible is $250,000. We are fully insured for the next $10.0 million of each loss, and then have several layers of excess loss insurance policies that cover losses up to $132.5 million in aggregate across this risk area (as well as employer’s liability and general liability noted above).

Employee Medical—We have three medical plans. The deductible for employee group health claims is $350,000 per person, per policy (calendar) year for each plan. Insurance then covers any responsibility for medical claims in excess of the deductible amount.

Our $132.5 million of aggregate excess loss coverage above applicable per-incident deductibles represents one policy limit that applies to all lines of risk; we do not have a separate $132.5 million of excess loss coverage for each of general liability, employer’s liability and auto liability.

14. Stockholders’ Equity

2012 Equity Incentive Plan

In May 2012, our stockholders approved our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2012 Plan”), which provides for the granting of incentive or non-qualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted or deferred stock, dividend equivalents or other incentive awards to directors, employees, or consultants. The number of shares authorized and reserved for issuance under the 2012 Plan is 5.1 million shares. As of December 31, 2020, there were 2.9 million shares available for issuance under this plan; however, following adoption of the 2017 Plan (described below), no additional shares will be issued under the 2012 Plan. The 2012 Plan will expire in May 2022.

2017 Omnibus Incentive Plan

In May 2017, our stockholders approved our 2017 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “2017 Plan”), which provides for the granting of incentive or non-qualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted or deferred stock, dividend equivalents or other incentive awards to directors, employees, or consultants. The number of shares authorized and reserved for issuance under the 2017 Plan is 2.9 million shares. As of December 31, 2020, there were 2.0 million shares available for issuance under this plan. The 2017 Plan will expire in May 2027. Additionally, we have outstanding stock options, stock awards and stock units that were issued under other plans, and no further grants may be made under those plans.

Share Repurchase Program

On March 29, 2007, our Board of Directors approved a stock repurchase program to acquire up to 1.0 million shares of our outstanding common stock. Subsequently, the Board has from time to time increased the number of shares that may be acquired under the program and approved extensions of the program. On December 8, 2020, the Board approved an extension to the program by increasing the shares authorized for repurchase by 0.7 million shares. Since the inception of the repurchase program, the Board has approved 10.3 million shares to be repurchased. As of December 31,

80

2020, we have repurchased a cumulative total of 9.3 million shares at an average price of $19.63 per share under the repurchase program.

The share repurchases will be made from time to time at our discretion in the open market or privately negotiated transactions as permitted by securities laws and other legal requirements, and subject to market conditions and other factors. The Board may modify, suspend, extend or terminate the program at any time. During the twelve months ended December 31, 2020, we repurchased 0.7 million shares for approximately $30.1 million at an average price of $43.99 per share.

Earnings Per Share

Basic earnings per share (“EPS”) is computed by dividing net income by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the year. Diluted EPS is computed considering the dilutive effect of stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units and performance stock units. The vesting of unvested contingently issuable performance stock units is based on the achievement of certain earnings per share targets and total shareholder return. These shares are considered contingently issuable shares for purposes of calculating diluted earnings per share. These shares are not included in the diluted earnings per share denominator until the performance criteria are met, if it is assumed that the end of the reporting period was the end of the contingency period.

Unvested restricted stock, restricted stock units and performance stock units are included in diluted earnings per share, weighted outstanding until the shares and units vest. Upon vesting, the vested restricted stock, restricted stock units and performance stock units are included in basic earnings per share weighted outstanding from the vesting date.

There were less than 0.1 million anti-dilutive stock options excluded from the calculation of diluted EPS for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

The following table reconciles the number of shares outstanding with the number of shares used in computing basic and diluted earnings per share for each of the periods presented (in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2020	2019	2018
Common shares outstanding, end of period	36,188	36,658	36,894
Effect of using weighted average common shares outstanding	354	196	308
Shares used in computing earnings per share—basic	36,542	36,854	37,202
Effect of shares issuable under stock option plans based on the treasury stock method	123	204	283
Effect of restricted and contingently issuable shares	73	73	107
Shares used in computing earnings per share—diluted	36,738	37,131	37,592

15. Stock-Based Compensation

Grants of stock options, restricted stock and restricted stock units, and performance share units have been, under the 2012 Plan and under the 2017 Plan, determined and administered by the compensation committee of the Board of Directors. In 2019, the Board of Directors approved a change to the structure of long-term incentive grants to remove stock options, commencing with the March 2019 equity grant. Total stock-based compensation expense was $6.9 million, $5.9 million and $7.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively. Stock-based compensation expense is recognized using the straight-line method over the vesting period and generally vests over a three-year vesting period. Certain awards provide for accelerated vesting when the sum of an employee's age and years of service is at least 75. We recognize forfeitures as they occur. Total income tax benefit recognized for stock-based compensation arrangements was $1.5 million, $1.3 million and $1.5 million for each of the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018.

We generally issue treasury shares for stock options and restricted stock, unless treasury shares are not available. Upon the vesting of restricted shares, we have allowed the holder to elect to surrender an amount of shares to meet their statutory tax withholding requirements. These shares are accounted for as treasury stock based upon the value of the stock on the date of vesting.

81

Stock Options

The following table summarizes activity under our stock option plans (shares in thousands):

	Year Ended
	December 31,
	2020
		Weighted-
		Average
Stock Options	Shares	Exercise Price
Outstanding at beginning of year	382	$	27.06
Granted	—	$	—
Exercised	(114)	$	18.85
Forfeited	—	$	—
Expired	—	$	—
Outstanding at end of year	268	$	30.53
Options exercisable at end of year	241

The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 was $3.2 million, $3.5 million and $6.7 million, respectively. Stock options exercisable as of December 31, 2020 have a weighted-average remaining contractual term of 5.2 years and an aggregate intrinsic value of $5.7 million. As of December 31, 2020, we have 0.3 million options that are vested or expected to vest; these options have a weighted average exercise price of $30.53 per share, have a weighted-average remaining contractual term of 5.4 years and an aggregate intrinsic value of $5.9 million.

The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding at December 31, 2020 (shares in thousands):

	Options Outstanding				Options Exercisable
		Weighted-
		Average
	Number	Remaining	Weighted-		Number	Weighted-
	Outstanding at	Contractual	Average		Exercisable at	Average
Range of Exercise Prices	12/31/2020	Life (in years)	Exercise Price		12/31/2020	Exercise Price
$11.21 - $15.00	14	2.2	$	13.76	14	$	13.76
$15.01 - $35.00	130	4.4	$	23.54	130	$	23.54
$35.01 - $42.50	124	6.8	$	39.78	97	$	39.02
$11.21 - $42.50	268	5.4	$	30.53	241	$	29.18

The fair value of each option award is estimated, based on several assumptions, on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option valuation model. We did not grant any options in 2019 or 2020. The fair values and the assumptions used for the 2018 grant are shown in the table below:

	2018
Weighted-average fair value per share of options granted	$	13.06
Fair value assumptions:
Expected dividend yield		0.79%
Expected stock price volatility		31.7%
Risk-free interest rate		2.66%
Expected term		5.3 years

Stock options are accounted for as equity instruments. As of December 31, 2020, the unrecognized compensation cost related to stock options was less than $0.1 million, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 0.3 years. The total fair value of options vested during the year ended December 31, 2020 was $0.7 million.

82

The following table summarizes information about nonvested stock option awards as of December 31, 2020 and changes for the year ended December 31, 2020 (shares in thousands):

		Weighted-Average
		Grant Date
Stock Options	Shares	Fair Value
Nonvested at December 31, 2019	81	$	12.53
Granted	—	$	—
Vested	(54)	$	12.26
Forfeited	—	$	—
Nonvested at December 31, 2020	27	$	13.06

Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units

The following table summarizes activity under our restricted stock plans (shares in thousands):

	Year Ended
	December 31,
	2020
		Weighted
		Average Grant
Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units	Shares	Date Fair Value
Unvested at beginning of year	91	$	47.58
Granted	118	$	39.03
Vested	(85)	$	39.13
Forfeited	(4)	$	45.21
Unvested at end of year	120	$	45.21

Approximately $1.1 million of compensation expense related to restricted stock and restricted stock units will be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.8 years. The total fair value of shares vested during the year ended December 31, 2020 was $3.3 million. The weighted-average fair value per share of restricted stock shares and units awarded during 2020, 2019 and 2018 was $39.03, $51.02 and $44.02, respectively. The aggregate intrinsic value of restricted stock vested during the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 was $2.9 million, $3.5 million and $3.3 million, respectively.

Performance Stock Units

Under the 2012 Plan, we granted dollar-denominated performance vesting restricted stock units (“PSUs”), which cliff vest at the end of a three-year performance period. The PSUs are subject to two performance measures; 50% of the PSUs are based on the annual performance of our stock price relative to a group of our peers (total shareholder return) and 50% of the PSUs are measured based on meeting or exceeding a pre-determined annual earnings per share target as set by our Board of Directors (EPS). Depending on the Company’s performance in relation to the established performance measures, the awards may vest at zero to a maximum of 2.0 times the dollar-denominated award granted at target. Upon achievement of the necessary performance metrics, the award will be determined in dollars and may be settled in cash or stock based on the market price of the Company’s common stock at the end of the performance period, at our discretion.

Compensation expense for dollar-denominated performance units will ultimately be equal to the final dollar value awarded to the grantee upon vesting, settled either in cash or stock. However, throughout the performance period we must record and accrue expense based on an estimate of that future payout. For units determined by EPS performance, the awards are evaluated quarterly against established targets in order to estimate the liability throughout the vesting period. For units determined by total shareholder return performance, a Monte Carlo simulation model was used to estimate accruals throughout the vesting period. The model simulates our total shareholder return and compares it against our peer group over the three-year performance period to produce a predicted distribution of relative share performance. This is applied to the reward criteria to give an expected value of the total shareholder return element. The calculated fair market value as of December 31, 2020 was $6.2 million. Of this amount, $2.2 million relates to the PSUs granted in 2018 whose performance period ended December 31, 2020. These awards will be settled within the upcoming

83

year either in cash or stock. The expense related to performance stock units for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 was $2.7 million, $1.9 million and $2.9 million, respectively. At the December 31, 2020 calculated fair market value, approximately $0.7 million of compensation expense related to performance stock units will be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.4 years.

16. Segment Information

We have two reportable segments: (a) our mechanical segment, which includes HVAC, plumbing, piping, and controls, as well as off-site construction, monitoring and fire protection; and (b) our electrical segment, which includes installation and servicing of electrical systems. We consider these two lines of business to be separate segments because they require different skill sets, and the business models for providing services have some differences, as a mechanical system requires ongoing maintenance and monitoring and an electrical system generally does not. However, the business model for installation of new systems or retrofitting existing systems is very similar between the two segments.

Our activities are within the mechanical services industry and the electrical services industry, which represent our two reportable segments. We aggregate our operating segments into two reportable segments, as the operating segments meet all of the aggregation criteria. Substantially all of our revenue is generated, and all of our assets are located, in the United States, our country of domicile. The following table presents information about our reportable segments (in thousands):

	Mechanical Services		Electrical Services		Corporate		Consolidated
Total Assets at December 31, 2020	$	1,215,985	$	449,588	$	91,782	$	1,757,355
Total Assets at December 31, 2019	$	1,056,609	$	372,254	$	76,149	$	1,505,012
	Year Ended December 31, 2020
	Mechanical Services		Electrical Services		Corporate		Consolidated
Revenue	$	2,413,016	$	443,643	$	—	$	2,856,659
Gross Profit	$	509,740	$	37,243	$	—	$	546,983
Capital Expenditures	$	22,550	$	955	$	626	$	24,131
	Year Ended December 31, 2019
	Mechanical Services		Electrical Services		Corporate		Consolidated
Revenue	$	2,251,560	$	363,717	$	—	$	2,615,277
Gross Profit	$	465,144	$	36,799	$	—	$	501,943
Capital Expenditures	$	27,933	$	1,504	$	2,313	$	31,750
	Year Ended December 31, 2018
	Mechanical Services		Electrical Services		Corporate		Consolidated
Revenue	$	2,176,223	$	6,656	$	—	$	2,182,879
Gross Profit	$	444,960	$	1,319	$	—	$	446,279
Capital Expenditures	$	25,945	$	57	$	1,266	$	27,268

17. Selected Quarterly Financial Data

Quarterly financial information for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 is summarized as follows (in thousands, except per share data):

	2020
	Q1		Q2		Q3		Q4
Revenue	$	700,131	$	743,468	$	714,099	$	698,961
Gross profit		117,093		145,695		147,196		136,999
Net income		17,716		39,495		50,088		42,840
INCOME PER SHARE:
Basic	$	0.48	$	1.08	$	1.37	$	1.18
Diluted	$	0.48	$	1.08	$	1.36	$	1.17

84

	2019
	Q1		Q2		Q3		Q4
Revenue	$	538,473	$	650,302	$	706,918	$	719,584
Gross profit (1)		106,665		120,016		142,702		132,560
Net income		19,866		24,173		36,233		34,052
INCOME PER SHARE:
Basic	$	0.54	$	0.65	$	0.98	$	0.93
Diluted	$	0.53	$	0.65	$	0.98	$	0.92

(1) In the fourth quarter of 2019, we recorded a $4.8 million gain due to insurance proceeds we received in the fourth quarter related to the ransomware incident that occurred in April 2019.

The sums of the individual quarterly earnings per share amounts do not necessarily agree with year-to-date earnings per share as each quarter’s computation is based on the weighted average number of shares outstanding during the quarter, the weighted average stock price during the quarter and the dilutive effects of options and contingently issuable restricted stock in each quarter.

ITEM 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

ITEM 9A. Controls and Procedures

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Our executive management is responsible for ensuring the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures. We carried out an evaluation under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) as of the end of the period covered by this report. Based upon that evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) are effective as of the end of the period covered by this report.

Internal Controls over Financial Reporting

Management’s report on our internal controls over financial reporting can be found in Item 8 of this report. The Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm’s Attestation Report on the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting can also be found in Item 8 of this report.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

There have not been any changes in our internal control over financial reporting (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) during the three months ended December 31, 2020 that has materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, internal control over financial reporting.

ITEM 9B. Other Information

None.

85

PART III

ITEM 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

We have adopted a code of ethics that applies to our principal executive officer, our principal financial officer, and our principal accounting officer, as well as to our other employees. This code of ethics consists of our Code of Conduct. The Company has made this code of ethics available on our website, as described in Item 1 of this annual report on Form 10-K. If we make substantive amendments to this code of ethics or grant any waiver, including any implicit waiver, we will disclose the nature of such amendment or waiver on our website or in a report on Form 8-K within four business days of such amendment or waiver.

The other information called for by this item has been omitted in accordance with the instructions to Form 10-K. The Company will file with the Commission a definitive proxy statement including the other information to be disclosed under this item in the 120 days following December 31, 2020 and such information is hereby incorporated by reference.

ITEMS 11, 12, 13 AND 14.

These items have been omitted in accordance with the instructions to Form 10-K. The Company will file with the Commission a definitive proxy statement including the information to be disclosed under the items in the 120 days following December 31, 2020 and such information is hereby incorporated by reference.

PART IV

ITEM 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

(a) The following documents are filed as part of this annual report on Form 10-K:

(1) Consolidated Financial Statements: The Index to the Consolidated Financial Statements is included under Part II, Item 8 of this annual report on Form 10-K and is incorporated herein by reference.

(2) Financial Statement Schedules:

None.

(b) Exhibits

Reference is made to the Index of Exhibits immediately following the signature page thereof, which is incorporated herein by reference.

(c) Excluded financial statements:

None.

ITEM 16. Form 10-K Summary

None.

86

INDEX OF EXHIBITS

		Incorporated by Reference to the Exhibit Indicated Below and to the Filing with the Commission Indicated Below
Exhibit Number	Description of Exhibits	Exhibit Number	Filing or File Number
3.1	Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant	3.1	333-24021
3.2	Certificate of Amendment dated May 21, 1998	3.2	1998 Form 10-K
3.3	Certificate of Amendment dated July 9, 2003	3.3	2003 Form 10-K
3.4	Certificate of Amendment dated May 20, 2016	3.1	May 20, 2016 Form 8-K
3.5	Amended and Restated Bylaws of Comfort Systems USA, Inc.	3.1	March 25, 2016 Form 8-K
4.1	Form of certificate evidencing ownership of Common Stock of the Registrant	4.1	333-24021
4.2	Description of Registrant’s Securities	4.2	2019 Form 10-K
*10.1	Comfort Systems USA, Inc. 1997 Long-Term Incentive Plan	10.1	333-24021
*10.2	Comfort Systems USA, Inc. 1997 Non-Employee Directors’ Stock Plan	10.2	333-24021
*10.3	Amendment to the 1997 Non-Employee Directors’ Stock Plan dated May 23, 2002	10.3	Second Quarter 2002 Form 10-Q/A
*10.4	Comfort Systems USA, Inc. 2006 Equity Incentive Plan	4.5	333-138377
*10.5	Form of Option Award under the Comfort Systems USA, Inc. 2006 Equity Incentive Plan	10.6	2006 Form 10-K
*10.6	Form of Option Award under the Comfort Systems USA, Inc. 2006 Stock Options/SAR Plan for Non-Employee Directors	10.7	2006 Form 10-K
*10.7	Employment Agreement between the Company, Eastern Heating & Cooling, Inc. and Alfred J. Giardinelli, Jr.	10.1	Second Quarter 2003 Form 10-Q
*10.8	Amended and Restated 2006 Equity Compensation Plan for Non-Employee Directors	A	Proxy Statement April 10, 2008
*10.9	2008 Senior Management Annual Performance Plan	B	Proxy Statement April 10, 2008
*10.10	Form of Change in Control Agreement	10.2	First Quarter 2008 Form 10-Q
*10.11	Form of Comfort Systems USA, Inc. Executive Severance Policy	10.3	First Quarter 2008 Form 10-Q
*10.12	Form of Directors and Officers Indemnification Agreement	10.1	May 19, 2009 Form 8-K
10.13	Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement by and among Comfort Systems USA, Inc., as Borrower and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent/Wells Fargo Securities LLC, as Sole Lead Arranger and Sole Lead Book Runner/Bank of Texas, N.A., Capital One, N.A., and Regions Bank as Co-Syndication Agent/and Certain Financial Institutions as Lenders	10.1	July 22, 2010 Form 8-K/A
10.14	Stock Purchase Agreement, dated July 28, 2010	10.1	July 30, 2010 Form 8-K

87

		Incorporated by Reference to the Exhibit Indicated Below and to the Filing with the Commission Indicated Below
Exhibit Number	Description of Exhibits	Exhibit Number	Filing or File Number
*10.15	Summary of 2011 Incentive Compensation Plan	10.1	First Quarter 2011 Form 10-Q
*10.16	Form of Performance Restricted Stock Award Agreement dated March 24, 2011	10.1	March 28, 2011 Form 8-K
*10.17	First Amendment to Comfort Systems USA, Inc. Amended and Restated 2006 Equity Compensation Plan for Non-Employee Directors	10.1	Second Quarter 2011 Form 10-Q
10.18	Amendment No. 1 to Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, Second Amended and Restated Security Agreement, and Second Amended and Restated Pledge Agreement	10.1	Third Quarter 2011 Form 10-Q
*10.19	Summary of 2012 Incentive Compensation Plan	10.1	First Quarter 2012 Form 10-Q
*10.20	Form of 2012 Restricted Stock Unit Agreement	10.1	March 30, 2012 Form 8-K
*10.21	Form of 2012 Dollar-denominated Performance Vesting Restricted Stock Unit Agreement	10.2	March 30, 2012 Form 8-K
*10.22	2012 Equity Incentive Plan	A	April 9, 2012 Proxy Statement
*10.23	2012 Senior Management Annual Performance Plan	B	April 9, 2012 Proxy Statement
*10.24	Summary of 2013 Incentive Compensation Plan	10.1	First Quarter 2013 Form 10-Q
*10.25	Form of 2013 Restricted Stock Unit Agreement	10.1	March 22, 2013 Form 8-K
*10.26	Form of 2013 Dollar-denominated Performance Vesting Restricted Stock Unit Agreement	10.2	March 22, 2013 Form 8-K
10.27	Amendment No. 2 to Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement and Amendment to Other Loan Documents	10.1	Second Quarter 2013 Form 10-Q
*10.28	Letter Agreement between the Company and James Mylett	10.28	2013 Form 10-K
*10.29	Form of Change in Control Agreement (2013)	10.29	2013 Form 10-K
*10.30	Summary of 2014 Incentive Compensation Plan	10.1	First Quarter 2014 Form 10-Q
*10.31	Form of 2014 Restricted Stock Unit Agreement	10.1	March 21, 2014 Form 8-K
*10.32	Form of 2014 Dollar-denominated Performance Vesting Restricted Stock Unit Agreement	10.2	March 21, 2014 Form 8-K
*10.33	Form of Option Award under the Comfort Systems USA, Inc. 2012 Equity Incentive Plan	10.33	2014 Form 10-K
10.34	Amendment No. 3 to Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement and Amendment to Other Loan Documents	10.1	Third Quarter 2014 Form 10-Q
10.35	Agreement and Plan of Merger between the Company and Dyna Ten Corporation, dated April 9, 2014	10.1	April 9, 2014 Form 8-K
*10.36	Form of 2015 Restricted Stock Unit Agreement	10.1	April 1, 2015 Form 8-K

88

		Incorporated by Reference to the Exhibit Indicated Below and to the Filing with the Commission Indicated Below
Exhibit Number	Description of Exhibits	Exhibit Number	Filing or File Number
*10.37	Form of 2015 Dollar-denominated Performance Vesting Restricted Stock Unit Agreement	10.2	April 1, 2015 Form 8-K
*10.38	Summary of 2015 Incentive Compensation Plan	10.1	First Quarter 2015 Form 10-Q
*10.39	Form of Amended Change in Control Agreement	10.1	Third Quarter 2015 Form 10-Q
10.40	Amendment No. 4 to Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement and Amendment to Other Loan Documents	10.40	2015 Form 10-K
*10.41	Form of 2016 Restricted Stock Unit Agreement	10.1	March 25, 2016 Form 8-K
*10.42	Form of 2016 Dollar-denominated Performance Restricted Stock Unit Agreement	10.2	March 25, 2016 Form 8-K
*10.43	Form of 2016 Stock Option Notice	10.3	March 25, 2016 Form 8-K
*10.44	Resignation and General Release Agreement between the Company and James Mylett, dated as of January 10, 2017	10.1	January 11, 2017 Form 8-K
10.45	Stock Purchase Agreement, dated February 21, 2017, by and among the Company, BCH, the Selling Shareholders and Daryl Blume, in his capacity as representative of the Selling Shareholders	2.1	February 23, 2017 Form 8-K
10.46	Form of Promissory Note, dated April 1, 2017, issued by the Company in favor of each of the Selling Shareholders	10.1	April 3, 2017 Form 8-K
*10.47	2017 Omnibus Incentive Plan	A	April 10, 2017 Proxy Statement
*10.48	2017 Senior Management Annual Performance Plan	B	April 10, 2017 Proxy Statement
*10.49	Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement under the Company’s 2012 Equity Incentive Plan	10.2	First Quarter 2017 Form 10-Q
*10.50	Form of Stock Option Notice under the Company’s 2012 Equity Incentive Plan	10.3	First Quarter 2017 Form 10-Q
*10.51	Form of Dollar-denominated Performance Restricted Stock Unit Agreement under the Company’s 2012 Equity Incentive Plan	10.4	First Quarter 2017 Form 10-Q
*10.52	Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement under the Company’s 2017 Omnibus Incentive Plan	10.1	First Quarter 2018 Form 10-Q
*10.53	Form of Stock Option Notice under the Company’s 2017 Omnibus Incentive Plan	10.2	First Quarter 2018 Form 10-Q
*10.54	Form of Dollar-denominated Performance Restricted Stock Unit Agreement under the Company’s 2017 Omnibus Incentive Plan	10.3	First Quarter 2018 Form 10-Q
10.55	Amendment No. 5 to Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement and Amendment to Other Loan Documents	10.1	Second Quarter 2018 Form 10-Q
10.56	Purchase Agreement, dated February 21, 2019, by and among the Company, Walker, the Shareholder Sellers and Scott Walker, in his capacity as representative of the Shareholder Sellers	2.1	February 26, 2019 Form 8-K
10.57	Amendment No. 6 to Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement and Amendment to Other Loan Documents	10.56	2019 Form 10-K
10.58	Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of March 9, 2020 among Comfort Systems USA, Inc., OSC Acquisition Corp., TAS Energy Inc., and Element Partners II, L.P., as Stockholder Representative	2.1	March 13, 2020 Form 8-K
21.1	List of subsidiaries of Comfort Systems USA, Inc.		Filed Herewith
23.1	Consent of Ernst & Young LLP		Filed Herewith
31.1	Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002		Filed Herewith

89

		Incorporated by Reference to the Exhibit Indicated Below and to the Filing with the Commission Indicated Below
Exhibit Number	Description of Exhibits	Exhibit Number	Filing or File Number
31.2	Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002		Filed Herewith
32.1	Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002		Furnished Herewith
32.2	Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002		Furnished Herewith

90

		Incorporated by Reference to the Exhibit Indicated Below and to the Filing with the Commission Indicated Below
Exhibit Number	Description of Exhibits	Exhibit Number	Filing or File Number
101.INS	Inline XBRL Instance Document		Filed Herewith
101.SCH	Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document		Filed Herewith
101.CAL	Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document		Filed Herewith
101.DEF	Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document		Filed Herewith
101.LAB	Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document		Filed Herewith
101.PRE	Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document		Filed Herewith
104	Cover Page Interactive Data File (the cover page XBRL tags are embedded in the Inline XBRL document)

* Management contract or compensatory plan.

91

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

	COMFORT SYSTEMS USA, INC.
	By:	/s/ BRIAN E. LANE
		Brian E. Lane
		President and Chief Executive Officer
Date: February 25, 2021

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature	Title	Date
/s/ Brian E. Lane	President, Chief Executive Officer, and	February 25, 2021
Brian E. Lane	Director (Principal Executive Officer)
/s/ William George	Executive Vice President and Chief Financial	February 25, 2021
William George	Officer (Principal Financial Officer)
/s/ Julie S. Shaeff	Senior Vice President and Chief Accounting	February 25, 2021
Julie S. Shaeff	Officer (Principal Accounting Officer)
/s/ Franklin Myers	Chairman of the Board	February 25, 2021
Franklin Myers
/s/ Darcy G. Anderson	Director	February 25, 2021
Darcy G. Anderson
/s/ Herman E. Bulls	Director	February 25, 2021
Herman E. Bulls
/s/ Alan P. Krusi	Director	February 25, 2021
Alan P. Krusi
/s/ James H. Schultz	Director	February 25, 2021
James H. Schultz
/s/ Pablo G. Mercado	Director	February 25, 2021
Pablo G. Mercado
/s/ William J. Sandbrook	Director	February 25, 2021
William J. Sandbrook
/s/ Constance E. Skidmore	Director	February 25, 2021
Constance E. Skidmore
/s/ Vance W. Tang	Director	February 25, 2021
Vance W. Tang

92

EX-21.1

EXHIBIT 21.1

SUBSIDIARIES OF COMFORT SYSTEMS USA, INC.

as of December 31, 2020

ENTITY NAME	DOMESTIC JURISDICTION	FORMATION DATE
ACI Mechanical, Inc.	Delaware	06/26/1998
Acorn Industrial, LLC	North Carolina	01/03/1997
Air Systems Engineering, Inc.	Washington	05/18/1973
AirTemp, Inc.	Maine	10/15/1998
Altrax Tool and Equipment Co LLC	Tennessee	12/03/2018
ARC Comfort Systems USA, Inc.	Delaware	03/17/1998
Armani East LLC	New York	12/03/2018
BCH Holdings, Inc.	Florida	12/28/2004
BCH Leasing, LLC	Florida	10/25/1990
BCH Mechanical, L.L.C.	Florida	10/19/1976
BCM Controls Corporation	Massachusetts	10/03/1984
Billone West LLC	New York	12/03/2018
Blue C, LLC dba HVACRedu.net	Montana	01/01/2007
California Comfort Systems USA, Inc.	California	05/18/1983
ColonialWebb Contractors Company	Virginia	03/30/1972
Comfort Systems USA (Arkansas), Inc.	Arkansas	03/17/1998
Comfort Systems USA (Indiana), LLC	Indiana	06/08/2015
Comfort Systems USA (Intermountain), Inc.	Utah	05/06/1969
Comfort Systems USA (Kentucky), Inc.	Kentucky	02/10/1981
Comfort Systems USA (Mid South), Inc.	Alabama	08/06/1998
Comfort Systems USA (MidAtlantic), LLC	Virginia	01/01/2010
Comfort Systems USA (Northwest), Inc.	Washington	02/14/1984
Comfort Systems USA (Ohio), Inc.	Ohio	10/10/1979
Comfort Systems USA (South Central), Inc.	Texas	05/24/2007
Comfort Systems USA (Southeast), Inc.	Delaware	03/24/1998
Comfort Systems USA (Southwest), Inc.	Arizona	12/23/1977
Comfort Systems USA (Syracuse), Inc.	New York	03/08/1965
Comfort Systems USA (Texas), L.P.	Texas	08/14/1998
Comfort Systems USA G.P., Inc.	Delaware	08/12/1998
Comfort Systems USA Strategic Accounts, LLC	Indiana	07/28/1998
ConServ Building Services of Alabama, LLC	Alabama	12/28/2012
ConServ Building Services of Georgia, LLC	Georgia	11/04/2008
ConServ Building Services of North Carolina, LLC	North Carolina	03/22/2010
ConServ Building Services of Tennessee, LLC	Tennessee	01/07/2010
ConServ Building Services of Texas, LLC	Texas	01/22/2010
ConServ Building Services, LLC	Florida	01/05/2005
Control Concepts Mechanical Services, LLC	Georgia	01/17/2008
Control Concepts, LLC	Georgia	12/16/1996
CSUSA (10), LLC	North Carolina	10/21/2011
Design Mechanical Incorporated	Colorado	11/25/2003
Dilling Group, Inc.	Indiana	12/14/1984
Dilling, LLC	Indiana	12/29/1998
Dyna Ten Corporation	Texas	06/26/1980
Dyna Ten Maintenance Services, LLC	Texas	08/07/2006
Eastern Heating & Cooling, Inc.	New York	12/19/1988
Environmental Air Systems, LLC	North Carolina	10/07/2011
Envirotrol, LLC	North Carolina	10/28/2011
F. W. Dilling, LLC	Indiana	12/06/1999

ENTITY NAME	DOMESTIC JURISDICTION	FORMATION DATE
Dyna Ten Maintenance Services, LLC	Texas	08/07/2006
Granite State Holdings Company, Inc.	Delaware	11/03/2005
Granite State Plumbing & Heating, LLC	New Hampshire	07/31/2001
Hess Mechanical, LLC	Maryland	12/31/2015
Ind-Com Electric Company, LLC	North Carolina	12/08/2009
Mechanical Technical Services, Inc.	Texas	05/24/2007
MJ Mechanical Services, Inc.	Virginia	12/12/1997
MODSEC, Inc.	North Carolina	05/04/2018
North American Mechanical, Inc.	Delaware	03/17/1998
OFF, LLC	Indiana	11/22/2002
Post Oak Insurance Co. Ltd.	Cayman Islands	10/04/2019
Premier Prefabrication Solutions, LLC	Texas	01/16/2018
Quality Air Heating & Cooling, Inc.	Michigan	09/10/1980
Riddleberger Brothers, Inc.	Virginia	12/22/1958
Royalaire Holdings, LLC	Florida	03/22/2006
Royalaire Mechanical Services II, LLC	Florida	09/27/2010
Royalaire Mechanical Services, LLC	Florida	09/12/2006
S.I. Goldman Company, Inc.	Florida	10/04/1976
S.M. Lawrence Company, Inc.	Tennessee	03/08/1973
Seasonair, Inc.	Maryland	10/28/1966
ShoffnerKalthoff MES, Inc.	Tennessee	05/18/2005
Starr Electric Company, Incorporated	North Carolina	07/27/1942
TAS Australia Pty Ltd.	Australia	06/28/2012
TAS Energy Inc.	Delaware	04/30/2010
TAS GP, LLC	Delaware	07/19/2007
TAS Modular Data Limited	Ireland	11/20/2019
Temp Right Service, Inc.	Delaware	09/25/1997
Tennessee Electric Company, Inc.	Tennessee	06/02/1961
Trumbo Electric, Incorporated	Virginia	06/02/1966
Turbine Air Systems, Ltd.	Texas	02/03/1998
Walker Electrical Contractors, Inc.	Texas	03/23/2010
Walker Engineering, Inc.	Texas	01/29/2002
Walker Industrial, LLC	Texas	12/12/2014
Walker Logistics, LLC	Texas	01/10/2013
Walker Service Group, LLC	Texas	03/14/2013
Walker TX Holding Company, LLC	Texas	05/13/2013

EX-23.1

Exhibit 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the following Registration Statements:

(1) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-38011) pertaining to the 1997 Long-Term Incentive Plan, 1997 Non-Employee Director’s Stock Plan, and 1998 Employee Stock Purchase Plan of Comfort Systems USA, Inc.

(2) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-44354) pertaining to the 2000 Incentive Plan of Comfort Systems USA, Inc.

(3) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-138377) pertaining to the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan and 2006 Stock Options/SAR Plan for Non-Employee Directors of Comfort Systems USA, Inc.

(4) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-188302) pertaining to the Comfort Systems USA, Inc. 2012 Equity Incentive Plan.

(5) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-221142) pertaining to the Comfort Systems USA, Inc. 2017 Omnibus Incentive Plan.

of our reports dated February 25, 2021, with respect to the consolidated financial statements of Comfort Systems USA, Inc. and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting of Comfort Systems USA, Inc., included in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) of Comfort Systems USA, Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2020.

/s/ Ernst & Young, LLP

Houston, Texas

February 25, 2021

EX-31.1

Exhibit 31.1

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

I, Brian E. Lane, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Comfort Systems USA, Inc.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a) designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b) designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c) evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d) disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a) all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: February 25, 2021	/s/ Brian E. Lane
	Brian E. Lane
	President and Chief Executive Officer

EX-31.2

Exhibit 31.2

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER

Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

I, William George, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Comfort Systems USA, Inc.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a. designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b. designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c. evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d. disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a. all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b. any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: February 25, 2021	/s/ William George
	William George
	Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

EX-32.1

Exhibit 32.1

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002*

In connection with the Annual Report of Comfort Systems USA, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Brian E. Lane, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. §1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

1. The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d), as applicable, of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

2. The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Date: February 25, 2021	/s/ Brian E. Lane
	Brian E. Lane
	President and Chief Executive Officer

* A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.

EX-32.2

Exhibit 32.2

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002*

In connection with the Annual Report of Comfort Systems USA, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, William George, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. §1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

1. The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d), as applicable, of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

2. The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Date: February 25, 2021	/s/ William George
	William George
	Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

* A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.

XML

Document and Entity Information - USD ($) $ in Millions	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2020	Feb. 19, 2021	Jun. 30, 2020
Cover [Abstract]
Document Type	10-K
Document Annual Report	true
Document Period End Date	Dec. 31, 2020
Document Transition Report	false
Entity File Number	1-13011
Entity Registrant Name	Comfort Systems USA, Inc.
Entity Incorporation, State or Country Code	DE
Entity Tax Identification Number	76-0526487
Entity Address, Address Line One	675 Bering Drive
Entity Address, Address Line Two	Suite 400
Entity Address, City or Town	Houston
Entity Address, State or Province	TX
Entity Address, Postal Zip Code	77057
City Area Code	713
Local Phone Number	830-9600
Title of 12(b) Security	Common Stock, $.01 par value
Trading Symbol	FIX
Security Exchange Name	NYSE
Entity Well-known Seasoned Issuer	Yes
Entity Voluntary Filers	No
Entity Current Reporting Status	Yes
Entity Interactive Data Current	Yes
Entity Filer Category	Large Accelerated Filer
Entity Small Business	false
Entity Emerging Growth Company	false
Entity Shell Company	false
Entity Public Float			$ 1,450
Entity Common Stock, Shares Outstanding		36,185,179
Entity Central Index Key	0001035983
Document Fiscal Year Focus	2020
Document Fiscal Period Focus	FY
Current Fiscal Year End Date	--12-31
Amendment Flag	false
ICFR Auditor Attestation Flag	true

XML

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Dec. 31, 2020	Dec. 31, 2019
CURRENT ASSETS:
Cash and cash equivalents	$ 54,896	$ 50,788
Billed accounts receivable, less allowance for credit losses of $9,087 and $6,907, respectively	619,544	619,037
Unbilled accounts receivable, less allowance for credit losses of $784 and $0, respectively	45,596	55,542
Other receivables, less allowance for credit losses of $759 and $0, respectively	44,212	37,632
Inventories	13,472	10,053
Prepaid expenses and other	15,510	14,396
Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings, less allowance for credit losses of $79 and $0, respectively	18,622	2,736
Total current assets	811,852	790,184
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, NET	117,206	109,796
LEASE RIGHT-OF-USE ASSET	94,727	84,073
GOODWILL	464,392	332,447
IDENTIFIABLE INTANGIBLE ASSETS, NET	231,807	159,974
DEFERRED TAX ASSETS	29,401	21,923
OTHER NONCURRENT ASSETS	7,970	6,615
Total assets	1,757,355	1,505,012
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
Current maturities of long-term debt		20,817
Accounts payable	204,145	196,195
Accrued compensation and benefits	121,864	102,891
Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings	226,237	166,918
Accrued self-insurance	49,166	39,546
Other current liabilities	91,492	81,630
Total current liabilities	692,904	607,997
LONG-TERM DEBT, NET	235,733	205,318
LEASE LIABILITIES	80,576	72,697
DEFERRED TAX LIABILITIES	1,339	1,425
OTHER LONG-TERM LIABILITIES	50,374	32,271
Total liabilities	1,060,926	919,708
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY:
Preferred stock, $.01 par, 5,000,000 shares authorized, none issued and outstanding
Common stock, $.01 par, 102,969,912 shares authorized, 41,123,365 and 41,123,365 shares issued, respectively	411	411
Treasury stock, at cost, 4,935,186 and 4,465,448 shares, respectively	(129,243)	(103,960)
Additional paid-in capital	322,451	320,168
Retained earnings	502,810	368,685
Total stockholders' equity	696,429	585,304
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity	$ 1,757,355	$ 1,505,012

XML

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (Parenthetical) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Dec. 31, 2020	Dec. 31, 2019
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
Billed accounts receivable, allowance for credit losses (in dollars)	$ 9,087	$ 6,907
Unbilled accounts receivable, allowance for credit losses (in dollars)	784	0
Other receivables, allowance for credit losses (In dollars)	759	0
Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings, allowance for credit losses	$ 79	$ 0
Preferred stock, par value (in dollars per share)	$ 0.01	$ 0.01
Preferred stock, shares authorized	5,000,000	5,000,000
Preferred stock, shares issued	0	0
Preferred stock, shares outstanding	0	0
Common stock, par value (in dollars per share)	$ 0.01	$ 0.01
Common stock, shares authorized	102,969,912	102,969,912
Common stock, shares issued	41,123,365	41,123,365
Treasury stock, shares	4,935,186	4,465,448

XML

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS - USD ($) shares in Thousands, $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2020	Dec. 31, 2019	Dec. 31, 2018
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
REVENUE	$ 2,856,659	$ 2,615,277	$ 2,182,879
COST OF SERVICES	2,309,676	2,113,334	1,736,600
Gross profit	546,983	501,943	446,279
SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES	357,777	340,005	296,986
GAIN ON SALE OF ASSETS	(1,445)	(1,701)	(945)
Operating income	190,651	163,639	150,238
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE):
Interest income	103	224	73
Interest expense	(8,385)	(9,317)	(3,710)
Changes in the fair value of contingent earn-out obligations	9,119	(2,991)	(2,066)
Other	52	187	4,141
Other income (expense)	889	(11,897)	(1,562)
INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAXES	191,540	151,742	148,676
PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES	41,401	37,418	35,773
NET INCOME	$ 150,139	$ 114,324	$ 112,903
INCOME PER SHARE:
Basic (in shares)	$ 4.11	$ 3.10	$ 3.03
Diluted (in shares)	$ 4.09	$ 3.08	$ 3.00
SHARES USED IN COMPUTING INCOME PER SHARE:
Basic (in shares)	36,542	36,854	37,202
Diluted (in shares)	36,738	37,131	37,592
DIVIDENDS PER SHARE (in dollars per share)	$ 0.425	$ 0.395	$ 0.330

XML

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Cumulative Effect, Period of Adoption, Adjustment [Member] Retained Earnings	Cumulative Effect, Period of Adoption, Adjustment [Member]	Common Stock	Treasury Stock	Additional Paid-In Capital	Retained Earnings	Total
BALANCE at Dec. 31, 2017			$ 411	$ (63,519)	$ 312,784	$ 168,269	$ 417,945
BALANCE (in shares) at Dec. 31, 2017			41,123,365
BALANCE (in shares) at Dec. 31, 2017				(3,936,291)
Increase (Decrease) in Stockholders' Equity
Net income						112,903	112,903
Issuance of Stock:
Issuance of shares for options exercised				$ 3,618	(513)		3,105
Issuance of shares for options exercised (in shares)				206,875
Issuance of restricted stock & performance stock				$ 2,227	(4)		2,223
Issuance of restricted stock & performance stock (in shares)				129,569
Shares received in lieu of tax withholding payment on vested restricted stock				$ (1,540)			(1,540)
Shares received in lieu of tax withholding payment on vested restricted stock (in shares)				(36,967)
Stock-based compensation					4,212		4,212
Dividends						(12,268)	(12,268)
Share repurchase				$ (28,533)			(28,533)
Share repurchase (in shares)				(592,839)
BALANCE at Dec. 31, 2018			$ 411	$ (87,747)	316,479	268,904	498,047
BALANCE (in shares) at Dec. 31, 2018			41,123,365
BALANCE (in shares) at Dec. 31, 2018				(4,229,653)
Increase (Decrease) in Stockholders' Equity
Net income						114,324	114,324
Issuance of Stock:
Issuance of shares for options exercised				$ 2,532	(182)		2,350
Issuance of shares for options exercised (in shares)				114,125
Issuance of restricted stock & performance stock				$ 2,303	(297)		2,006
Issuance of restricted stock & performance stock (in shares)				107,606
Shares received in lieu of tax withholding payment on vested restricted stock				$ (1,498)			(1,498)
Shares received in lieu of tax withholding payment on vested restricted stock (in shares)				(28,586)
Stock-based compensation					4,168		4,168
Dividends						(14,543)	(14,543)
Share repurchase				$ (19,550)			(19,550)
Share repurchase (in shares)				(428,940)
BALANCE at Dec. 31, 2019			$ 411	$ (103,960)	320,168	368,685	$ 585,304
BALANCE (in shares) at Dec. 31, 2019			41,123,365				41,123,365
BALANCE (in shares) at Dec. 31, 2019				(4,465,448)			4,465,448
Increase (Decrease) in Stockholders' Equity
Net income						150,139	$ 150,139
Issuance of Stock:
Issuance of shares for options exercised				$ 2,811	(667)		2,144
Issuance of shares for options exercised (in shares)				113,731
Issuance of restricted stock & performance stock				$ 3,102	(1,247)		1,855
Issuance of restricted stock & performance stock (in shares)				128,889
Shares received in lieu of tax withholding payment on vested restricted stock				$ (1,076)			(1,076)
Shares received in lieu of tax withholding payment on vested restricted stock (in shares)				(27,724)
Stock-based compensation					4,197		4,197
Dividends						(15,499)	(15,499)
Share repurchase				$ (30,120)			(30,120)
Share repurchase (in shares)				(684,634)
BALANCE at Dec. 31, 2020	$ (515)	$ (515)	$ 411	$ (129,243)	$ 322,451	$ 502,810	$ 696,429
BALANCE (in shares) at Dec. 31, 2020			41,123,365				41,123,365
BALANCE (in shares) at Dec. 31, 2020				(4,935,186)			4,935,186

XML

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2020	Dec. 31, 2019	Dec. 31, 2018
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net income	$ 150,139	$ 114,324	$ 112,903
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities-
Amortization of identifiable intangible assets	32,698	27,082	20,089
Depreciation expense	27,931	24,490	22,600
Change in right-of-use assets	16,692	16,887
Bad debt expense	5,253	2,978	3,562
Deferred tax provision (benefit)	(7,953)	(4,251)	4,456
Amortization of debt financing costs	544	387	383
Gain on sale of assets	(1,445)	(1,701)	(945)
Changes in the fair value of contingent earn-out obligations	(9,119)	2,991	2,066
Stock-based compensation	6,934	5,878	7,161
(Increase) decrease in-
Receivables, net	38,486	(49,508)	(68,621)
Inventories	(1,457)	2,366	(1,538)
Prepaid expenses and other current assets	(4,855)	(15,519)	519
Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings and unbilled accounts receivable	2,706	(4,312)	(14,444)
Other noncurrent assets	(1,373)	(735)	(114)
Increase (decrease) in-
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities	11,087	31,046	47,871
Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings	19,434	4,376	16,786
Other long-term liabilities	808	(14,751)	(5,544)
Net cash provided by operating activities	286,510	142,028	147,190
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Purchases of property and equipment	(24,131)	(31,750)	(27,268)
Proceeds from sales of property and equipment	2,270	2,159	1,698
Proceeds from sale of business		1,611
Cash paid for acquisitions, net of cash acquired	(185,941)	(196,470)	(70,140)
Net cash used in investing activities	(207,802)	(224,450)	(95,710)
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Proceeds from revolving credit facility	268,000	356,000	124,000
Payments on revolving credit facility	(226,000)	(228,000)	(119,000)
Payments on term loan	(15,000)
Payments on other debt	(46,534)	(3,784)	(1,127)
Debt financing costs		(1,405)	(844)
Payments of dividends to stockholders	(15,499)	(14,543)	(12,268)
Share repurchase	(30,120)	(19,550)	(28,533)
Shares received in lieu of tax withholding	(1,076)	(1,498)	(1,540)
Proceeds from exercise of options	2,144	2,350	3,105
Deferred acquisition payments	(650)	(637)	(750)
Payments for contingent consideration arrangements	(9,865)	(1,343)	(5,445)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities	(74,600)	87,590	(42,402)
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS	4,108	5,168	9,078
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, beginning of period	50,788	45,620	36,542
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, end of period	$ 54,896	$ 50,788	$ 45,620

XML

Business and Organization

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2020

Business and Organization

Business and Organization

1. Business and Organization

Comfort Systems USA, Inc., a Delaware corporation, provides comprehensive mechanical and electrical contracting services, which principally includes heating, ventilation and air conditioning (“HVAC”), plumbing, electrical, piping and controls, as well as off-site construction, monitoring and fire protection. We install, maintain, repair and replace products and systems throughout the United States. Approximately 46.7% of our consolidated 2020 revenue is attributable to installation of systems in newly constructed facilities, with the remaining 53.3% attributable to maintenance, repair and replacement services. The terms “Comfort Systems,” “we,” “us,” or the “Company,” refer to Comfort Systems USA, Inc. or Comfort Systems USA, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries, as appropriate in the context.

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2020

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Principles of Consolidation

These financial statements are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. The accompanying consolidated financial statements include our accounts and those of our subsidiaries in which we have a controlling interest. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated. Certain amounts in prior periods may have been reclassified to conform to the current period presentation. The effects of the reclassifications were not material to the consolidated financial statements.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires the use of estimates and assumptions by management in determining the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, revenue and expenses and disclosures regarding contingent assets and liabilities. Actual results could differ from those estimates. The most significant estimates used in our financial statements affect revenue and cost recognition for construction contracts, self-insurance accruals, deferred tax assets, fair value accounting for acquisitions and the quantification of fair value for reporting units in connection with our goodwill impairment testing.

Cash Flow Information

We consider all highly liquid investments purchased with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

Cash paid (in thousands) for:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2020		2019		2018
Interest	$	7,684	$	8,817	$	3,743
Income taxes, net of refunds	$	51,286	$	45,288	$	33,401

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-13, “Financial Instruments – Credit Losses (Topic 326).” The standard requires companies to consider historical experiences, current market conditions and reasonable and supportable forecasts in the measurement of expected credit losses. The standard requires us to accrue higher credit losses on financial assets compared to the legacy guidance on various items, such as contract assets and current receivables. ASU No. 2016-13 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019 and interim periods within those years. We adopted ASU No. 2016-13, “Financial Instruments – Credit Losses (Topic 326),” on January 1, 2020,

and the impact was not material to our overall financial statements. The adoption of ASU No. 2016-13 resulted in an increase in Allowance for Credit Losses of $0.7 million, an increase to Deferred Tax Assets of $0.2 million and an impact of $0.5 million to Retained Earnings.

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-13, “Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Disclosure Framework — Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement.” This standard removes certain disclosure requirements including the valuation processes for Level 3 fair value measurements, the policy for timing of transfers between levels and the amount of and reasons for transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy. The standard requires certain additional disclosures for public entities, including disclosure of the changes in unrealized gains and losses included in Other Comprehensive Income for Level 3 fair value measurements and the range and weighted average of significant unobservable inputs used to develop Level 3 fair value measurements. ASU No. 2018-13 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019 and interim periods within those years. Certain amendments, including the amendment on changes in unrealized gains and losses and the range and weighted average of significant unobservable inputs, should be applied prospectively while other amendments should be applied retrospectively to all periods presented upon their effective date. We have modified our fair value disclosures to conform with the requirements of ASU No. 2018-13, “Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Disclosure Framework — Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement,” which we adopted on January 1, 2020.

In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU No. 2019-12, “Income Taxes (Topic 740): Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes.” This standard simplifies the accounting for income taxes by eliminating certain exceptions to the guidance in Topic 740 related to the approach for intraperiod tax allocation, the methodology for calculating income taxes in an interim period and the recognition of deferred tax liabilities for outside basis differences. The standard also simplifies aspects of the accounting for franchise taxes and enacted changes in tax laws or rates and clarifies the accounting for transactions that result in a step-up in the tax basis of goodwill. ASU No. 2019-12 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020 and interim periods within that year. Early adoption is permitted. We do not expect our adoption of this standard on January 1, 2021 to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

Revenue Recognition

We recognize revenue over time for all of our services as we perform them because (i) control continuously transfers to that customer as work progresses, and (ii) we have the right to bill the customer as costs are incurred. The customer typically controls the work in process as evidenced either by contractual termination clauses or by our rights to payment for work performed to date plus a reasonable profit to deliver products or services that do not have an alternative use to the Company.

For the reasons listed above, revenue is recognized based on the extent of progress towards completion of the performance obligation. The selection of the method to measure progress towards completion requires judgment and is based on the nature of the products or services to be provided. We generally use the cost to cost measure of progress for our contracts, as it best depicts the transfer of assets to the customer that occurs as we incur costs on our contracts. Under the cost to cost measure of progress, the extent of progress towards completion is measured based on the ratio of costs incurred to date to the total estimated costs at completion of the performance obligation. Revenue, including estimated fees or profits, is recorded proportionally as costs are incurred. Costs to fulfill include labor, materials and subcontractors’ costs, other direct costs and an allocation of indirect costs.

For a small portion of our business in which our services are delivered in the form of service maintenance agreements for existing systems to be repaired and maintained, as opposed to constructed, our performance obligation is to maintain the customer’s mechanical system for a specific period of time. Similar to jobs, we recognize revenue over time; however, for service maintenance agreements in which the full cost to provide services may not be known, we generally use an input method to recognize revenue, which is based on the amount of time we have provided our services out of the total time we have been contracted to perform those services. Our revenue recognition policy is further discussed in Note 3 “Revenue from Contracts with Customers.”

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Credit Losses

We are required to estimate and record the expected credit losses over the contractual life of our financial assets measured at amortized cost, including billed and unbilled accounts receivable, other receivables and costs and estimated

earnings in excess of billings. Accounts receivable include amounts from work completed in which we have billed or have an unconditional right to bill our customers. Our trade receivables are contractually due in less than a year.

We estimate our credit losses using a loss-rate method for each of our identified portfolio segments. Our portfolio segments are construction, service and other. While our construction and service financial assets are often with the same subset of customers and industries, our construction financial assets will generally have a lower loss-rate than service financial assets due to lien rights, which we are more likely to have on construction jobs. These lien rights result in lower credit loss expenses on average compared to receivables that do not have lien rights. Financial assets classified as “other” include receivables that are not related to our core revenue producing activities, such as receivables related to our acquisition activity from former owners, our vendor rebate program or receivables for estimated losses in excess of our insurance deductible, which are accrued with a corresponding accrued insurance liability.

Loss rates for our portfolios are based on numerous factors, including our history of credit loss expense by portfolio, the financial strength of our customers and counterparties in each portfolio, the aging of our receivables, our expectation of likelihood of payment, macroeconomic trends in the U.S. and the current and forecasted non-residential construction market trends in the U.S.

In addition to the loss-rate calculations discussed above, we also record allowance for credit losses for specific receivables that are deemed to have a higher risk profile than the rest of the respective pool of receivables, such as concerns about a specific customer going bankrupt and no longer being able to pay the receivables due to us.

Starting in March 2020, we experienced negative impacts to our business due to the disruption caused by Coronavirus Disease 2019 (“COVID-19”). In March 2020, the World Health Organization categorized COVID-19 as a pandemic, and the President of the United States declared the COVID-19 outbreak a national emergency. The Company considered the impact of COVID-19 on the assumptions and estimates used to determine the results reported and asset valuations as of December 31, 2020.

During the year ended December 31, 2020, we increased our loss rates and increased our specific reserves primarily due to the economic disruption caused by COVID-19, which is reflected in our bad debt expense in the current year. This increase was primarily, but not exclusively, due to concern over collectability of receivables from customers more directly impacted by COVID-19.

Activity in our allowance for credit losses consisted of the following (in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2020
	Service		Construction		Other		Total
Balance at beginning of year	$	3,192	$	3,400	$	315	$	6,907
Impact of new accounting standard		310		331		54		695
Bad debt expense (benefit)		2,566		2,697		(10)		5,253
Deductions for uncollectible receivables written off, net of recoveries		(1,431)		(735)		—		(2,166)
Credit allowance of acquired companies on the acquisition date		—		335		—		335
Reclass to other current liabilities		—		—		(315)		(315)
Balance at December 31, 2020	$	4,637	$	6,028	$	44	$	10,709

	Year Ended December 31,
	2019
Balance at beginning of year	$	5,898
Bad debt expense (benefit)		2,978
Deductions for uncollectible receivables written off, net of recoveries		(3,924)
Credit allowance of acquired companies on the acquisition date		1,955
Balance at December 31, 2019	$	6,907

Inventories

Inventories consist of parts and supplies that we purchase and hold for use in the ordinary course of business and are stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value using the average-cost method.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost, and depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Leasehold improvements are capitalized and amortized over the lesser of the expected life of the lease or the estimated useful life of the asset.

Expenditures for repairs and maintenance are charged to expense when incurred. Expenditures for major renewals and betterments, which extend the useful lives of existing equipment, are capitalized and depreciated over the remaining useful life of the equipment. Upon retirement or disposition of property and equipment, the cost and related accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and any resulting gain or loss is recognized in “Gain on sale of assets” in the Statement of Operations.

Recoverability of Goodwill and Identifiable Intangible Assets

Goodwill is the excess of purchase price over the fair value of the net assets of acquired businesses. We assess goodwill for impairment each year, and more frequently if circumstances suggest an impairment may have occurred.

When the carrying value of a given reporting unit exceeds its fair value, a goodwill impairment loss is recorded for this difference, not to exceed the carrying amount of goodwill. The requirements for assessing whether goodwill has been impaired involve market-based information. This information, and its use in assessing goodwill, entails some degree of subjective assessment.

We perform our annual impairment testing as of October 1, and any impairment charges resulting from this process are reported in the fourth quarter. We segregate our operations into reporting units based on the degree of operating and financial independence of each unit and our related management of them. We perform our annual goodwill impairment testing at the reporting unit level. We perform a goodwill impairment review for each of our operating units, as we have determined that each of our operating units are reporting units.

In the evaluation of goodwill for impairment, we have the option to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether the existence of events or circumstances lead to a determination that it is more likely than not that the fair value of one of our reporting units is greater than its carrying value. If, after completing such assessment, we determine it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is greater than its carrying amount, then there is no need to perform any further testing. If we conclude otherwise, or if we elect to perform a quantitative assessment, then we calculate the fair value of the reporting unit and compare the fair value with the carrying value of the reporting unit.

We estimate the fair value of the reporting unit based on a market approach and an income approach, which utilizes discounted future cash flows. Assumptions critical to the fair value estimates under the discounted cash flow model include discount rates, cash flow projections, projected long-term growth rates and the determination of terminal values. The market approach utilizes market multiples of invested capital from comparable publicly traded companies (“public company approach”). The market multiples from invested capital include revenue, book equity plus debt and earnings before interest, provision for income taxes, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”).

We amortize identifiable intangible assets with finite lives over their useful lives. Changes in strategy and/or market condition may result in adjustments to recorded intangible asset balances or their useful lives.

Long-Lived Assets

Long-lived assets are comprised principally of goodwill, identifiable intangible assets, property and equipment, and deferred tax assets. We periodically evaluate whether events and circumstances have occurred that indicate that the remaining balances of these assets may not be recoverable. We use estimates of future income from operations and cash flows, as well as other economic and business factors, to assess the recoverability of these assets.

Acquisitions

We recognize assets acquired and liabilities assumed in business combinations, including contingent assets and liabilities, based on fair value estimates as of the date of acquisition.

Contingent Consideration—In certain acquisitions, we agree to pay additional amounts to sellers contingent upon achievement by the acquired businesses of certain predetermined profitability targets. We have recognized liabilities for these contingent obligations based on their estimated fair value at the date of acquisition with any differences between the acquisition date fair value and the ultimate settlement of the obligations being recognized in income from operations.

Contingent Assets and Liabilities—Assets and liabilities arising from contingencies are recognized at their acquisition date fair value when their respective fair values are determinable. Acquisition date fair value estimates are revised as necessary if, and when, additional information regarding these contingencies becomes available to further define and quantify assets acquired and liabilities assumed.

Self-Insurance Liabilities

We are substantially self-insured for workers’ compensation, employer’s liability, auto liability, general liability and employee group health claims, in view of the relatively high per-incident deductibles we absorb under our insurance arrangements for these risks. Losses are estimated and accrued based upon known facts, historical trends and industry averages. Estimated losses in excess of our deductible, which have not already been paid, are included in our accrual with a corresponding receivable from our insurance carrier. Loss estimates associated with the larger and longer-developing risks—workers’ compensation, auto liability and general liability—are reviewed by a third-party actuary quarterly. Our self-insurance arrangements are further discussed in Note 13 “Commitments and Contingencies.”

Warranty Costs

We typically warrant labor for the first year after installation on new MEP systems that we build and install, and we pass through to the customer manufacturers’ warranties on equipment. We generally warrant labor for thirty days after servicing existing MEP systems. A reserve for warranty costs is estimated and recorded based upon the historical level of warranty claims and management’s estimate of future costs.

Income Taxes

We conduct business throughout the United States in virtually all fifty states. Our effective tax rate changes based upon our relative profitability, or lack thereof, in states with varying tax rates and rules. In addition, discrete items such as tax law changes, judgments and legal structures can impact our effective tax rate. These items can also include the tax treatment for impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets, changes in fair value of acquisition-related assets and liabilities, tax reserves for uncertain tax positions and accounting for losses associated with underperforming operations.

Income taxes are provided for under the liability method, which takes into account differences between financial statement treatment and tax treatment of certain transactions. Deferred taxes are based on the difference between the financial reporting and tax basis of assets and liabilities. The deferred tax provision represents the change during the reporting period in the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities, net of the effect of acquisitions and dispositions. Deferred tax assets include tax loss and credit carryforwards and are reduced by a valuation allowance if, based on available evidence, it is more-likely-than-not some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.

We regularly evaluate valuation allowances established for deferred tax assets for which future realization is uncertain. In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, we must consider whether it is more-likely-than-not some portion, or all, of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. We consider all available evidence, both positive and negative, in determining whether a valuation allowance is required. Such evidence includes the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, taxable income in prior carryback years and tax planning strategies in making this assessment, and judgment is required in considering the relative weight of negative and positive evidence.

Significant judgment is required in assessing the timing and amounts of deductible and taxable items. We establish reserves when, despite our belief that our tax return positions are supportable, we believe that certain positions may be disallowed. When facts and circumstances change, we adjust these reserves through our provision for income taxes.

To the extent interest and penalties may be assessed by taxing authorities on any underpayment of income tax, such amounts have been accrued and are classified as a component in provision for income taxes in our Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Concentrations of Credit Risk

We provide services in a broad range of geographic regions. Our credit risk primarily consists of receivables from a variety of customers including general contractors, property owners and developers, and commercial and industrial companies. We are subject to potential credit risk related to changes in business and economic factors throughout the United States within the nonresidential construction industry. However, we are entitled to payment for work performed and have certain lien rights related to that work. Further, we believe that our contract acceptance, billing and collection policies are adequate to manage potential credit risk. We regularly review our accounts receivable and estimate an allowance for uncollectible amounts. We have a diverse customer base, with our top customer representing 5% of consolidated 2020 revenue.

Financial Instruments

Our financial instruments consist of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, other receivables, accounts payable, interest rate swaps, life insurance policies, notes to former owners, a revolving credit facility and a term loan. We believe that the carrying values of these instruments on the accompanying Balance Sheets approximate their fair values.

Insurance Recovery

We recorded a $4.8 million gain in the fourth quarter of 2019 due to insurance proceeds we received in the fourth quarter related to the ransomware incident that occurred in April 2019. Approximately $1.6 million of the gain was recorded as a reduction in SG&A, and the remainder was recorded as a reduction in Cost of Services expense.  These proceeds related to recoverable costs that were primarily incurred prior to the fourth quarter in 2019. We do not expect any additional insurance proceeds or other recoveries related to the ransomware incident.

XML

Revenue from Contracts with Customers

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2020

Revenue from Contract with Customers

Revenue from Contracts with Customers

3. Revenue from Contracts with Customers

Revenue is recognized when control of the promised goods or services is transferred to our customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which we expect to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. Sales-based taxes are excluded from revenue.

We provide mechanical and electrical contracting services. Our mechanical segment principally includes HVAC, plumbing, piping and controls, as well as off‑site construction, monitoring and fire protection. Our electrical segment includes installation and servicing of electrical systems. We install, maintain, repair and replace products and systems throughout the United States. All of our revenue is recognized over time as we deliver goods and services to our customers. Revenue can be earned based on an agreed upon fixed price or based on actual costs incurred marked up at an agreed upon percentage.

For fixed price agreements, we use the percentage of completion method of accounting under which contract revenue recognizable at any time during the life of a contract is determined by multiplying expected total contract revenue by the percentage of contract costs incurred at any time to total estimated contract costs. More specifically, as part of the negotiation and bidding process to obtain installation contracts, we estimate our contract costs, which include all direct materials, labor and subcontract costs and indirect costs related to contract performance, such as indirect labor, supplies, tools, repairs and depreciation costs. These contract costs are included in our results of operations under the caption “Cost of Services.” Then, as we perform under those contracts, we measure costs incurred, compare them to total estimated costs to complete the contract and recognize a corresponding proportion of contract revenue. Labor costs are considered to be incurred as the work is performed. Subcontractor labor is recognized as the work is performed.

Non‑labor project costs consist of purchased equipment, prefabricated materials and other materials. Purchased equipment on our projects is substantially produced to job specifications and is a value-added element to our work. The costs are considered to be incurred when title is transferred to us, which typically is upon delivery to the work site. Prefabricated materials, such as ductwork and piping, are generally performed at our shops and recognized as contract costs when fabricated for the unique specifications of the job. Other materials costs are generally recorded when delivered to the work site. This measurement and comparison process requires updates to the estimate of total costs to complete the contract, and these updates may include subjective assessments and judgments.

We account for a contract when: (i) it has approval and commitment from both parties, (ii) the rights of the parties are identified, (iii) payment terms are identified, (iv) the contract has commercial substance, and (v) collectability of consideration is probable. We consider the start of a project to be when the above criteria have been met and we either have written authorization from the customer to proceed or an executed contract.

Selling, marketing and estimation costs incurred in relation to selling contracts are expensed as incurred. On rare occasions, we may incur significant expenses related to selling a contract that we only incurred because we sold that contract. If this occurs, we capitalize that cost and amortize it on a percentage of completion basis over the life of the contract. We do not currently have any capitalized selling, marketing, or estimation costs on our Balance Sheet and did not incur any impairment loss in the current year.

We generally do not incur significant incremental costs related to obtaining or fulfilling a contract prior to the start of a project. On rare occasions, when significant pre-contract costs are incurred, they are capitalized and amortized on a percentage of completion basis over the life of the contract. We do not currently have any capitalized obtainment or fulfillment costs on our Balance Sheet and did not incur any impairment loss on such costs in the current year.

Project contracts typically provide for a schedule of billings or invoices to the customer based on our job-to-date percentage of completion of specific tasks inherent in the fulfillment of our performance obligation(s). The schedules for such billings usually do not precisely match the schedule on which costs are incurred. As a result, contract revenue recognized in our Statement of Operations can and usually does differ from amounts that can be billed or invoiced to the customer at any point during the contract. Amounts by which cumulative contract revenue recognized on a contract as of a given date exceed cumulative billings and unbilled receivables to the customer under the contract are reflected as a current asset in our Balance Sheet under the caption “Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings.” Amounts by which cumulative billings to the customer under a contract as of a given date exceed cumulative contract revenue recognized on the contract are reflected as a current liability in our Balance Sheet under the caption “Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings.”

Contracts in progress are as follows (in thousands):

	December 31,
	2020		2019
Costs incurred on contracts in progress	$	3,103,580	$	2,518,581
Estimated earnings, net of losses		548,435		405,891
Less—Billings to date		(3,813,171)		(3,033,112)
Less—Unbilled accounts receivable		(45,596)		(55,542)
Less—Unbilled accounts receivable credit allowance		(784)		—
	$	(207,536)	$	(164,182)
Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings	$	18,622	$	2,736
Plus—Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings credit allowance		79		—
Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings		(226,237)		(166,918)
	$	(207,536)	$	(164,182)

Accounts receivable include amounts billed to customers under retention or retainage provisions in construction contracts. Such provisions are standard in our industry and usually allow for a small portion of progress billings or the contract price to be withheld by the customer until after we have completed work on the project, typically for a period of six months. Based on our experience with similar contracts in recent years, the majority of our billings for such retention balances at each Balance Sheet date are finalized and collected within the subsequent year. Retention balances at

December 31, 2020 and 2019 were $124.1 million and $111.7 million, respectively, and are included in accounts receivable.

Accounts payable at December 31, 2020 and 2019 included $22.2 million and $15.8 million of retainage under terms of contracts with subcontractors, respectively. The majority of the retention balances at each Balance Sheet date are finalized and paid within the subsequent year.

The percentage of completion method of accounting is also affected by changes in job performance, job conditions, and final contract settlements. These factors may result in revisions to estimated costs and, therefore, revenue. Such revisions are frequently based on further estimates and subjective assessments. The effects of these revisions are recognized in the period in which revisions are determined. When such revisions lead to a conclusion that a loss will be recognized on a contract, the full amount of the estimated ultimate loss is recognized in the period such conclusion is reached, regardless of the percentage of completion of the contract.

Revisions to project costs and conditions can give rise to change orders under which there is an agreement between the customer and us that the customer pays an additional or reduced contract price. Revisions can also result in claims we might make against the customer to recover project variances that have not been satisfactorily addressed through change orders with the customer. Except in certain circumstances, we do not recognize revenue or margin based on change orders or claims until they have been agreed upon with the customer. The amount of revenue associated with unapproved change orders and claims was immaterial for the year ended December 31, 2020.

Variations from estimated project costs could have a significant impact on our operating results, depending on project size, and the recoverability of the variation via additional customer payments.

We typically invoice our customers with payment terms of net due in 30 days. It is common in the construction industry for a contract to specify more lenient payment terms allowing the customer 45 to 60 days to make their payment. It is also common for the contract in the construction industry to specify that a general contractor is not required to submit payments to a subcontractor until it has received those funds from the owner or funding source. In most instances, we receive payment of our invoices between 30 to 90 days of the date of the invoice.

A performance obligation is a promise in a contract to transfer a distinct good or service to the customer. A contract’s transaction price is allocated to each distinct performance obligation and recognized as revenue when, or as, the performance obligation is satisfied.

To determine the proper revenue recognition method for contracts, we evaluate whether two or more contracts should be combined and accounted for as one performance obligation and whether the combined or single contract should be accounted for as more than one performance obligation. This evaluation requires significant judgment and the decision to combine a group of contracts or separate the combined or single contract into multiple performance obligations could change the amount of revenue and profit recorded in a given period. For most of our contracts, the customer contracts with us to provide a significant service of integrating a complex set of tasks and components into a single project or capability (even if that single project results in the delivery of multiple units). Hence, the entire contract is accounted for as one performance obligation. Less commonly, however, we may promise to provide distinct goods or services within a contract, in which case we separate the contract into more than one performance obligation. If a contract is separated into more than one performance obligation, we allocate the total transaction price to each performance obligation in an amount based on the estimated relative standalone selling prices of the promised goods or services underlying each performance obligation. We infrequently sell standard products with observable standalone sales. In such cases, the observable standalone sales are used to determine the standalone selling price. More frequently, we sell a customized, customer-specific solution, and, in these cases, we typically use the expected cost plus a margin approach to estimate the standalone selling price of each performance obligation. 

We recognize revenue over time for all of our services as we perform them because (i) control continuously transfers to that customer as work progresses, and (ii) we have the right to bill the customer as costs are incurred.  The customer typically controls the work in process, as evidenced either by contractual termination clauses or by our rights to payment for work performed to date plus a reasonable profit to deliver products or services that do not have an alternative use to the Company.

For the reasons listed above, revenue is recognized based on the extent of progress towards completion of the performance obligation. The selection of the method to measure progress towards completion requires judgment and is based on the nature of the products or services to be provided. We generally use the cost to cost measure of progress for our contracts, as it best depicts the transfer of assets to the customer that occurs as we incur costs on our contracts. Under the cost to cost measure of progress, the extent of progress towards completion is measured based on the ratio of costs incurred to date to the total estimated costs at completion of the performance obligation. Revenue, including estimated fees or profits, is recorded proportionally as costs are incurred. Costs to fulfill include labor, materials and subcontractors’ costs, other direct costs and an allocation of indirect costs.

In our mechanical segment, for a small portion of our business in which our services are delivered in the form of service maintenance agreements for existing systems to be repaired and maintained, as opposed to constructed, our performance obligation is to maintain the customer’s mechanical system for a specific period of time. Similar to jobs, we recognize revenue over time; however, for service maintenance agreements in which the full cost to provide services may not be known, we generally use an input method to recognize revenue, which is based on the amount of time we have provided our services out of the total time we have been contracted to perform those services.

Due to the nature of the work required to be performed on many of our performance obligations, the estimation of total revenue and cost at completion (the process described below in more detail) is complex, subject to many variables and requires significant judgment. The consideration to which we are entitled on our long-term contracts may include both fixed and variable amounts. Variable amounts can either increase or decrease the transaction price. A common example of variable amounts that can either increase or decrease contract value are pending change orders that represent contract modifications for which a change in scope has been authorized or acknowledged by our customer, but the final adjustment to contract price is yet to be negotiated. Other examples of positive variable revenue include amounts awarded upon achievement of certain performance metrics, program milestones or cost of completion date targets and can be based upon customer discretion. Variable amounts can result in a deduction from contract revenue if we fail to meet stated performance requirements, such as complying with the construction schedule.

Contracts are often modified to account for changes in contract specifications and requirements. We consider contract modifications to exist when the modification either creates new or changes the existing enforceable rights and obligations. Most of our contract modifications are for goods or services that are not distinct from the existing performance obligation(s). The effect of a contract modification on the transaction price, and our measure of progress for the performance obligation to which it relates, is recognized as an adjustment to revenue (either as an increase or decrease) on a cumulative catchup basis.

We have a Company-wide policy requiring periodic review of the Estimate at Completion in which management reviews the progress and execution of our performance obligations and estimated remaining obligations. As part of this process, management reviews information including, but not limited to, any outstanding key contract matters, progress towards completion and the related program schedule, identified risks and opportunities and the related changes in estimates of revenue and costs. The risks and opportunities include management's judgment about the ability and cost to achieve the schedule (e.g., the number and type of milestone events), technical requirements (e.g., a newly developed product versus a mature product) and other contract requirements. Management must make assumptions and estimates regarding labor productivity and availability, the complexity of the work to be performed, the availability of materials, the length of time to complete the performance obligation (e.g., to estimate increases in wages and prices for materials and related support cost allocations), execution by our subcontractors, the availability and timing of funding from our customer, and overhead cost rates, among other variables.

Based on this analysis, any adjustments to revenue, cost of services, and the related impact to operating income are recognized as necessary in the quarter when they become known. These adjustments may result from positive program performance if we determine we will be successful in mitigating risks surrounding the technical, schedule and cost aspects of those performance obligations or realizing related opportunities and may result in an increase in operating income during the performance of individual performance obligations. Likewise, if we determine we will not be successful in mitigating these risks or realizing related opportunities, these adjustments may result in a decrease in operating income. Changes in estimates of revenue, cost of services and the related impact to operating income are recognized quarterly on a cumulative catchup basis, meaning we recognize in the current period the cumulative effect of the changes on current and prior periods based on a performance obligation's percentage of completion. A significant change in one or more of these estimates could affect the profitability of one or more of our performance obligations. For projects in which estimates of total costs to be incurred on a performance obligation exceed total estimates of revenue to be earned, a provision for the entire loss on the performance obligation is recognized in the period the loss is determined.

The Company typically does not incur any returns, refunds, or similar obligations after the completion of the performance obligation since any deficiencies are corrected during the course of the work or are included as a modification to revenue. The Company does offer an industry standard warranty on our work, which is most commonly for a one-year period. The vendors providing the equipment and materials are responsible for any failures in their product unless installed incorrectly. We include an estimated amount to cover estimated warranty expense in our Cost of Services and record a liability on our Balance Sheet to cover our current estimated outstanding warranty obligations.

During the years ended December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, net revenue recognized from our performance obligations satisfied in previous periods was not material. 

Disaggregation of Revenue

Our consolidated 2020 revenue was derived from contracts to provide service activities in the mechanical and electrical services segments we serve. Refer to Note 16 “Segment Information” for additional information on our reportable segments. We disaggregate our revenue from contracts with customers by activity, customer type and service provided, as we believe it best depicts how the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of our revenue and cash flows are affected by economic factors. See details in the following tables (dollars in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31,
Revenue by Service Provided	2020				2019				2018
Mechanical Services	$	2,413,016	84.5	%	$	2,251,560	86.1	%	$	2,176,223	99.7	%
Electrical Services		443,643	15.5	%		363,717	13.9	%		6,656	0.3	%
Total	$	2,856,659	100.0	%	$	2,615,277	100.0	%	$	2,182,879	100.0	%
	Year Ended December 31,
Revenue by Type of Customer	2020				2019				2018
Industrial	$	1,112,075	38.9	%	$	886,668	33.9	%	$	596,557	27.3	%
Education		487,922	17.1	%		412,318	15.8	%		391,937	18.0	%
Office Buildings		319,426	11.2	%		348,640	13.3	%		288,090	13.2	%
Healthcare		371,105	13.0	%		358,155	13.7	%		319,958	14.7	%
Government		163,717	5.7	%		162,507	6.2	%		143,958	6.6	%
Retail, Restaurants and Entertainment		239,541	8.4	%		248,083	9.5	%		225,348	10.3	%
Multi-Family and Residential		86,799	3.0	%		104,693	4.0	%		136,075	6.2	%
Other		76,074	2.7	%		94,213	3.6	%		80,956	3.7	%
Total	$	2,856,659	100.0	%	$	2,615,277	100.0	%	$	2,182,879	100.0	%
	Year Ended December 31,
Revenue by Activity Type	2020				2019				2018
New Construction	$	1,333,739	46.7	%	$	1,201,122	45.9	%	$	829,978	38.0	%
Existing Building Construction		910,807	31.9	%		793,159	30.3	%		796,946	36.5	%
Service Projects		241,402	8.4	%		231,228	8.9	%		206,506	9.5	%
Service Calls, Maintenance and Monitoring		370,711	13.0	%		389,768	14.9	%		349,449	16.0	%
Total	$	2,856,659	100.0	%	$	2,615,277	100.0	%	$	2,182,879	100.0	%

Contract Assets and Liabilities

Contract assets include unbilled amounts typically resulting from sales under long term contracts when the cost to cost method of revenue recognition is used, revenue recognized exceeds the amount billed to the customer and right to payment is conditional, subject to completing a milestone, such as a phase of the project. Contract assets are generally classified as current.

Contract liabilities consist of advance payments and billings in excess of revenue recognized. Our contract assets and liabilities are reported in a net position on a contract by contract basis at the end of each reporting period. We classify advance payments and billings in excess of revenue recognized as current. It is very unusual for us to have advanced payments with a term of greater than one year; therefore, our contract assets and liabilities are usually all

current. If we have advanced payments with a term greater than one year, the noncurrent portion of advanced payments would be included in other long-term liabilities in our consolidated Balance Sheets.

The following table presents the changes in contract assets and contract liabilities (in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31,					Year Ended December 31,
	2020				2019
	Contract		Contract		Contract		Contract
	Assets		Liabilities		Assets		Liabilities
Balance at beginning of period	$	2,736	$	166,918	$	10,213	$	130,986
Change due to acquisitions / disposals		9,509		39,885		6,573		31,556
Change related to credit allowance		(79)		—		—		—
Other changes in the period		6,456		19,434		(14,050)		4,376
Balance at end of period	$	18,622	$	226,237	$	2,736	$	166,918

During the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, we recognized revenue of $165.8 million and $126.7 million related to our contract liabilities at January 1, 2020 and January 1, 2019, respectively.

We did not have any impairment losses recognized on our receivables or contract assets in 2020 and 2019.

Remaining Performance Obligations

Remaining construction performance obligations represent the remaining transaction price of firm orders for which work has not been performed and exclude unexercised contract options. As of December 31, 2020, the aggregate amount of the transaction price allocated to remaining performance obligations was $1.51 billion. The Company expects to recognize revenue on approximately 80-85% of the remaining performance obligations over the next 12 months, with the remaining recognized thereafter. Our service maintenance agreements are generally one-year renewable agreements. We have adopted the practical expedient that allows us to not include service maintenance contracts with a term of less than one year; therefore, we do not report unfulfilled performance obligations for service maintenance agreements.

XML

Fair Value Measurements

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2020

Fair Value Measurements

Fair Value Measurements

4. Fair Value Measurements

Interest Rate Risk Management and Derivative Instruments

In April 2020, we entered into interest rate swap agreements to reduce our exposure to variable interest rates on our term loan and revolving credit facility. The notional amount covered by these interest rate swaps was $130.0 million as of December 31, 2020 and decreases to $80.0 million by November 30, 2021 until the termination date of September 30, 2022.

We use derivative instruments to manage exposure to market risk, including interest rate risk. All of our current derivatives are designated and accounted for as economic hedges.  Unsettled amounts under our economic hedges are recorded on the Balance Sheet at fair value in “Other Receivables” or “Other Current Liabilities.” Gains and losses on our interest rate swaps are recorded on the Income Statement in “Interest Expense.” For the year ended December 31, 2020, we recognized a net loss of $0.3 million related to our interest rate swaps. We currently do not have any derivatives that are accounted for as hedges under ASC 815.

Fair Value Measurement

We classify and disclose assets and liabilities carried at fair value in one of the following three categories:

● Level 1—quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities;

● Level 2—observable market-based inputs or unobservable inputs that are corroborated by market data; and

● Level 3—significant unobservable inputs in which little or no market data exists, therefore requiring an entity to develop its own assumptions.

The following table summarizes the fair values, and levels within the fair value hierarchy in which the fair value measurements fall, for assets and liabilities measured on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 (in thousands):

	Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2020
	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total
Cash and cash equivalents	$	54,896	$	—	$	—	$	54,896
Life insurance—cash surrender value	$	—	$	5,420	$	—	$	5,420
Contingent earn-out obligations	$	—	$	—	$	25,979	$	25,979
Interest rate swap liability	$	—	$	42	$	—	$	42
	Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2019
	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total
Cash and cash equivalents	$	50,788	$	—	$	—	$	50,788
Life insurance—cash surrender value	$	—	$	3,905	$	—	$	3,905
Contingent earn-out obligations	$	—	$	—	$	28,497	$	28,497

Cash and cash equivalents consist primarily of highly rated money market funds at a variety of well-known institutions with original maturities of three months or less. The original cost of these assets approximates fair value due to their short-term maturity. The Company’s outstanding term loan held by third-party financial institutions is carried at cost, adjusted for debt issuance costs. The Company’s term loan is not publicly traded and the carrying amount approximates fair value as the loan accrues interest at a variable rate. The carrying value of our borrowings associated with the Revolving Credit Facility approximate its fair value due to the variable rate on such debt.

We have life insurance policies covering 86 employees with a combined face value of $61.7 million. The policies are invested in several investment vehicles, and the fair value measurement of the cash surrender balance associated with these policies is determined using Level 2 inputs within the fair value hierarchy and will vary with investment performance. The cash surrender value of these policies was $5.4 million as of December 31, 2020 and $3.9 million as of December 31, 2019. These assets are included in “Other Noncurrent Assets” in our consolidated Balance Sheets.

We value contingent earn-out obligations using a probability weighted discounted cash flow method. This fair value measurement is based on significant unobservable inputs in the market and thus represents a Level 3 measurement within the fair value hierarchy. This analysis reflects the contractual terms of the purchase agreements (e.g., minimum and maximum payments, length of earn-out periods, manner of calculating any amounts due, etc.) and utilizes assumptions with regard to future cash flows, probabilities of achieving such future cash flows and a discount rate. The contingent earn-out obligations are measured at fair value each reporting period and changes in estimates of fair value are recognized in earnings. Significant unobservable inputs that could impact the fair value measurement include our weighted average cost of capital and the forecasted level of operating income for each earn-out measurement. As of December 31, 2020, cash flows were discounted using a weighted average cost of capital ranging from 9.5% - 17.0%.

The table below presents a reconciliation of the fair value of our contingent earn-out obligations that use significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) (in thousands):

	December 31,
	2020		2019
Balance at beginning of year	$	28,497	$	7,375
Issuances		16,715		19,500
Settlements		(10,114)		(1,369)
Adjustments to fair value		(9,119)		2,991
Balance at end of year	$	25,979	$	28,497

The fair value for our interest rate swaps is based upon inputs corroborated by observable market data with similar tenors, which are considered Level 2 inputs. The Company’s outstanding term loan held by third-party financial institutions is carried at cost, adjusted for debt issuance costs. The Company’s term loan is not publicly traded and the carrying amount approximates fair value as the loan accrues interest at a variable rate. The carrying value of our borrowings associated with the revolving credit facility approximate its fair value due to the variable rate on such debt.

We measure certain assets at fair value on a nonrecurring basis. These assets are recognized at fair value when they are deemed to be other-than-temporarily impaired. No goodwill or other intangible asset impairments were recorded during the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018. We did not recognize any other impairments on those assets required to be measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis. See Note 6 “Goodwill and Identifiable Intangible Assets, Net” for further discussion.

XML

Acquisitions

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2020

Acquisitions

Acquisitions

5. Acquisitions

TAS Energy Inc. Acquisition

On April 1, 2020, we consummated a merger through which TAS Energy Inc. (“TAS”) became a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company. TAS is headquartered in Houston, Texas, and is a leading engineering, design and construction provider of modular construction systems serving the technology, power and industrial sectors. As a result of the acquisition, TAS is a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company reported in our mechanical services segment. Revenue attributable to TAS was $106.4 million for the nine months from the acquisition date.

The following summarizes the acquisition date fair value of consideration transferred and the acquisition date fair value of the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed, including an amount for goodwill (in thousands):

Consideration transferred:
Cash paid at closing	$	105,950
Working capital adjustment		40,455
Notes issued to former owners		14,000
Estimated fair value of contingent earn-out payments		9,100
	$	169,505
Recognized amounts of identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	47,460
Billed and unbilled accounts receivable		18,702
Other current assets		15,634
Other long-term assets		1,556
Property and equipment		7,709
Goodwill		72,788
Identifiable intangible assets		53,400
Lease right-of-use asset		19,736
Accounts payable		(16,453)
Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings		(24,196)
Current lease liabilities		(2,337)
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities		(4,109)
Long-term lease liabilities		(17,398)
Other long-term liabilities		(2,987)
	$	169,505

The allocation of the purchase price to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed is preliminary and, therefore, subject to change pending the completion of the final valuation of intangible assets and accrued liabilities. Goodwill represents the future economic benefits arising from other assets acquired that could not be individually identified and separately recognized. The goodwill recognized as a result of the TAS acquisition is not deductible for tax purposes.

In estimating the fair value of the acquired intangible assets, we utilized the valuation methodology determined to be the most appropriate for the individual intangible asset. In order to estimate the fair value of the backlog and customer relationships, we utilized an excess earnings methodology, which consisted of the projected cash flows attributable to these assets discounted to present value using a risk-adjusted discount rate that represented the required rate of return. The trade name value was determined based on the relief-from-royalty method, which applies a royalty rate to the revenue stream attributable to this asset, and the resulting royalty payment is tax effected and discounted to present value. Some of the more significant estimates and assumptions inherent in determining the fair value of the identifiable intangible assets are associated with forecasting cash flows and profitability, which represent Level 3 inputs.

The primary assumptions used were generally based upon the present value of anticipated cash flows discounted at rates ranging from 15% - 23.5%. Estimated years of projected earnings generally follow the range of estimated remaining useful lives for each intangible asset class.

As a result of the TAS acquisition, we acquired $53.2 million of federal net operating loss (“NOL”) carryforwards and $6.5 million of state NOL carryforwards. Our ability to utilize these NOL carryforwards to reduce taxable income in future years is subject to significant limitations under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”) due to the ownership change in TAS on April 1, 2020. While we expect to fully utilize the federal NOL carryforwards before they begin to expire in 2031, a full valuation allowance was recorded against virtually all of the state NOL carryforwards. We do not believe it is more-likely-than-not that TAS will have sufficient revenue-generating operations in those states in the future.

The acquired intangible assets include the following (dollars in thousands):

	Valuation Method	Estimated Useful Life		Estimated Fair Value
Backlog	Excess earnings	1 year	$	5,200
Trade Name	Relief-from-royalty	25 years		8,200
Customer Relationships	Excess earnings	10 years		40,000
Total			$	53,400

The contingent earn-out obligation is associated with the achievement of specified earnings milestones over a 27-month period, and the range of estimated milestone payments is from $1 million to $8 million. We determined the initial fair value of the contingent earn-out obligation based on the Monte Carlo Simulation method, which represents a Level 3 measurement. Cash flows were discounted using a 17.7% discount rate, which we believe is appropriate and representative of a market participant assumption. Subsequent to the acquisition date, the contingent earn-out obligation is re-measured at fair value each reporting period. Changes in the estimated fair value of the contingent payments subsequent to the acquisition date are recognized immediately in earnings.

T E C Industrial Construction and Maintenance Acquisition

On December 31, 2020, we consummated an acquisition of all outstanding equity interests of Tennessee Electric Company, Inc. dba TEC Industrial Maintenance and Construction (“T E C”). T E C is headquartered in Kingsport, Tennessee, and provides multidisciplined construction and industrial services, including electrical, mechanical and other plant services, primarily in Tennessee and surrounding states. As a result of the acquisition, T E C is a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company reported in our electrical services segment. T E C did not contribute to our revenue in 2020.

The following summarizes the acquisition date fair value of consideration transferred and the acquisition date fair value of the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed, including an amount for goodwill (in thousands):

Consideration transferred:
Cash paid at closing	$	73,000
Working capital adjustment		2,006
Notes issued to former owners		7,000
Estimated fair value of contingent earn-out payments		7,560
	$	89,566
Recognized amounts of identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	4
Billed and unbilled accounts receivable		13,660
Costs in excess of billings		2,040
Other current assets		108
Other long-term assets		53
Property and equipment		912
Goodwill		44,431
Identifiable intangible assets		37,200
Lease right-of-use asset		1,234
Accounts payable		(4,123)
Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings		(2,838)
Current lease liabilities		(175)
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities		(1,881)
Long-term lease liabilities		(1,059)
	$	89,566

The allocation of the purchase price to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed is preliminary and, therefore, subject to change pending the completion of the final valuation of identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed. Goodwill represents the future economic benefits arising from other assets acquired that could not be individually identified and separately recognized. All of the goodwill recognized as a result of the T E C acquisition is tax deductible.

In estimating the fair value of the acquired intangible assets, we utilized the valuation methodology determined to be the most appropriate for the individual intangible asset. In order to estimate the fair value of the backlog and customer relationships, we utilized an excess earnings methodology, which consisted of the projected cash flows attributable to these assets discounted to present value using a risk-adjusted discount rate that represented the required rate of return. The trade name value was determined based on the relief-from-royalty method, which applies a royalty rate to the revenue stream attributable to this asset, and the resulting royalty payment is tax effected and discounted to present value. Some of the more significant estimates and assumptions inherent in determining the fair value of the identifiable intangible assets are associated with forecasting cash flows and profitability, which represent Level 3 inputs. The primary assumptions used were generally based upon the present value of anticipated cash flows discounted at rates ranging from 14% - 15%. Estimated years of projected earnings generally follow the range of estimated remaining useful lives for each intangible asset class.

The acquired intangible assets include the following (dollars in thousands):

	Valuation	Estimated	Estimated
	Method	Useful Life	Fair Value
Backlog	Excess earnings	2 years	$	7,200
Trade Name	Relief-from-royalty	20 years		5,800
Customer Relationships	Excess earnings	9 years		24,200
Total			$	37,200

The contingent earn-out obligation is associated with the achievement of specified earnings milestones over a three year period, and the range of estimated milestone payments is from less than $1 million to $5 million. We determined the initial fair value of the contingent earn-out obligation based on the Monte Carlo Simulation method, which represents a Level 3 measurement. Cash flows were discounted using a 12.9% discount rate, which we believe is appropriate and representative of a market participant assumption. Subsequent to the acquisition date, the contingent earn-out obligation is re-measured at fair value each reporting period. Changes in the estimated fair value of the contingent payments subsequent to the acquisition date are recognized immediately in earnings.

Other Acquisitions

In addition to the TAS and T E C acquisitions, we completed the acquisition of an electrical contractor in North Carolina in the first quarter of 2020 with a total purchase price of $41.6 million. This acquisition is reported in our electrical services segment.

In the second quarter of 2019, we acquired all of the issued and outstanding stock of Walker TX Holding Company, LLC and each of its wholly owned subsidiaries (collectively “Walker”) for $235.4 million of which $187.0 million was allocated to goodwill and identifiable intangible assets. The total purchase price included $178.0 million in cash, $25.0 million in notes payable to former owners, a $20.5 million advance to former owners, a $19.5 million contingent earn-out obligation and a $0.2 million tax equalization payment, offset by a $7.8 million working capital adjustment. Walker is a full-service electrical contracting and network infrastructure engineering business serving commercial and industrial clients with headquarters in Irving, Texas, and operations throughout the state of Texas. As a result of the acquisition, Walker is a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company reported in our electrical services segment. In addition to the Walker acquisition, we completed two additional acquisitions in 2019 which were “tucked-in” with existing operations. The total purchase price for these additional acquisitions, including earn-outs, was $2.6 million.

The results of operations of acquisitions are included in our consolidated financial statements from their respective acquisition dates. Our consolidated Balance Sheet includes preliminary allocations of the purchase price to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed for the applicable acquisitions pending the completion of the final valuation of intangible assets and accrued liabilities. Excluding the Walker and TAS acquisitions, the acquisitions completed in 2020 and the prior year were not material, individually or in the aggregate. Additional contingent purchase price (“earn-out”) has been or will be paid if certain acquisitions achieve predetermined profitability targets. Such earn-outs, when they are not subject to the continued employment of the sellers, are estimated as of the purchase date and included as part of the consideration paid for the acquisition. If we have an earn-out under which continued employment is a condition to receipt of payment, then the earn-out is recorded as compensation expense over the period earned. 

XML

Goodwill and Identifiable Intangible Assets, Net

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2020

Goodwill and Identifiable Intangible Assets, Net

Goodwill and Identifiable Intangible Assets, Net

6. Goodwill and Identifiable Intangible Assets, Net

Goodwill

The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill are as follows (in thousands):

	Mechanical Services		Electrical Services
	Segment		Segment		Total
Balance at December 31, 2018	$	235,182	$	—	$	235,182
Acquisitions and purchase price adjustments (See Note 5)		579		96,686		97,265
Impact of segment reorganization		(1,101)		1,101		—
Balance at December 31, 2019		234,660		97,787		332,447
Acquisitions and purchase price adjustments (See Note 5)		72,788		59,157		131,945
Balance at December 31, 2020	$	307,448	$	156,944	$	464,392

The aggregate goodwill balance as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 includes $116.6 million of accumulated impairment charges, all of which relate to the mechanical services segment.

We perform our annual impairment testing on October 1, or more frequently, if events and circumstances indicate impairment may have occurred. As discussed in Note 2, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies,” we have the option to first perform a qualitative assessment to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than the carrying value.

During our annual impairment testing on October 1, 2019, we performed a quantitative assessment where the fair value of each reporting unit was estimated using a discounted cash flow model combined with a market valuation approach. We assigned a weighting of 50% to the discounted cash flow analysis and 50% to the public company approach for the year ended December 31, 2019. Based on this assessment, we concluded that the fair value of each of the reporting units was greater than its carrying value. The calculated fair values for the majority of the Company’s reporting units that have goodwill were significantly in excess (all greater than 80%) of the respective reporting unit’s carrying value, while two reporting units that were recently acquired had calculated fair values in excess of carrying value of at least 27%.

During our annual impairment testing on October 1, 2020, we performed a qualitative assessment for all of our reporting units except one, which considered various factors, including changes in the carrying value of the reporting unit, forecasted operating results, long-term growth rates and discount rates. Additionally, we considered qualitative key events and circumstances (i.e. macroeconomic environment, industry and market specific conditions, cost factors and events specific to the reporting unit, etc.). Based on this assessment, we concluded that it was more likely than not that the fair value of each of the reporting units was greater than its carrying value. Accordingly, no further testing was required. For Walker, we performed a step 1 quantitative assessment and the calculated fair value exceeded the carrying value by 24%. As a result of uncertainty caused by COVID-19 and Walker’s smaller excess of fair value percentage, this reporting unit is more susceptible to impairment risk from additional adverse changes in its operating environment, including micro- and macroeconomic environment conditions that could negatively impact them. Such adverse changes could include worsening economic conditions in the locations or markets they primarily serve, whether due to COVID-19 or other events and conditions. As of December 31, 2020, Walker had a goodwill balance of $96.8 million.

There are significant inherent uncertainties and management judgment involved in estimating the fair value of each reporting unit. While we believe we have made reasonable estimates and assumptions to estimate the fair value of our reporting units, it is possible that a material change could occur. If actual results are not consistent with our current estimates and assumptions, or the current economic outlook worsens, goodwill impairment charges may be recorded in future periods.

Identifiable Intangible Assets, Net

Identifiable intangible assets consist of the following (dollars in thousands):

	Weighted-Average	December 31, 2020				December 31, 2019
	Remaining Useful Lives	Gross Book		Accumulated		Gross Book		Accumulated
	in Years	Value		Amortization		Value		Amortization
Customer Relationships	8.0	$	255,692	$	(103,919)	$	183,061	$	(80,813)
Backlog	2.0		19,800		(12,600)		7,400		(6,388)
Trade Names	20.5		91,495		(18,661)		71,995		(15,281)
Total	11.7	$	366,987	$	(135,180)	$	262,456	$	(102,482)

The amounts attributable to customer relationships and tradenames are amortized to “Selling, General and Administrative Expenses” based upon the estimated consumption of their economic benefits, or a straight-line method over periods from one to twenty-five years if the pattern of economic benefit cannot otherwise be reliably estimated. The amounts attributable to backlog are being amortized to “Cost of Services” on a proportionate method over the remaining backlog period. Amortization expense for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 was $32.7 million, $27.1 million and $20.1 million, respectively.

As of December 31, 2020, future amortization expense of identifiable intangible assets was as follows (in thousands):

Year ended December 31—
2021	$	32,344
2022		27,412
2023		23,514
2024		22,164
2025		19,977
Thereafter		106,396
Total	$	231,807

XML

Property and Equipment

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2020

Property and Equipment

Property and Equipment

7. Property and Equipment

Property and equipment consist of the following (dollars in thousands):

	Estimated
	Useful Lives	December 31,
	in Years	2020		2019
Land	—	$	7,167	$	6,206
Transportation equipment	1 - 7		113,802		106,972
Machinery and equipment	1 - 20		43,386		35,575
Computer and telephone equipment	1 - 10		23,215		20,744
Buildings and leasehold improvements	1 - 40		69,683		62,301
Furniture and fixtures	1 - 17		5,861		5,244
Construction in progress	—		1,294		2,123
			264,408		239,165
Less—Accumulated depreciation			(147,202)		(129,369)
Property and equipment, net		$	117,206	$	109,796

Depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 was $27.9 million, $24.5 million and $22.6 million, respectively.

XML

Detail of Other Current Liabilities

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2020

Detail of Other Current Liabilities

Detail of Other Current Liabilities

8. Detail of Other Current Liabilities

Other current liabilities consist of the following (in thousands):

	December 31,
	2020		2019
Accrued warranty costs	$	8,914	$	7,452
Current lease liability		16,586		14,016
Accrued job losses		2,151		2,226
Accrued sales and use tax		3,731		2,938
Deferred revenue		4,559		5,506
Liabilities due to former owners		10,280		11,219
Other current liabilities		45,271		38,273
	$	91,492	$	81,630

XML

Debt Obligations

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2020

Debt Obligations

Debt Obligations

9. Debt Obligations

Debt obligations consist of the following (in thousands):

	December 31,
	2020		2019
Revolving credit facility	$	70,000	$	28,000
Term loan		135,000		150,000
Notes to former owners		31,000		48,483
Total principal amount		236,000		226,483
Less—unamortized debt issuance costs		(267)		(348)
Total debt, net of unamortized debt issuance costs		235,733		226,135
Less—current portion		—		(20,817)
Total long-term portion of debt, net	$	235,733	$	205,318

At December 31, 2020, future principal payments of debt are as follows (in thousands):

Year ended December 31—
2021	$	—
2022		23,000
2023		34,000
2024		26,500
2025		152,500
Thereafter		—
	$	236,000

Interest expense included the following primary elements (in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2020		2019		2018
Interest expense on notes to former owners	$	1,354	$	1,531	$	642
Interest expense on borrowings and unused commitment fees		5,319		6,887		2,211
Interest expense on interest rate swaps		338		—		—
Letter of credit fees		830		512		474
Amortization of debt financing costs		544		387		383
Total	$	8,385	$	9,317	$	3,710

Revolving Credit Facility and Term Loan

In December 2019, we amended our senior credit facility (the “Facility”) provided by a syndicate of banks, increasing our borrowing capacity from $400.0 million to $600.0 million.  As amended, the Facility is composed of a revolving credit line in the amount of $450.0 million and a $150.0 million term loan, and the Facility also provides for a $150.0 million accordion or increase option for the revolving portion of the Facility. As of December 31, 2020, the Facility capacity was $585.0 million as the term loan was paid down by $15.0 million since the inception of the Facility. The amended Facility also includes a sublimit of up to $160.0 million issuable in the form of letters of credit. The Facility expires in January 2025 and is secured by a first lien on substantially all of our personal property except for assets related to projects subject to surety bonds and assets held by certain unrestricted subsidiaries and our wholly owned captive insurance company, and a second lien on our assets related to projects subject to surety bonds. In 2019, we incurred approximately $1.4 million in financing and professional costs in connection with an amendment to the Facility which are being amortized over the remaining term of the Facility. Of this amount, $0.4 million is attributable to the term loan and is being amortized using the effective interest method. The remaining $1.0 million is attributable to the revolving credit line, which combined with the previous unamortized costs of $1.3 million, is being amortized over the remaining term of the Facility on a straight-line basis as a non-cash charge to interest expense. For the term loan, we are required to make quarterly payments increasing over time from 1.25% to 3.75% of the original aggregate principal amount of the term loan, with the balance due in January 2025. As of December 31, 2020, we had $135.0 million

principal outstanding on the term loan, $70.0 million of outstanding borrowings on the revolving credit facility, $49.5 million in letters of credit outstanding and $330.5 million of credit available.

Collateral

A common practice in our industry is the posting of payment and performance bonds with customers. These bonds are offered by financial institutions known as sureties and provide assurance to the customer that in the event we encounter significant financial or operational difficulties, the surety will arrange for the completion of our contractual obligations and for the payment of our vendors on the projects subject to the bonds. In cooperation with our lenders, we granted our sureties a first lien on assets such as receivables, costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings, and equipment specifically identifiable to projects for which bonds are outstanding, as collateral for potential obligations under bonds. As of December 31, 2020, the book value of these assets was approximately $167.8 million.

Covenants and Restrictions

The Facility contains financial covenants defining various financial measures and the levels of these measures with which we must comply. Covenant compliance is assessed as of each quarter end. Credit Facility Adjusted EBITDA is defined under the Facility for financial covenant purposes as net earnings for the four quarters ending as of any given quarterly covenant compliance measurement date, plus the corresponding amounts for (a) interest expense; (b) provision for income taxes; (c) depreciation and amortization; (d) stock compensation; (e) other non-cash charges; and (f) pre-acquisition results of acquired companies. The following is a reconciliation of Credit Facility Adjusted EBITDA to net income for 2020 (in thousands):

Net income	$	150,139
Provision for income taxes		41,401
Interest expense, net		8,282
Depreciation and amortization expense		60,629
Stock-based compensation		6,934
Pre-acquisition results of acquired companies, as defined under the Facility		18,511
Credit Facility Adjusted EBITDA	$	285,896

The Facility’s principal financial covenants include:

Total Leverage Ratio—The Facility requires that the ratio of our Consolidated Total Indebtedness to our Credit Facility Adjusted EBITDA not exceed 3.00 to 1.00 as of the end of each fiscal quarter. The leverage ratio as of December 31, 2020 was 0.8.

Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio—The Facility requires that the ratio of (a) Credit Facility Adjusted EBITDA, less non-financed capital expenditures, provision for income taxes, dividends and amounts used to repurchase stock when the Company’s Total Leverage Ratio exceeds 2.00 to 1.00 to (b) the sum of interest expense and scheduled principal payments of indebtedness be at least 1.50 to 1.00. Credit Facility Adjusted EBITDA, capital expenditures, provision for income taxes, dividends, stock repurchase payments, interest expense, and scheduled principal payments are defined under the Facility for purposes of this covenant, to be amounts for the four quarters ending as of any given quarterly covenant compliance measurement date. The fixed charge coverage ratio as of December 31, 2020 was 7.2.

Other Restrictions—The Facility permits acquisitions of up to $5.0 million per transaction, provided that the aggregate purchase price of such an acquisition and of acquisitions in the same fiscal year does not exceed $10.0 million. However, these limitations only apply when the Company’s Total Leverage Ratio is greater than 2.50 to 1.00.

While the Facility’s financial covenants do not specifically govern capacity under the Facility, if our debt level under the Facility at a quarter-end covenant compliance measurement date were to cause us to violate

the Facility’s leverage ratio covenant, our borrowing capacity under the Facility and the favorable terms that we currently have could be negatively impacted by the lenders.

We were in compliance with all of our financial covenants as of December 31, 2020.

Interest Rates and Fees

There are two interest rate options for borrowings under the Facility, the Base Rate Loan Option and the Eurodollar Rate Loan Option. Additional margins are then added to these two rates. Under the Base Rate Loan Option, the interest rate is determined based on the highest of the Federal Funds Rate plus 0.5%, the prime lending rate offered by Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. or the one-month Eurodollar Rate plus 1.00%. Under the Eurodollar Rate Loan Option, the interest rate is determined based on the one- to six-month Eurodollar Rate. The Eurodollar Rate corresponds very closely to rates described in various general business media sources as the London Interbank Offered Rate or “LIBOR.” Additional margins are then added to these rates. The additional margins are determined based on the ratio of our Consolidated Total Indebtedness as of a given quarter end to our “Credit Facility Adjusted EBITDA,” which shall mean Consolidated EBITDA as such term is defined in the credit agreement, for the twelve months ending as of that quarter end.

The interest rates under the Facility are floating rates determined by the broad financial markets, meaning they can and do move up and down from time to time. For illustrative purposes, the following are the respective market rates as of December 31, 2020 relating to interest options under the Facility:

Base Rate Loan Option:
Federal Funds Rate plus 0.50%	0.59%
Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. Prime Rate	3.25%
One-month LIBOR plus 1.00%	1.14%
Eurodollar Rate Loan Option:
One-month LIBOR	0.14%
Six-month LIBOR	0.26%

Certain of our vendors require letters of credit to ensure reimbursement for amounts they are disbursing on our behalf, such as to beneficiaries under our self-funded insurance programs. We have also occasionally used letters of credit to guarantee performance under our contracts and to ensure payment to our subcontractors and vendors under those contracts. Our lenders issue such letters of credit through the Facility. A letter of credit commits the lenders to pay specified amounts to the holder of the letter of credit if the holder demonstrates that we have failed to perform specified actions. If this were to occur, we would be required to reimburse the lenders for amounts they fund to honor the letter of credit holder’s claim. Absent a claim, there is no payment or reserving of funds by us in connection with a letter of credit. However, because a claim on a letter of credit would require immediate reimbursement by us to our lenders, letters of credit are treated as a use of facility capacity just the same as actual borrowings. We have never had a claim made against a letter of credit that resulted in payments by a lender or by us and believe such claim is unlikely in the foreseeable future.

Commitment fees are payable on the portion of the revolving loan capacity not in use for borrowings or letters of credit at any given time. Letter of credit fees and commitment fees are based on the ratio of Consolidated Total Indebtedness to Credit Facility Adjusted EBITDA.

	Consolidated Total Indebtedness to
	Credit Facility Adjusted EBITDA
	Less than 1.00		1.00 to 1.75		1.75 to 2.50		2.50 or greater
Additional Per Annum Interest Margin Added Under:
Base Rate Loan Option	0.25	%	0.50	%	0.75	%	1.00	%
Eurodollar Rate Loan Option	1.25	%	1.50	%	1.75	%	2.00	%
Letter of credit fees	1.25	%	1.50	%	1.75	%	2.00	%
Commitment fees on any portion of the Revolving Loan capacity not in use for borrowings or letters of credit at any given time	0.20	%	0.25	%	0.30	%	0.35	%

The weighted average interest rate applicable to the borrowings under the revolving credit facility was approximately 1.4% as of December 31, 2020. The weighted average interest rate applicable to the term loan was approximately 1.4% as of December 31, 2020.

Notes to Former Owners

As part of the consideration used to acquire four companies, we have outstanding notes to the former owners. Together, these notes had an outstanding balance of $31.0 million as of December 31, 2020. In conjunction with the acquisition of T E C in the fourth quarter of 2020, we issued a promissory note to former owners with an outstanding balance of $7.0 million as of December 31, 2020 that bears interest, payable quarterly, at a stated interest rate of 2.5%. The principal is due in December 2023. In conjunction with the acquisition of TAS in the second quarter of 2020, we issued a promissory note to former owners with an outstanding balance of $8.0 million as of December 31, 2020 that bears interest, payable quarterly, at a stated interest rate of 3.5%. The principal is due in April 2022. In conjunction with the acquisition of the electrical contractor in North Carolina in the first quarter of 2020, we issued a promissory note to former owners with an outstanding balance of $6.0 million as of December 31, 2020 that bears interest, payable quarterly, at a stated interest rate of 3.0%. The principal is due in installments in February 2023 and February 2024. In conjunction with the Walker acquisition in the second quarter of 2019, we issued a promissory note to former owners with an outstanding balance of $10.0 million as of December 31, 2020 that bears interest, payable quarterly, at a stated interest rate of 4.0%. The remaining principal is due in April 2023.

XML

Leases

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2020

Leases

Leases

10. Leases

We lease certain facilities, vehicles and equipment under noncancelable operating leases. The most significant portion of these noncancelable operating leases are for the facilities occupied by our corporate office and our operating locations. Leases with an initial term of 12 months or less are not recorded on the Balance Sheet. We account for lease components separately from the non-lease components. We have certain leases with variable payments based on an index as well as some short-term leases on equipment and facilities. Variable lease expense and short-term lease expense were not material to our financial statements and aggregated to $7.7 million in 2020 and $8.4 million in 2019. Lease right-of-use assets and liabilities are recognized at commencement date based on the present value of lease payments over the lease term. As most of our leases do not provide an implicit rate, we generally use our incremental borrowing rate based on the information available at commencement date in determining the present value of lease payments. The weighted average discount rate as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 was 4.2% and 3.9%, respectively. We recognize lease expense, including escalating lease payments and lease incentives, on a straight-line basis over the lease term. Lease expense for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 was $28.2 million, $24.8 million and $23.4 million, respectively.

The lease terms generally range from three to ten years. Some leases include one or more options to renew, which may be exercised to extend the lease term. We include the exercise of lease renewal options in the lease term when it is reasonably certain that we will exercise the option and such exercise is at our sole discretion. The weighted average remaining lease term was 7.5 years at December 31, 2020 and 8.1 years at December 31, 2019.

A majority of the Company’s real property leases are with individuals or entities with whom we have no other business relationship. However, in certain instances the Company enters into real property leases with current or former employees. Rent paid to related parties for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 was approximately $4.2 million, $3.7 million and $4.8 million, respectively.

If we decide to cancel or terminate a lease before the end of its term, we would typically owe the lessor the remaining lease payments under the term of the lease. Our lease agreements do not contain any material residual value guarantees or material restrictive covenants. On rare occasions, we rent or sublease certain real estate assets that we no longer use to third parties.

The following table summarizes the lease assets and liabilities included in the consolidated Balance Sheet as follows (in thousands):

	December 31, 2020		December 31, 2019
Lease right-of-use assets	$	94,727	$	84,073
Lease liabilities:
Other current liabilities	$	16,586	$	14,016
Long-term lease liabilities		80,576		72,697
Total lease liabilities	$	97,162	$	86,713

The maturities of lease liabilities as of December 31, 2020 are as follows (in thousands):

Year ending December 31—
2021	$	20,254
2022		17,004
2023		14,727
2024		13,221
2025		12,108
Thereafter		36,645
Total Lease Payments		113,959
Less—Present Value Discount		(16,797)
Present Value of Lease Liabilities	$	97,162

Supplemental information related to leases was as follows (in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2020		2019
Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities	$	20,443	$	16,895
Lease right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for lease liabilities	$	27,346	$	26,811

XML

Income Taxes

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2020

Income Taxes

Income Taxes

11. Income Taxes

Provision for Income Taxes

Our provision for income taxes relating to continuing operations consists of the following (in thousands):

	December 31,
	2020		2019		2018
Current tax provision—
Federal	$	36,556	$	33,281	$	22,728
State and Puerto Rico		12,798		8,388		8,589
Total current		49,354		41,669		31,317
Deferred tax provision (benefit)—
Federal		(5,483)		(3,750)		4,347
State and Puerto Rico		(2,470)		(501)		109
Total deferred		(7,953)		(4,251)		4,456
Provision for income taxes	$	41,401	$	37,418	$	35,773

The provision for income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 resulted in effective tax rates on continuing operations of 21.6%, 24.7% and 24.1%, respectively. The reasons for the differences between these effective tax rates and the federal statutory rates are as follows (in thousands):

	December 31,
	2020			2019			2018
Federal statutory rate of—		21	%		21	%		21	%
Income taxes at the federal statutory rate	$	40,223		$	31,866		$	31,222
Increases (decreases) resulting from—
Net state income taxes		8,406			6,644			7,470
Valuation allowances		(254)			(279)			(2,852)
Net unrecognized tax benefits		18,557			7,338			(15)
Nondeductible expenses		2,470			2,180			1,926
R&D tax credit		(26,133)			(4,569)			(2,726)
179D deduction		(1,062)			(5,126)			—
Net operating loss carryforwards		—			—			2,225
Stock-based compensation deductions		(426)			(714)			(1,293)
Other		(380)			78			(184)
Provision for income taxes	$	41,401		$	37,418		$	35,773

Our provision for income taxes was reduced by $2.8 million in the first quarter of 2018 due to a reduction in unrecognized tax benefits from the filing of a federal income tax automatic accounting method change application.

In the third quarter of 2019, we filed an amended federal return for 2015 to claim the credit for increasing research activities (the “R&D tax credit”) and recorded a $4.6 million tax benefit that was fully offset by an addition to unrecognized tax benefits. We previously filed an amended federal return for 2014 to claim the R&D tax credit during 2018 and recorded a $2.7 million tax benefit that was also fully offset by an addition to unrecognized tax benefits. These $7.3 million of tax benefits were fully offset by additions to unrecognized tax benefits due to the uncertainty of the outcome from examinations opened by the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”). As a result, the R&D tax credit claimed had no impact on our effective tax rates.

During 2018, we dissolved our Puerto Rican subsidiary and thus wrote-off the remaining $2.2 million of net operating loss (“NOL”) carryforwards and related valuation allowance. The dissolution of our Puerto Rican subsidiary did not have an impact on our 2018 effective tax rate.

For the year ended December 31, 2019, our provision for income taxes was reduced by $2.2 million due to benefits from the filing, and expected filing, of amended returns to claim the energy efficient commercial buildings deduction (the “179D deduction”) allocated to us.

During the third quarter of 2020, the IRS completed its examination of our amended federal returns for 2014 and 2015 and issued a Revenue Agent Report (“RAR”) allowing the $8.9 million of refund claims in full. Subsequently, the Joint Committee on Taxation (the “JCT”) reviewed and approved the refund claims. As a result, our provision for income taxes was reduced by $8.3 million due to a reduction in unrecognized tax benefits of which $1.0 million related to the 179D deduction.

In early October 2020, we filed amended federal returns for 2016, 2017 and 2018 to claim the R&D tax credit and 179D deduction and recorded tax benefits of $6.1 million, $8.5 million and $11.9 million, respectively. The $26.5 million of tax benefits have been offset by additions to unrecognized tax benefits of $26.4 million due to the uncertainty of the outcome of future IRS examinations. The R&D tax credit and 179D deduction for 2016, 2017 and 2018, therefore, had no material impact on our effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2020. At this time, we cannot reasonably estimate the R&D tax credit for years after 2018 or 179D deduction for years after 2017.

Deferred Tax Assets (Liabilities)

Significant components of the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities as reflected on the balance sheets are as follows (in thousands):

	Year Ended
	December 31,
	2020		2019
Deferred tax assets—
Accounts receivable and allowance for credit losses	$	2,186	$	1,660
Stock-based compensation		2,791		2,561
Accrued liabilities and expenses		39,761		25,569
Lease liabilities		22,768		20,873
Net operating loss carryforwards		12,127		2,750
Intangible assets		—		7,988
Other		627		525
Subtotal		80,260		61,926
Valuation allowances		(514)		(369)
Total deferred tax assets		79,746		61,557
Deferred tax liabilities—
Property and equipment		(13,877)		(11,286)
Lease right-of-use asset		(22,715)		(20,873)
Long-term contracts		(609)		(876)
Intangible assets		(242)		—
Goodwill		(11,615)		(6,020)
Other		(2,626)		(2,004)
Total deferred tax liabilities		(51,684)		(41,059)
Net deferred tax assets	$	28,062	$	20,498

The deferred tax assets and liabilities reflected above are included in the consolidated balance sheets as follows (in thousands):

	December 31,
	2020		2019
Deferred tax assets	$	29,401	$	21,923
Deferred tax liabilities	$	1,339	$	1,425

As of December 31, 2020, we had $9.4 million of deferred tax assets related to $44.9 million of federal NOL carryforwards as a result of the TAS acquisition. If not used, such carryforwards will begin to expire in 2031. We also had $2.7 million of deferred tax assets related to $46.2 million of state NOL carryforwards, including carryforwards acquired from TAS. The state NOL carryforwards will expire in varying amounts between the years 2021 and 2040. Valuation allowances of $0.5 million have been recorded against certain of the state NOL carryforwards. The $2.2 million of deferred tax assets for state NOL carryforwards, net of valuation allowances, reflects our conclusion that it is more-likely-than-not these assets will be realized based upon expected future earnings in certain of our subsidiaries.

Pursuant to Section 382 of the Code, utilization of our federal NOL carryforwards is subject to annual limitations due to the ownership change in TAS. In general, an ownership change, as defined by Section 382, results from transactions increasing the ownership of certain stockholders or public groups in the stock of a corporation by more than 50 percentage points over a three-year period.

We regularly update our assessment of the realizability of our deferred tax assets, in particular, those related to state NOL carryforwards. A return to profitability in our subsidiaries with valuation allowances would result in a release of a portion of the valuation allowances relating to realizable deferred tax assets. A sustained period of profitability could cause a change in our judgment of any remaining deferred tax assets. If that were to occur, then it is likely that we would reverse some or all of the remaining valuation allowances.

Liabilities for Uncertain Tax Positions

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits, excluding accrued interest and penalties, is as follows (in thousands):

	Year Ended
	December 31,
	2020		2019		2018
Balance at beginning of year	$	10,199	$	2,966	$	8,929
Additions based on tax positions related to current year		—		—		—
Additions based on tax positions related to prior years		26,858		7,473		2,726
Reductions for tax positions related to prior years		—		(240)		(8,689)
Reductions for settlements with tax authorities		(8,301)		—		—
Balance at end of year	$	28,756	$	10,199	$	2,966

As of December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, we had $28.8 million, $10.2 million and $3.0 million, respectively, of unrecognized tax benefits, which if recognized in future periods, would impact our effective tax rates. We also had accrued zero, zero and $0.6 million for potential interest and penalties related to the unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively. We recognize potential interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in our provision for income taxes.

We are subject to taxation in the United States and various state jurisdictions. During 2019, the IRS commenced an examination of our amended federal returns for 2014 and 2015. The IRS completed its examination and issued an RAR allowing our refund claims in full, which was reviewed and approved by the JCT during the third quarter of 2020. As a result, our unrecognized tax benefits were reduced by $8.3 million. In late January 2021, we received notification from the IRS that our federal returns for 2017 and 2018 were selected for examination. The completion of this IRS examination could impact our future results of operations and financial condition.

State income tax returns are generally subject to examination for a period of three to four years after filing the returns. However, the state impact of any federal audit adjustments and/or amendments remains subject to examination by various states for up to one year after formal notification to the states. We generally remain open to examination by various state tax authorities for the 2016 tax year forward. As of December 31, 2020, we did not have any state audits underway that would have a material impact on our financial position or results of operations.

We believe it is reasonably possible that a reduction of up to $28.8 million in unrecognized tax benefits could occur within the next twelve months. Any reduction in our unrecognized tax benefits, due to the future recognition of those tax benefits, would affect our effective tax rates.

XML

Employee Benefit Plans

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2020

Employee Benefit Plans

Employee Benefit Plans

12. Employee Benefit Plans

We and certain of our subsidiaries sponsor various retirement plans for most full-time and some part-time employees. These plans primarily consist of defined contribution plans. The defined contribution plans generally provide for contributions up to 2.5% of covered employees’ salaries or wages. These contributions totaled $16.3 million in 2020, $14.2 million in 2019 and $10.8 million in 2018. Of these amounts, approximately $0.5 million and $0.3 million were payable to the plans at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

Certain of our subsidiaries also participate or have participated in various multi-employer pension plans for the benefit of employees who are union members. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, we had 6 and 7, respectively, who were union members. There were no contributions made to multi-employer pension plans in 2020, 2019 or 2018. The data available from administrators of other multi-employer pension plans is not sufficient to determine the accumulated benefit obligations, nor the net assets attributable to the multi-employer plans in which our employees participate or previously participated.

Certain individuals at one of our operating units are entitled to receive fixed annual payments that reach a maximum amount, as specified in the related agreements, for a 15 year period following retirement or, in some cases, the attainment of 65 years of age. We recognize the unfunded status of the plan as a non-current liability in our Consolidated Balance Sheet. Benefits vest 50% after ten years of service, 75% after fifteen years of service and are fully vested after

20 years of service. We had an unfunded benefit liability of $4.0 million and $4.1 million recorded as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

XML

Commitments and Contingencies

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2020

Commitments and Contingencies

Commitments and Contingencies

13. Commitments and Contingencies

Claims and Lawsuits

We are subject to certain legal and regulatory claims, including lawsuits arising in the normal course of business. We maintain various insurance coverages to minimize financial risk associated with these claims. We have estimated and provided accruals for probable losses and related legal fees associated with certain litigation in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. While we cannot predict the outcome of these proceedings, in management’s opinion and based on reports of counsel, any liability arising from these matters individually and in the aggregate will not have a material effect on our operating results, cash flows or financial condition, after giving effect to provisions already recorded.

We are in a dispute with a customer regarding the outcome of a completed project and also regarding the obligation to perform subcontract work under two executed letters of intent for subsequent projects that we believe are not enforceable. The customer is claiming approximately $15 million in damages related to performance of the original project as well as excess costs to perform the work that was subject to the letters of intent. We are claiming approximately $9 million composed of unpaid amounts under the completed contract as well as costs and inefficiencies that we suffered. We have a lien on the project, and this matter is currently scheduled for arbitration in the second quarter of 2021 with a likely decision in the following months. As of December 31, 2020, we recorded an accrual for this matter based on our analysis of likely outcomes related to this dispute; however, it is possible that the ultimate outcome and associated costs will deviate from our estimates and that, in the event of an unexpectedly adverse outcome, we may experience additional costs and expenses in future periods.

Surety

Many customers, particularly in connection with new construction, require us to post performance and payment bonds issued by a financial institution known as a surety. If we fail to perform under the terms of a contract or to pay subcontractors and vendors who provided goods or services under a contract, the customer may demand that the surety make payments or provide services under the bond. We must reimburse the surety for any expenses or outlays it incurs. To date, we are not aware of any losses to our sureties in connection with bonds the sureties have posted on our behalf, and do not expect such losses to be incurred in the foreseeable future.

Current market conditions for surety markets and bonding capacity are adequate with acceptable terms and conditions. Historically, approximately 15% to 25% of our business has required bonds. While we currently have strong surety relationships to support our bonding needs, future market conditions or changes in the sureties’ assessment of our operating and financial risk could cause the sureties to decline to issue bonds for our work. If that were to occur, the alternatives include doing more business that does not require bonds, posting other forms of collateral for project performance such as letters of credit or cash, and seeking bonding capacity from other sureties. We would likely also encounter concerns from customers, suppliers and other market participants as to our creditworthiness. While we believe our general operating and financial characteristics would enable us to ultimately respond effectively to an interruption in the availability of bonding capacity, such an interruption would likely cause our revenue and profits to decline in the near term.

Self-Insurance

We are substantially self-insured for workers’ compensation, employer’s liability, auto liability, general liability and employee group health claims, in view of the relatively high per-incident deductibles we absorb under our insurance arrangements for these risks. Losses are estimated and accrued based upon known facts, historical trends and industry averages. Estimated losses in excess of our deductible, which have not already been paid, are included in our accrual with a corresponding receivable from our insurance carrier. Loss estimates associated with the larger and longer-developing risks, such as workers’ compensation, auto liability and general liability, are reviewed by a third-party actuary quarterly.

Our self-insurance arrangements as of December 31, 2020 were as follows:

Workers’ Compensation—The per-incident deductible for workers’ compensation is $250,000. Losses above $250,000 are determined by statutory rules on a state-by-state basis and are fully covered by excess workers’ compensation insurance.

Employer’s Liability—For employer’s liability, the per-incident deductible is $250,000 and then we have several layers of excess loss insurance policies that cover losses up to $132.5 million in aggregate across this risk area (as well as general liability and auto liability noted below).

General Liability—For general liability, the per-incident deductible is $250,000. We are fully insured for the next $10.0 million of each loss, and then have several layers of excess loss insurance policies that cover losses up to $132.5 million in aggregate across this risk area (as well as employer’s liability noted above and auto liability noted below).

Auto Liability—For auto liability, the per-incident deductible is $250,000. We are fully insured for the next $10.0 million of each loss, and then have several layers of excess loss insurance policies that cover losses up to $132.5 million in aggregate across this risk area (as well as employer’s liability and general liability noted above).

Employee Medical—We have three medical plans. The deductible for employee group health claims is $350,000 per person, per policy (calendar) year for each plan. Insurance then covers any responsibility for medical claims in excess of the deductible amount.

Our $132.5 million of aggregate excess loss coverage above applicable per-incident deductibles represents one policy limit that applies to all lines of risk; we do not have a separate $132.5 million of excess loss coverage for each of general liability, employer’s liability and auto liability.

XML

Stockholders' Equity

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2020

Stockholders' Equity

Stockholders' Equity

14. Stockholders’ Equity

2012 Equity Incentive Plan

In May 2012, our stockholders approved our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2012 Plan”), which provides for the granting of incentive or non-qualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted or deferred stock, dividend equivalents or other incentive awards to directors, employees, or consultants. The number of shares authorized and reserved for issuance under the 2012 Plan is 5.1 million shares. As of December 31, 2020, there were 2.9 million shares available for issuance under this plan; however, following adoption of the 2017 Plan (described below), no additional shares will be issued under the 2012 Plan. The 2012 Plan will expire in May 2022.

2017 Omnibus Incentive Plan

In May 2017, our stockholders approved our 2017 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “2017 Plan”), which provides for the granting of incentive or non-qualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted or deferred stock, dividend equivalents or other incentive awards to directors, employees, or consultants. The number of shares authorized and reserved for issuance under the 2017 Plan is 2.9 million shares. As of December 31, 2020, there were 2.0 million shares available for issuance under this plan. The 2017 Plan will expire in May 2027. Additionally, we have outstanding stock options, stock awards and stock units that were issued under other plans, and no further grants may be made under those plans.

Share Repurchase Program

On March 29, 2007, our Board of Directors approved a stock repurchase program to acquire up to 1.0 million shares of our outstanding common stock. Subsequently, the Board has from time to time increased the number of shares that may be acquired under the program and approved extensions of the program. On December 8, 2020, the Board approved an extension to the program by increasing the shares authorized for repurchase by 0.7 million shares. Since the inception of the repurchase program, the Board has approved 10.3 million shares to be repurchased. As of December 31,

2020, we have repurchased a cumulative total of 9.3 million shares at an average price of $19.63 per share under the repurchase program.

The share repurchases will be made from time to time at our discretion in the open market or privately negotiated transactions as permitted by securities laws and other legal requirements, and subject to market conditions and other factors. The Board may modify, suspend, extend or terminate the program at any time. During the twelve months ended December 31, 2020, we repurchased 0.7 million shares for approximately $30.1 million at an average price of $43.99 per share.

Earnings Per Share

Basic earnings per share (“EPS”) is computed by dividing net income by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the year. Diluted EPS is computed considering the dilutive effect of stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units and performance stock units. The vesting of unvested contingently issuable performance stock units is based on the achievement of certain earnings per share targets and total shareholder return. These shares are considered contingently issuable shares for purposes of calculating diluted earnings per share. These shares are not included in the diluted earnings per share denominator until the performance criteria are met, if it is assumed that the end of the reporting period was the end of the contingency period.

Unvested restricted stock, restricted stock units and performance stock units are included in diluted earnings per share, weighted outstanding until the shares and units vest. Upon vesting, the vested restricted stock, restricted stock units and performance stock units are included in basic earnings per share weighted outstanding from the vesting date.

There were less than 0.1 million anti-dilutive stock options excluded from the calculation of diluted EPS for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

The following table reconciles the number of shares outstanding with the number of shares used in computing basic and diluted earnings per share for each of the periods presented (in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2020	2019	2018
Common shares outstanding, end of period	36,188	36,658	36,894
Effect of using weighted average common shares outstanding	354	196	308
Shares used in computing earnings per share—basic	36,542	36,854	37,202
Effect of shares issuable under stock option plans based on the treasury stock method	123	204	283
Effect of restricted and contingently issuable shares	73	73	107
Shares used in computing earnings per share—diluted	36,738	37,131	37,592

XML

Stock-Based Compensation

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2020

Stock-Based Compensation

Stock-Based Compensation

15. Stock-Based Compensation

Grants of stock options, restricted stock and restricted stock units, and performance share units have been, under the 2012 Plan and under the 2017 Plan, determined and administered by the compensation committee of the Board of Directors. In 2019, the Board of Directors approved a change to the structure of long-term incentive grants to remove stock options, commencing with the March 2019 equity grant. Total stock-based compensation expense was $6.9 million, $5.9 million and $7.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively. Stock-based compensation expense is recognized using the straight-line method over the vesting period and generally vests over a three-year vesting period. Certain awards provide for accelerated vesting when the sum of an employee's age and years of service is at least 75. We recognize forfeitures as they occur. Total income tax benefit recognized for stock-based compensation arrangements was $1.5 million, $1.3 million and $1.5 million for each of the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018.

We generally issue treasury shares for stock options and restricted stock, unless treasury shares are not available. Upon the vesting of restricted shares, we have allowed the holder to elect to surrender an amount of shares to meet their statutory tax withholding requirements. These shares are accounted for as treasury stock based upon the value of the stock on the date of vesting.

Stock Options

The following table summarizes activity under our stock option plans (shares in thousands):

	Year Ended
	December 31,
	2020
		Weighted-
		Average
Stock Options	Shares	Exercise Price
Outstanding at beginning of year	382	$	27.06
Granted	—	$	—
Exercised	(114)	$	18.85
Forfeited	—	$	—
Expired	—	$	—
Outstanding at end of year	268	$	30.53
Options exercisable at end of year	241

The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 was $3.2 million, $3.5 million and $6.7 million, respectively. Stock options exercisable as of December 31, 2020 have a weighted-average remaining contractual term of 5.2 years and an aggregate intrinsic value of $5.7 million. As of December 31, 2020, we have 0.3 million options that are vested or expected to vest; these options have a weighted average exercise price of $30.53 per share, have a weighted-average remaining contractual term of 5.4 years and an aggregate intrinsic value of $5.9 million.

The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding at December 31, 2020 (shares in thousands):

	Options Outstanding				Options Exercisable
		Weighted-
		Average
	Number	Remaining	Weighted-		Number	Weighted-
	Outstanding at	Contractual	Average		Exercisable at	Average
Range of Exercise Prices	12/31/2020	Life (in years)	Exercise Price		12/31/2020	Exercise Price
$11.21 - $15.00	14	2.2	$	13.76	14	$	13.76
$15.01 - $35.00	130	4.4	$	23.54	130	$	23.54
$35.01 - $42.50	124	6.8	$	39.78	97	$	39.02
$11.21 - $42.50	268	5.4	$	30.53	241	$	29.18

The fair value of each option award is estimated, based on several assumptions, on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option valuation model. We did not grant any options in 2019 or 2020. The fair values and the assumptions used for the 2018 grant are shown in the table below:

	2018
Weighted-average fair value per share of options granted	$	13.06
Fair value assumptions:
Expected dividend yield		0.79%
Expected stock price volatility		31.7%
Risk-free interest rate		2.66%
Expected term		5.3 years

Stock options are accounted for as equity instruments. As of December 31, 2020, the unrecognized compensation cost related to stock options was less than $0.1 million, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 0.3 years. The total fair value of options vested during the year ended December 31, 2020 was $0.7 million.

The following table summarizes information about nonvested stock option awards as of December 31, 2020 and changes for the year ended December 31, 2020 (shares in thousands):

		Weighted-Average
		Grant Date
Stock Options	Shares	Fair Value
Nonvested at December 31, 2019	81	$	12.53
Granted	—	$	—
Vested	(54)	$	12.26
Forfeited	—	$	—
Nonvested at December 31, 2020	27	$	13.06

Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units

The following table summarizes activity under our restricted stock plans (shares in thousands):

	Year Ended
	December 31,
	2020
		Weighted
		Average Grant
Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units	Shares	Date Fair Value
Unvested at beginning of year	91	$	47.58
Granted	118	$	39.03
Vested	(85)	$	39.13
Forfeited	(4)	$	45.21
Unvested at end of year	120	$	45.21

Approximately $1.1 million of compensation expense related to restricted stock and restricted stock units will be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.8 years. The total fair value of shares vested during the year ended December 31, 2020 was $3.3 million. The weighted-average fair value per share of restricted stock shares and units awarded during 2020, 2019 and 2018 was $39.03, $51.02 and $44.02, respectively. The aggregate intrinsic value of restricted stock vested during the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 was $2.9 million, $3.5 million and $3.3 million, respectively.

Performance Stock Units

Under the 2012 Plan, we granted dollar-denominated performance vesting restricted stock units (“PSUs”), which cliff vest at the end of a three-year performance period. The PSUs are subject to two performance measures; 50% of the PSUs are based on the annual performance of our stock price relative to a group of our peers (total shareholder return) and 50% of the PSUs are measured based on meeting or exceeding a pre-determined annual earnings per share target as set by our Board of Directors (EPS). Depending on the Company’s performance in relation to the established performance measures, the awards may vest at zero to a maximum of 2.0 times the dollar-denominated award granted at target. Upon achievement of the necessary performance metrics, the award will be determined in dollars and may be settled in cash or stock based on the market price of the Company’s common stock at the end of the performance period, at our discretion.

Compensation expense for dollar-denominated performance units will ultimately be equal to the final dollar value awarded to the grantee upon vesting, settled either in cash or stock. However, throughout the performance period we must record and accrue expense based on an estimate of that future payout. For units determined by EPS performance, the awards are evaluated quarterly against established targets in order to estimate the liability throughout the vesting period. For units determined by total shareholder return performance, a Monte Carlo simulation model was used to estimate accruals throughout the vesting period. The model simulates our total shareholder return and compares it against our peer group over the three-year performance period to produce a predicted distribution of relative share performance. This is applied to the reward criteria to give an expected value of the total shareholder return element. The calculated fair market value as of December 31, 2020 was $6.2 million. Of this amount, $2.2 million relates to the PSUs granted in 2018 whose performance period ended December 31, 2020. These awards will be settled within the upcoming

year either in cash or stock. The expense related to performance stock units for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 was $2.7 million, $1.9 million and $2.9 million, respectively. At the December 31, 2020 calculated fair market value, approximately $0.7 million of compensation expense related to performance stock units will be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.4 years.

XML

Segment Information

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2020

Segment Information

Segment Information

16. Segment Information

We have two reportable segments: (a) our mechanical segment, which includes HVAC, plumbing, piping, and controls, as well as off-site construction, monitoring and fire protection; and (b) our electrical segment, which includes installation and servicing of electrical systems. We consider these two lines of business to be separate segments because they require different skill sets, and the business models for providing services have some differences, as a mechanical system requires ongoing maintenance and monitoring and an electrical system generally does not. However, the business model for installation of new systems or retrofitting existing systems is very similar between the two segments.

Our activities are within the mechanical services industry and the electrical services industry, which represent our two reportable segments. We aggregate our operating segments into two reportable segments, as the operating segments meet all of the aggregation criteria. Substantially all of our revenue is generated, and all of our assets are located, in the United States, our country of domicile. The following table presents information about our reportable segments (in thousands):

	Mechanical Services		Electrical Services		Corporate		Consolidated
Total Assets at December 31, 2020	$	1,215,985	$	449,588	$	91,782	$	1,757,355
Total Assets at December 31, 2019	$	1,056,609	$	372,254	$	76,149	$	1,505,012
	Year Ended December 31, 2020
	Mechanical Services		Electrical Services		Corporate		Consolidated
Revenue	$	2,413,016	$	443,643	$	—	$	2,856,659
Gross Profit	$	509,740	$	37,243	$	—	$	546,983
Capital Expenditures	$	22,550	$	955	$	626	$	24,131
	Year Ended December 31, 2019
	Mechanical Services		Electrical Services		Corporate		Consolidated
Revenue	$	2,251,560	$	363,717	$	—	$	2,615,277
Gross Profit	$	465,144	$	36,799	$	—	$	501,943
Capital Expenditures	$	27,933	$	1,504	$	2,313	$	31,750
	Year Ended December 31, 2018
	Mechanical Services		Electrical Services		Corporate		Consolidated
Revenue	$	2,176,223	$	6,656	$	—	$	2,182,879
Gross Profit	$	444,960	$	1,319	$	—	$	446,279
Capital Expenditures	$	25,945	$	57	$	1,266	$	27,268

XML

Selected Quarterly Financial Data

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2020

Selected Quarterly Financial Data

Selected Quarterly Financial Data

17. Selected Quarterly Financial Data

Quarterly financial information for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 is summarized as follows (in thousands, except per share data):

	2020
	Q1		Q2		Q3		Q4
Revenue	$	700,131	$	743,468	$	714,099	$	698,961
Gross profit		117,093		145,695		147,196		136,999
Net income		17,716		39,495		50,088		42,840
INCOME PER SHARE:
Basic	$	0.48	$	1.08	$	1.37	$	1.18
Diluted	$	0.48	$	1.08	$	1.36	$	1.17

	2019
	Q1		Q2		Q3		Q4
Revenue	$	538,473	$	650,302	$	706,918	$	719,584
Gross profit (1)		106,665		120,016		142,702		132,560
Net income		19,866		24,173		36,233		34,052
INCOME PER SHARE:
Basic	$	0.54	$	0.65	$	0.98	$	0.93
Diluted	$	0.53	$	0.65	$	0.98	$	0.92

(1) In the fourth quarter of 2019, we recorded a $4.8 million gain due to insurance proceeds we received in the fourth quarter related to the ransomware incident that occurred in April 2019.

The sums of the individual quarterly earnings per share amounts do not necessarily agree with year-to-date earnings per share as each quarter’s computation is based on the weighted average number of shares outstanding during the quarter, the weighted average stock price during the quarter and the dilutive effects of options and contingently issuable restricted stock in each quarter.

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Policies)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2020

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Principles of Consolidation

Principles of Consolidation

These financial statements are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. The accompanying consolidated financial statements include our accounts and those of our subsidiaries in which we have a controlling interest. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated. Certain amounts in prior periods may have been reclassified to conform to the current period presentation. The effects of the reclassifications were not material to the consolidated financial statements.

Use of Estimates

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires the use of estimates and assumptions by management in determining the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, revenue and expenses and disclosures regarding contingent assets and liabilities. Actual results could differ from those estimates. The most significant estimates used in our financial statements affect revenue and cost recognition for construction contracts, self-insurance accruals, deferred tax assets, fair value accounting for acquisitions and the quantification of fair value for reporting units in connection with our goodwill impairment testing.

Cash Flow Information

Cash Flow Information

We consider all highly liquid investments purchased with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

Cash paid (in thousands) for:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2020		2019		2018
Interest	$	7,684	$	8,817	$	3,743
Income taxes, net of refunds	$	51,286	$	45,288	$	33,401

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-13, “Financial Instruments – Credit Losses (Topic 326).” The standard requires companies to consider historical experiences, current market conditions and reasonable and supportable forecasts in the measurement of expected credit losses. The standard requires us to accrue higher credit losses on financial assets compared to the legacy guidance on various items, such as contract assets and current receivables. ASU No. 2016-13 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019 and interim periods within those years. We adopted ASU No. 2016-13, “Financial Instruments – Credit Losses (Topic 326),” on January 1, 2020,

and the impact was not material to our overall financial statements. The adoption of ASU No. 2016-13 resulted in an increase in Allowance for Credit Losses of $0.7 million, an increase to Deferred Tax Assets of $0.2 million and an impact of $0.5 million to Retained Earnings.

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-13, “Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Disclosure Framework — Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement.” This standard removes certain disclosure requirements including the valuation processes for Level 3 fair value measurements, the policy for timing of transfers between levels and the amount of and reasons for transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy. The standard requires certain additional disclosures for public entities, including disclosure of the changes in unrealized gains and losses included in Other Comprehensive Income for Level 3 fair value measurements and the range and weighted average of significant unobservable inputs used to develop Level 3 fair value measurements. ASU No. 2018-13 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019 and interim periods within those years. Certain amendments, including the amendment on changes in unrealized gains and losses and the range and weighted average of significant unobservable inputs, should be applied prospectively while other amendments should be applied retrospectively to all periods presented upon their effective date. We have modified our fair value disclosures to conform with the requirements of ASU No. 2018-13, “Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Disclosure Framework — Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement,” which we adopted on January 1, 2020.

In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU No. 2019-12, “Income Taxes (Topic 740): Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes.” This standard simplifies the accounting for income taxes by eliminating certain exceptions to the guidance in Topic 740 related to the approach for intraperiod tax allocation, the methodology for calculating income taxes in an interim period and the recognition of deferred tax liabilities for outside basis differences. The standard also simplifies aspects of the accounting for franchise taxes and enacted changes in tax laws or rates and clarifies the accounting for transactions that result in a step-up in the tax basis of goodwill. ASU No. 2019-12 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020 and interim periods within that year. Early adoption is permitted. We do not expect our adoption of this standard on January 1, 2021 to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

Revenue Recognition

Revenue Recognition

We recognize revenue over time for all of our services as we perform them because (i) control continuously transfers to that customer as work progresses, and (ii) we have the right to bill the customer as costs are incurred. The customer typically controls the work in process as evidenced either by contractual termination clauses or by our rights to payment for work performed to date plus a reasonable profit to deliver products or services that do not have an alternative use to the Company.

For the reasons listed above, revenue is recognized based on the extent of progress towards completion of the performance obligation. The selection of the method to measure progress towards completion requires judgment and is based on the nature of the products or services to be provided. We generally use the cost to cost measure of progress for our contracts, as it best depicts the transfer of assets to the customer that occurs as we incur costs on our contracts. Under the cost to cost measure of progress, the extent of progress towards completion is measured based on the ratio of costs incurred to date to the total estimated costs at completion of the performance obligation. Revenue, including estimated fees or profits, is recorded proportionally as costs are incurred. Costs to fulfill include labor, materials and subcontractors’ costs, other direct costs and an allocation of indirect costs.

For a small portion of our business in which our services are delivered in the form of service maintenance agreements for existing systems to be repaired and maintained, as opposed to constructed, our performance obligation is to maintain the customer’s mechanical system for a specific period of time. Similar to jobs, we recognize revenue over time; however, for service maintenance agreements in which the full cost to provide services may not be known, we generally use an input method to recognize revenue, which is based on the amount of time we have provided our services out of the total time we have been contracted to perform those services. Our revenue recognition policy is further discussed in Note 3 “Revenue from Contracts with Customers.”

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Credit Losses

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Credit Losses

We are required to estimate and record the expected credit losses over the contractual life of our financial assets measured at amortized cost, including billed and unbilled accounts receivable, other receivables and costs and estimated

earnings in excess of billings. Accounts receivable include amounts from work completed in which we have billed or have an unconditional right to bill our customers. Our trade receivables are contractually due in less than a year.

We estimate our credit losses using a loss-rate method for each of our identified portfolio segments. Our portfolio segments are construction, service and other. While our construction and service financial assets are often with the same subset of customers and industries, our construction financial assets will generally have a lower loss-rate than service financial assets due to lien rights, which we are more likely to have on construction jobs. These lien rights result in lower credit loss expenses on average compared to receivables that do not have lien rights. Financial assets classified as “other” include receivables that are not related to our core revenue producing activities, such as receivables related to our acquisition activity from former owners, our vendor rebate program or receivables for estimated losses in excess of our insurance deductible, which are accrued with a corresponding accrued insurance liability.

Loss rates for our portfolios are based on numerous factors, including our history of credit loss expense by portfolio, the financial strength of our customers and counterparties in each portfolio, the aging of our receivables, our expectation of likelihood of payment, macroeconomic trends in the U.S. and the current and forecasted non-residential construction market trends in the U.S.

In addition to the loss-rate calculations discussed above, we also record allowance for credit losses for specific receivables that are deemed to have a higher risk profile than the rest of the respective pool of receivables, such as concerns about a specific customer going bankrupt and no longer being able to pay the receivables due to us.

Starting in March 2020, we experienced negative impacts to our business due to the disruption caused by Coronavirus Disease 2019 (“COVID-19”). In March 2020, the World Health Organization categorized COVID-19 as a pandemic, and the President of the United States declared the COVID-19 outbreak a national emergency. The Company considered the impact of COVID-19 on the assumptions and estimates used to determine the results reported and asset valuations as of December 31, 2020.

During the year ended December 31, 2020, we increased our loss rates and increased our specific reserves primarily due to the economic disruption caused by COVID-19, which is reflected in our bad debt expense in the current year. This increase was primarily, but not exclusively, due to concern over collectability of receivables from customers more directly impacted by COVID-19.

Activity in our allowance for credit losses consisted of the following (in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2020
	Service		Construction		Other		Total
Balance at beginning of year	$	3,192	$	3,400	$	315	$	6,907
Impact of new accounting standard		310		331		54		695
Bad debt expense (benefit)		2,566		2,697		(10)		5,253
Deductions for uncollectible receivables written off, net of recoveries		(1,431)		(735)		—		(2,166)
Credit allowance of acquired companies on the acquisition date		—		335		—		335
Reclass to other current liabilities		—		—		(315)		(315)
Balance at December 31, 2020	$	4,637	$	6,028	$	44	$	10,709

	Year Ended December 31,
	2019
Balance at beginning of year	$	5,898
Bad debt expense (benefit)		2,978
Deductions for uncollectible receivables written off, net of recoveries		(3,924)
Credit allowance of acquired companies on the acquisition date		1,955
Balance at December 31, 2019	$	6,907

Inventories

Inventories

Inventories consist of parts and supplies that we purchase and hold for use in the ordinary course of business and are stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value using the average-cost method.

Property and Equipment

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost, and depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Leasehold improvements are capitalized and amortized over the lesser of the expected life of the lease or the estimated useful life of the asset.

Expenditures for repairs and maintenance are charged to expense when incurred. Expenditures for major renewals and betterments, which extend the useful lives of existing equipment, are capitalized and depreciated over the remaining useful life of the equipment. Upon retirement or disposition of property and equipment, the cost and related accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and any resulting gain or loss is recognized in “Gain on sale of assets” in the Statement of Operations.

Recoverability of Goodwill and Identifiable Intangible Assets

Recoverability of Goodwill and Identifiable Intangible Assets

Goodwill is the excess of purchase price over the fair value of the net assets of acquired businesses. We assess goodwill for impairment each year, and more frequently if circumstances suggest an impairment may have occurred.

When the carrying value of a given reporting unit exceeds its fair value, a goodwill impairment loss is recorded for this difference, not to exceed the carrying amount of goodwill. The requirements for assessing whether goodwill has been impaired involve market-based information. This information, and its use in assessing goodwill, entails some degree of subjective assessment.

We perform our annual impairment testing as of October 1, and any impairment charges resulting from this process are reported in the fourth quarter. We segregate our operations into reporting units based on the degree of operating and financial independence of each unit and our related management of them. We perform our annual goodwill impairment testing at the reporting unit level. We perform a goodwill impairment review for each of our operating units, as we have determined that each of our operating units are reporting units.

In the evaluation of goodwill for impairment, we have the option to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether the existence of events or circumstances lead to a determination that it is more likely than not that the fair value of one of our reporting units is greater than its carrying value. If, after completing such assessment, we determine it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is greater than its carrying amount, then there is no need to perform any further testing. If we conclude otherwise, or if we elect to perform a quantitative assessment, then we calculate the fair value of the reporting unit and compare the fair value with the carrying value of the reporting unit.

We estimate the fair value of the reporting unit based on a market approach and an income approach, which utilizes discounted future cash flows. Assumptions critical to the fair value estimates under the discounted cash flow model include discount rates, cash flow projections, projected long-term growth rates and the determination of terminal values. The market approach utilizes market multiples of invested capital from comparable publicly traded companies (“public company approach”). The market multiples from invested capital include revenue, book equity plus debt and earnings before interest, provision for income taxes, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”).

We amortize identifiable intangible assets with finite lives over their useful lives. Changes in strategy and/or market condition may result in adjustments to recorded intangible asset balances or their useful lives.

Long-Lived Assets

Long-Lived Assets

Long-lived assets are comprised principally of goodwill, identifiable intangible assets, property and equipment, and deferred tax assets. We periodically evaluate whether events and circumstances have occurred that indicate that the remaining balances of these assets may not be recoverable. We use estimates of future income from operations and cash flows, as well as other economic and business factors, to assess the recoverability of these assets.

Acquisitions

Acquisitions

We recognize assets acquired and liabilities assumed in business combinations, including contingent assets and liabilities, based on fair value estimates as of the date of acquisition.

Contingent Consideration—In certain acquisitions, we agree to pay additional amounts to sellers contingent upon achievement by the acquired businesses of certain predetermined profitability targets. We have recognized liabilities for these contingent obligations based on their estimated fair value at the date of acquisition with any differences between the acquisition date fair value and the ultimate settlement of the obligations being recognized in income from operations.

Contingent Assets and Liabilities—Assets and liabilities arising from contingencies are recognized at their acquisition date fair value when their respective fair values are determinable. Acquisition date fair value estimates are revised as necessary if, and when, additional information regarding these contingencies becomes available to further define and quantify assets acquired and liabilities assumed.

Self-Insurance Liabilities

Self-Insurance Liabilities

We are substantially self-insured for workers’ compensation, employer’s liability, auto liability, general liability and employee group health claims, in view of the relatively high per-incident deductibles we absorb under our insurance arrangements for these risks. Losses are estimated and accrued based upon known facts, historical trends and industry averages. Estimated losses in excess of our deductible, which have not already been paid, are included in our accrual with a corresponding receivable from our insurance carrier. Loss estimates associated with the larger and longer-developing risks—workers’ compensation, auto liability and general liability—are reviewed by a third-party actuary quarterly. Our self-insurance arrangements are further discussed in Note 13 “Commitments and Contingencies.”

Warranty Costs

Warranty Costs

We typically warrant labor for the first year after installation on new MEP systems that we build and install, and we pass through to the customer manufacturers’ warranties on equipment. We generally warrant labor for thirty days after servicing existing MEP systems. A reserve for warranty costs is estimated and recorded based upon the historical level of warranty claims and management’s estimate of future costs.

Income Taxes

Income Taxes

We conduct business throughout the United States in virtually all fifty states. Our effective tax rate changes based upon our relative profitability, or lack thereof, in states with varying tax rates and rules. In addition, discrete items such as tax law changes, judgments and legal structures can impact our effective tax rate. These items can also include the tax treatment for impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets, changes in fair value of acquisition-related assets and liabilities, tax reserves for uncertain tax positions and accounting for losses associated with underperforming operations.

Income taxes are provided for under the liability method, which takes into account differences between financial statement treatment and tax treatment of certain transactions. Deferred taxes are based on the difference between the financial reporting and tax basis of assets and liabilities. The deferred tax provision represents the change during the reporting period in the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities, net of the effect of acquisitions and dispositions. Deferred tax assets include tax loss and credit carryforwards and are reduced by a valuation allowance if, based on available evidence, it is more-likely-than-not some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.

We regularly evaluate valuation allowances established for deferred tax assets for which future realization is uncertain. In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, we must consider whether it is more-likely-than-not some portion, or all, of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. We consider all available evidence, both positive and negative, in determining whether a valuation allowance is required. Such evidence includes the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, taxable income in prior carryback years and tax planning strategies in making this assessment, and judgment is required in considering the relative weight of negative and positive evidence.

Significant judgment is required in assessing the timing and amounts of deductible and taxable items. We establish reserves when, despite our belief that our tax return positions are supportable, we believe that certain positions may be disallowed. When facts and circumstances change, we adjust these reserves through our provision for income taxes.

To the extent interest and penalties may be assessed by taxing authorities on any underpayment of income tax, such amounts have been accrued and are classified as a component in provision for income taxes in our Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Concentrations of Credit Risk

Concentrations of Credit Risk

We provide services in a broad range of geographic regions. Our credit risk primarily consists of receivables from a variety of customers including general contractors, property owners and developers, and commercial and industrial companies. We are subject to potential credit risk related to changes in business and economic factors throughout the United States within the nonresidential construction industry. However, we are entitled to payment for work performed and have certain lien rights related to that work. Further, we believe that our contract acceptance, billing and collection policies are adequate to manage potential credit risk. We regularly review our accounts receivable and estimate an allowance for uncollectible amounts. We have a diverse customer base, with our top customer representing 5% of consolidated 2020 revenue.

Financial Instruments

Financial Instruments

Our financial instruments consist of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, other receivables, accounts payable, interest rate swaps, life insurance policies, notes to former owners, a revolving credit facility and a term loan. We believe that the carrying values of these instruments on the accompanying Balance Sheets approximate their fair values.

Insurance Recovery

Insurance Recovery

We recorded a $4.8 million gain in the fourth quarter of 2019 due to insurance proceeds we received in the fourth quarter related to the ransomware incident that occurred in April 2019. Approximately $1.6 million of the gain was recorded as a reduction in SG&A, and the remainder was recorded as a reduction in Cost of Services expense.  These proceeds related to recoverable costs that were primarily incurred prior to the fourth quarter in 2019. We do not expect any additional insurance proceeds or other recoveries related to the ransomware incident.

Leases

We lease certain facilities, vehicles and equipment under noncancelable operating leases. The most significant portion of these noncancelable operating leases are for the facilities occupied by our corporate office and our operating locations. Leases with an initial term of 12 months or less are not recorded on the Balance Sheet. We account for lease components separately from the non-lease components. We have certain leases with variable payments based on an index as well as some short-term leases on equipment and facilities. Variable lease expense and short-term lease expense were not material to our financial statements and aggregated to $7.7 million in 2020 and $8.4 million in 2019. Lease right-of-use assets and liabilities are recognized at commencement date based on the present value of lease payments over the lease term. As most of our leases do not provide an implicit rate, we generally use our incremental borrowing rate based on the information available at commencement date in determining the present value of lease payments. The weighted average discount rate as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 was 4.2% and 3.9%, respectively. We recognize lease expense, including escalating lease payments and lease incentives, on a straight-line basis over the lease term. Lease expense for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 was $28.2 million, $24.8 million and $23.4 million, respectively.

The lease terms generally range from three to ten years. Some leases include one or more options to renew, which may be exercised to extend the lease term. We include the exercise of lease renewal options in the lease term when it is reasonably certain that we will exercise the option and such exercise is at our sole discretion. The weighted average remaining lease term was 7.5 years at December 31, 2020 and 8.1 years at December 31, 2019.

A majority of the Company’s real property leases are with individuals or entities with whom we have no other business relationship. However, in certain instances the Company enters into real property leases with current or former employees. Rent paid to related parties for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 was approximately $4.2 million, $3.7 million and $4.8 million, respectively.

If we decide to cancel or terminate a lease before the end of its term, we would typically owe the lessor the remaining lease payments under the term of the lease. Our lease agreements do not contain any material residual value guarantees or material restrictive covenants. On rare occasions, we rent or sublease certain real estate assets that we no longer use to third parties.

The following table summarizes the lease assets and liabilities included in the consolidated Balance Sheet as follows (in thousands):

	December 31, 2020		December 31, 2019
Lease right-of-use assets	$	94,727	$	84,073
Lease liabilities:
Other current liabilities	$	16,586	$	14,016
Long-term lease liabilities		80,576		72,697
Total lease liabilities	$	97,162	$	86,713

The maturities of lease liabilities as of December 31, 2020 are as follows (in thousands):

Year ending December 31—
2021	$	20,254
2022		17,004
2023		14,727
2024		13,221
2025		12,108
Thereafter		36,645
Total Lease Payments		113,959
Less—Present Value Discount		(16,797)
Present Value of Lease Liabilities	$	97,162

Supplemental information related to leases was as follows (in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2020		2019
Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities	$	20,443	$	16,895
Lease right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for lease liabilities	$	27,346	$	26,811

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2020

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Schedule of cash paid

Cash paid (in thousands) for:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2020		2019		2018
Interest	$	7,684	$	8,817	$	3,743
Income taxes, net of refunds	$	51,286	$	45,288	$	33,401

Schedule of activity in allowance for credit losses

Activity in our allowance for credit losses consisted of the following (in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2020
	Service		Construction		Other		Total
Balance at beginning of year	$	3,192	$	3,400	$	315	$	6,907
Impact of new accounting standard		310		331		54		695
Bad debt expense (benefit)		2,566		2,697		(10)		5,253
Deductions for uncollectible receivables written off, net of recoveries		(1,431)		(735)		—		(2,166)
Credit allowance of acquired companies on the acquisition date		—		335		—		335
Reclass to other current liabilities		—		—		(315)		(315)
Balance at December 31, 2020	$	4,637	$	6,028	$	44	$	10,709

	Year Ended December 31,
	2019
Balance at beginning of year	$	5,898
Bad debt expense (benefit)		2,978
Deductions for uncollectible receivables written off, net of recoveries		(3,924)
Credit allowance of acquired companies on the acquisition date		1,955
Balance at December 31, 2019	$	6,907

XML

Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2020

Revenue from Contract with Customers

Schedule of contracts in progress

Contracts in progress are as follows (in thousands):

	December 31,
	2020		2019
Costs incurred on contracts in progress	$	3,103,580	$	2,518,581
Estimated earnings, net of losses		548,435		405,891
Less—Billings to date		(3,813,171)		(3,033,112)
Less—Unbilled accounts receivable		(45,596)		(55,542)
Less—Unbilled accounts receivable credit allowance		(784)		—
	$	(207,536)	$	(164,182)
Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings	$	18,622	$	2,736
Plus—Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings credit allowance		79		—
Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings		(226,237)		(166,918)
	$	(207,536)	$	(164,182)

Schedule of disaggregation of revenue

Our consolidated 2020 revenue was derived from contracts to provide service activities in the mechanical and electrical services segments we serve. Refer to Note 16 “Segment Information” for additional information on our reportable segments. We disaggregate our revenue from contracts with customers by activity, customer type and service provided, as we believe it best depicts how the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of our revenue and cash flows are affected by economic factors. See details in the following tables (dollars in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31,
Revenue by Service Provided	2020				2019				2018
Mechanical Services	$	2,413,016	84.5	%	$	2,251,560	86.1	%	$	2,176,223	99.7	%
Electrical Services		443,643	15.5	%		363,717	13.9	%		6,656	0.3	%
Total	$	2,856,659	100.0	%	$	2,615,277	100.0	%	$	2,182,879	100.0	%
	Year Ended December 31,
Revenue by Type of Customer	2020				2019				2018
Industrial	$	1,112,075	38.9	%	$	886,668	33.9	%	$	596,557	27.3	%
Education		487,922	17.1	%		412,318	15.8	%		391,937	18.0	%
Office Buildings		319,426	11.2	%		348,640	13.3	%		288,090	13.2	%
Healthcare		371,105	13.0	%		358,155	13.7	%		319,958	14.7	%
Government		163,717	5.7	%		162,507	6.2	%		143,958	6.6	%
Retail, Restaurants and Entertainment		239,541	8.4	%		248,083	9.5	%		225,348	10.3	%
Multi-Family and Residential		86,799	3.0	%		104,693	4.0	%		136,075	6.2	%
Other		76,074	2.7	%		94,213	3.6	%		80,956	3.7	%
Total	$	2,856,659	100.0	%	$	2,615,277	100.0	%	$	2,182,879	100.0	%
	Year Ended December 31,
Revenue by Activity Type	2020				2019				2018
New Construction	$	1,333,739	46.7	%	$	1,201,122	45.9	%	$	829,978	38.0	%
Existing Building Construction		910,807	31.9	%		793,159	30.3	%		796,946	36.5	%
Service Projects		241,402	8.4	%		231,228	8.9	%		206,506	9.5	%
Service Calls, Maintenance and Monitoring		370,711	13.0	%		389,768	14.9	%		349,449	16.0	%
Total	$	2,856,659	100.0	%	$	2,615,277	100.0	%	$	2,182,879	100.0	%

Schedule of contract assets and liabilities

	Year Ended December 31,					Year Ended December 31,
	2020				2019
	Contract		Contract		Contract		Contract
	Assets		Liabilities		Assets		Liabilities
Balance at beginning of period	$	2,736	$	166,918	$	10,213	$	130,986
Change due to acquisitions / disposals		9,509		39,885		6,573		31,556
Change related to credit allowance		(79)		—		—		—
Other changes in the period		6,456		19,434		(14,050)		4,376
Balance at end of period	$	18,622	$	226,237	$	2,736	$	166,918

XML

Fair Value Measurements (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2020

Fair Value Measurements

Summary of fair values and levels within the fair value hierarchy in which the fair value measurements fall for assets and liabilities measured on a recurring basis

The following table summarizes the fair values, and levels within the fair value hierarchy in which the fair value measurements fall, for assets and liabilities measured on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 (in thousands):

	Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2020
	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total
Cash and cash equivalents	$	54,896	$	—	$	—	$	54,896
Life insurance—cash surrender value	$	—	$	5,420	$	—	$	5,420
Contingent earn-out obligations	$	—	$	—	$	25,979	$	25,979
Interest rate swap liability	$	—	$	42	$	—	$	42
	Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2019
	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total
Cash and cash equivalents	$	50,788	$	—	$	—	$	50,788
Life insurance—cash surrender value	$	—	$	3,905	$	—	$	3,905
Contingent earn-out obligations	$	—	$	—	$	28,497	$	28,497

Schedule of reconciliation of the fair value of contingent earn-out obligations that use significant unobservable inputs (Level 3)

The table below presents a reconciliation of the fair value of our contingent earn-out obligations that use significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) (in thousands):

	December 31,
	2020		2019
Balance at beginning of year	$	28,497	$	7,375
Issuances		16,715		19,500
Settlements		(10,114)		(1,369)
Adjustments to fair value		(9,119)		2,991
Balance at end of year	$	25,979	$	28,497

XML

Acquisitions (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2020

TAS Energy

Business Acquisition [Line Items]

Schedule of acquisition date fair value of consideration transferred and the acquisition date fair value of the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed, including an amount for goodwill

The following summarizes the acquisition date fair value of consideration transferred and the acquisition date fair value of the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed, including an amount for goodwill (in thousands):

Consideration transferred:
Cash paid at closing	$	105,950
Working capital adjustment		40,455
Notes issued to former owners		14,000
Estimated fair value of contingent earn-out payments		9,100
	$	169,505
Recognized amounts of identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	47,460
Billed and unbilled accounts receivable		18,702
Other current assets		15,634
Other long-term assets		1,556
Property and equipment		7,709
Goodwill		72,788
Identifiable intangible assets		53,400
Lease right-of-use asset		19,736
Accounts payable		(16,453)
Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings		(24,196)
Current lease liabilities		(2,337)
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities		(4,109)
Long-term lease liabilities		(17,398)
Other long-term liabilities		(2,987)
	$	169,505

Schedule of acquired intangible assets

The acquired intangible assets include the following (dollars in thousands):

	Valuation Method	Estimated Useful Life		Estimated Fair Value
Backlog	Excess earnings	1 year	$	5,200
Trade Name	Relief-from-royalty	25 years		8,200
Customer Relationships	Excess earnings	10 years		40,000
Total			$	53,400

T E C Industrial Construction and Maintenance

Business Acquisition [Line Items]

Schedule of acquisition date fair value of consideration transferred and the acquisition date fair value of the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed, including an amount for goodwill

The following summarizes the acquisition date fair value of consideration transferred and the acquisition date fair value of the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed, including an amount for goodwill (in thousands):

Consideration transferred:
Cash paid at closing	$	73,000
Working capital adjustment		2,006
Notes issued to former owners		7,000
Estimated fair value of contingent earn-out payments		7,560
	$	89,566
Recognized amounts of identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	4
Billed and unbilled accounts receivable		13,660
Costs in excess of billings		2,040
Other current assets		108
Other long-term assets		53
Property and equipment		912
Goodwill		44,431
Identifiable intangible assets		37,200
Lease right-of-use asset		1,234
Accounts payable		(4,123)
Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings		(2,838)
Current lease liabilities		(175)
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities		(1,881)
Long-term lease liabilities		(1,059)
	$	89,566

Schedule of acquired intangible assets

The acquired intangible assets include the following (dollars in thousands):

	Valuation	Estimated	Estimated
	Method	Useful Life	Fair Value
Backlog	Excess earnings	2 years	$	7,200
Trade Name	Relief-from-royalty	20 years		5,800
Customer Relationships	Excess earnings	9 years		24,200
Total			$	37,200

XML

Goodwill and Identifiable Intangible Assets, Net (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2020

Goodwill and Identifiable Intangible Assets, Net

Schedule of changes in the carrying amount of goodwill

The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill are as follows (in thousands):

	Mechanical Services		Electrical Services
	Segment		Segment		Total
Balance at December 31, 2018	$	235,182	$	—	$	235,182
Acquisitions and purchase price adjustments (See Note 5)		579		96,686		97,265
Impact of segment reorganization		(1,101)		1,101		—
Balance at December 31, 2019		234,660		97,787		332,447
Acquisitions and purchase price adjustments (See Note 5)		72,788		59,157		131,945
Balance at December 31, 2020	$	307,448	$	156,944	$	464,392

Schedule of components of identifiable intangible assets

Identifiable intangible assets consist of the following (dollars in thousands):

	Weighted-Average	December 31, 2020				December 31, 2019
	Remaining Useful Lives	Gross Book		Accumulated		Gross Book		Accumulated
	in Years	Value		Amortization		Value		Amortization
Customer Relationships	8.0	$	255,692	$	(103,919)	$	183,061	$	(80,813)
Backlog	2.0		19,800		(12,600)		7,400		(6,388)
Trade Names	20.5		91,495		(18,661)		71,995		(15,281)
Total	11.7	$	366,987	$	(135,180)	$	262,456	$	(102,482)

Schedule of future amortization expense of identifiable intangible assets

As of December 31, 2020, future amortization expense of identifiable intangible assets was as follows (in thousands):

Year ended December 31—
2021	$	32,344
2022		27,412
2023		23,514
2024		22,164
2025		19,977
Thereafter		106,396
Total	$	231,807

XML

Property and Equipment (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2020

Property and Equipment

Schedule of components of property and equipment

Property and equipment consist of the following (dollars in thousands):

	Estimated
	Useful Lives	December 31,
	in Years	2020		2019
Land	—	$	7,167	$	6,206
Transportation equipment	1 - 7		113,802		106,972
Machinery and equipment	1 - 20		43,386		35,575
Computer and telephone equipment	1 - 10		23,215		20,744
Buildings and leasehold improvements	1 - 40		69,683		62,301
Furniture and fixtures	1 - 17		5,861		5,244
Construction in progress	—		1,294		2,123
			264,408		239,165
Less—Accumulated depreciation			(147,202)		(129,369)
Property and equipment, net		$	117,206	$	109,796

XML

Detail of Other Current Liabilities (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2020

Detail of Other Current Liabilities

Schedule of other current liabilities

Other current liabilities consist of the following (in thousands):

	December 31,
	2020		2019
Accrued warranty costs	$	8,914	$	7,452
Current lease liability		16,586		14,016
Accrued job losses		2,151		2,226
Accrued sales and use tax		3,731		2,938
Deferred revenue		4,559		5,506
Liabilities due to former owners		10,280		11,219
Other current liabilities		45,271		38,273
	$	91,492	$	81,630

XML

Debt Obligations (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2020

Debt Obligations

Schedule of components of debt obligations

Debt obligations consist of the following (in thousands):

	December 31,
	2020		2019
Revolving credit facility	$	70,000	$	28,000
Term loan		135,000		150,000
Notes to former owners		31,000		48,483
Total principal amount		236,000		226,483
Less—unamortized debt issuance costs		(267)		(348)
Total debt, net of unamortized debt issuance costs		235,733		226,135
Less—current portion		—		(20,817)
Total long-term portion of debt, net	$	235,733	$	205,318

Schedule of future principal payments of long-term debt

At December 31, 2020, future principal payments of debt are as follows (in thousands):

Year ended December 31—
2021	$	—
2022		23,000
2023		34,000
2024		26,500
2025		152,500
Thereafter		—
	$	236,000

Schedule of interest expense

Interest expense included the following primary elements (in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2020		2019		2018
Interest expense on notes to former owners	$	1,354	$	1,531	$	642
Interest expense on borrowings and unused commitment fees		5,319		6,887		2,211
Interest expense on interest rate swaps		338		—		—
Letter of credit fees		830		512		474
Amortization of debt financing costs		544		387		383
Total	$	8,385	$	9,317	$	3,710

Schedule of reconciliation of Credit Facility Adjusted EBITDA to net income

Net income	$	150,139
Provision for income taxes		41,401
Interest expense, net		8,282
Depreciation and amortization expense		60,629
Stock-based compensation		6,934
Pre-acquisition results of acquired companies, as defined under the Facility		18,511
Credit Facility Adjusted EBITDA	$	285,896

Schedule of market rates relating to interest options under the Facility

Base Rate Loan Option:
Federal Funds Rate plus 0.50%	0.59%
Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. Prime Rate	3.25%
One-month LIBOR plus 1.00%	1.14%
Eurodollar Rate Loan Option:
One-month LIBOR	0.14%
Six-month LIBOR	0.26%

Summary of additional margins

	Consolidated Total Indebtedness to
	Credit Facility Adjusted EBITDA
	Less than 1.00		1.00 to 1.75		1.75 to 2.50		2.50 or greater
Additional Per Annum Interest Margin Added Under:
Base Rate Loan Option	0.25	%	0.50	%	0.75	%	1.00	%
Eurodollar Rate Loan Option	1.25	%	1.50	%	1.75	%	2.00	%
Letter of credit fees	1.25	%	1.50	%	1.75	%	2.00	%
Commitment fees on any portion of the Revolving Loan capacity not in use for borrowings or letters of credit at any given time	0.20	%	0.25	%	0.30	%	0.35	%

XML

Leases (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2020

Leases

Schedule of lease assets and liabilities

The following table summarizes the lease assets and liabilities included in the consolidated Balance Sheet as follows (in thousands):

	December 31, 2020		December 31, 2019
Lease right-of-use assets	$	94,727	$	84,073
Lease liabilities:
Other current liabilities	$	16,586	$	14,016
Long-term lease liabilities		80,576		72,697
Total lease liabilities	$	97,162	$	86,713

Schedule of maturities of lease liabilities

The maturities of lease liabilities as of December 31, 2020 are as follows (in thousands):

Year ending December 31—
2021	$	20,254
2022		17,004
2023		14,727
2024		13,221
2025		12,108
Thereafter		36,645
Total Lease Payments		113,959
Less—Present Value Discount		(16,797)
Present Value of Lease Liabilities	$	97,162

Schedule of supplemental information related to leases

Supplemental information related to leases was as follows (in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2020		2019
Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities	$	20,443	$	16,895
Lease right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for lease liabilities	$	27,346	$	26,811

XML

Income Taxes (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2020

Income Taxes

Schedule of provision for income taxes relating to continuing operations

Our provision for income taxes relating to continuing operations consists of the following (in thousands):

	December 31,
	2020		2019		2018
Current tax provision—
Federal	$	36,556	$	33,281	$	22,728
State and Puerto Rico		12,798		8,388		8,589
Total current		49,354		41,669		31,317
Deferred tax provision (benefit)—
Federal		(5,483)		(3,750)		4,347
State and Puerto Rico		(2,470)		(501)		109
Total deferred		(7,953)		(4,251)		4,456
Provision for income taxes	$	41,401	$	37,418	$	35,773

Schedule of difference in income taxes provided for and the amounts determined by applying the federal statutory tax rate to income before income taxes results

The provision for income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 resulted in effective tax rates on continuing operations of 21.6%, 24.7% and 24.1%, respectively. The reasons for the differences between these effective tax rates and the federal statutory rates are as follows (in thousands):

	December 31,
	2020			2019			2018
Federal statutory rate of—		21	%		21	%		21	%
Income taxes at the federal statutory rate	$	40,223		$	31,866		$	31,222
Increases (decreases) resulting from—
Net state income taxes		8,406			6,644			7,470
Valuation allowances		(254)			(279)			(2,852)
Net unrecognized tax benefits		18,557			7,338			(15)
Nondeductible expenses		2,470			2,180			1,926
R&D tax credit		(26,133)			(4,569)			(2,726)
179D deduction		(1,062)			(5,126)			—
Net operating loss carryforwards		—			—			2,225
Stock-based compensation deductions		(426)			(714)			(1,293)
Other		(380)			78			(184)
Provision for income taxes	$	41,401		$	37,418		$	35,773

Schedule of significant components of the net deferred tax assets and net deferred tax liabilities as reflected on the balance sheet

Significant components of the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities as reflected on the balance sheets are as follows (in thousands):

	Year Ended
	December 31,
	2020		2019
Deferred tax assets—
Accounts receivable and allowance for credit losses	$	2,186	$	1,660
Stock-based compensation		2,791		2,561
Accrued liabilities and expenses		39,761		25,569
Lease liabilities		22,768		20,873
Net operating loss carryforwards		12,127		2,750
Intangible assets		—		7,988
Other		627		525
Subtotal		80,260		61,926
Valuation allowances		(514)		(369)
Total deferred tax assets		79,746		61,557
Deferred tax liabilities—
Property and equipment		(13,877)		(11,286)
Lease right-of-use asset		(22,715)		(20,873)
Long-term contracts		(609)		(876)
Intangible assets		(242)		—
Goodwill		(11,615)		(6,020)
Other		(2,626)		(2,004)
Total deferred tax liabilities		(51,684)		(41,059)
Net deferred tax assets	$	28,062	$	20,498

Schedule of deferred income tax assets and liabilities included in the consolidated balance sheets

The deferred tax assets and liabilities reflected above are included in the consolidated balance sheets as follows (in thousands):

	December 31,
	2020		2019
Deferred tax assets	$	29,401	$	21,923
Deferred tax liabilities	$	1,339	$	1,425

Schedule of reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits, excluding accrued interest and penalties

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits, excluding accrued interest and penalties, is as follows (in thousands):

	Year Ended
	December 31,
	2020		2019		2018
Balance at beginning of year	$	10,199	$	2,966	$	8,929
Additions based on tax positions related to current year		—		—		—
Additions based on tax positions related to prior years		26,858		7,473		2,726
Reductions for tax positions related to prior years		—		(240)		(8,689)
Reductions for settlements with tax authorities		(8,301)		—		—
Balance at end of year	$	28,756	$	10,199	$	2,966

XML

Stockholders' Equity (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2020

Stockholders' Equity

Reconciliation of number of shares outstanding with the number of shares used in computing basic and diluted earnings per share

The following table reconciles the number of shares outstanding with the number of shares used in computing basic and diluted earnings per share for each of the periods presented (in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2020	2019	2018
Common shares outstanding, end of period	36,188	36,658	36,894
Effect of using weighted average common shares outstanding	354	196	308
Shares used in computing earnings per share—basic	36,542	36,854	37,202
Effect of shares issuable under stock option plans based on the treasury stock method	123	204	283
Effect of restricted and contingently issuable shares	73	73	107
Shares used in computing earnings per share—diluted	36,738	37,131	37,592

XML

Stock-Based Compensation (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2020

Stock-Based Compensation

Summary of activity under the entity's stock option plans

The following table summarizes activity under our stock option plans (shares in thousands):

	Year Ended
	December 31,
	2020
		Weighted-
		Average
Stock Options	Shares	Exercise Price
Outstanding at beginning of year	382	$	27.06
Granted	—	$	—
Exercised	(114)	$	18.85
Forfeited	—	$	—
Expired	—	$	—
Outstanding at end of year	268	$	30.53
Options exercisable at end of year	241

Summary information about stock options outstanding

The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding at December 31, 2020 (shares in thousands):

	Options Outstanding				Options Exercisable
		Weighted-
		Average
	Number	Remaining	Weighted-		Number	Weighted-
	Outstanding at	Contractual	Average		Exercisable at	Average
Range of Exercise Prices	12/31/2020	Life (in years)	Exercise Price		12/31/2020	Exercise Price
$11.21 - $15.00	14	2.2	$	13.76	14	$	13.76
$15.01 - $35.00	130	4.4	$	23.54	130	$	23.54
$35.01 - $42.50	124	6.8	$	39.78	97	$	39.02
$11.21 - $42.50	268	5.4	$	30.53	241	$	29.18

Schedule of fair values and the assumptions used for the grants

	2018
Weighted-average fair value per share of options granted	$	13.06
Fair value assumptions:
Expected dividend yield		0.79%
Expected stock price volatility		31.7%
Risk-free interest rate		2.66%
Expected term		5.3 years

Summary of information about nonvested stock option awards and changes

The following table summarizes information about nonvested stock option awards as of December 31, 2020 and changes for the year ended December 31, 2020 (shares in thousands):

		Weighted-Average
		Grant Date
Stock Options	Shares	Fair Value
Nonvested at December 31, 2019	81	$	12.53
Granted	—	$	—
Vested	(54)	$	12.26
Forfeited	—	$	—
Nonvested at December 31, 2020	27	$	13.06

Summary of activity under the entity's restricted stock plans

The following table summarizes activity under our restricted stock plans (shares in thousands):

	Year Ended
	December 31,
	2020
		Weighted
		Average Grant
Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units	Shares	Date Fair Value
Unvested at beginning of year	91	$	47.58
Granted	118	$	39.03
Vested	(85)	$	39.13
Forfeited	(4)	$	45.21
Unvested at end of year	120	$	45.21

XML

Segment Information (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2020

Segment Information

Summary of information about reportable segments

	Mechanical Services		Electrical Services		Corporate		Consolidated
Total Assets at December 31, 2020	$	1,215,985	$	449,588	$	91,782	$	1,757,355
Total Assets at December 31, 2019	$	1,056,609	$	372,254	$	76,149	$	1,505,012
	Year Ended December 31, 2020
	Mechanical Services		Electrical Services		Corporate		Consolidated
Revenue	$	2,413,016	$	443,643	$	—	$	2,856,659
Gross Profit	$	509,740	$	37,243	$	—	$	546,983
Capital Expenditures	$	22,550	$	955	$	626	$	24,131
	Year Ended December 31, 2019
	Mechanical Services		Electrical Services		Corporate		Consolidated
Revenue	$	2,251,560	$	363,717	$	—	$	2,615,277
Gross Profit	$	465,144	$	36,799	$	—	$	501,943
Capital Expenditures	$	27,933	$	1,504	$	2,313	$	31,750
	Year Ended December 31, 2018
	Mechanical Services		Electrical Services		Corporate		Consolidated
Revenue	$	2,176,223	$	6,656	$	—	$	2,182,879
Gross Profit	$	444,960	$	1,319	$	—	$	446,279
Capital Expenditures	$	25,945	$	57	$	1,266	$	27,268

XML

Selected Quarterly Financial Data (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2020

Selected Quarterly Financial Data

Schedule of quarterly financial information

Quarterly financial information for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 is summarized as follows (in thousands, except per share data):

	2020
	Q1		Q2		Q3		Q4
Revenue	$	700,131	$	743,468	$	714,099	$	698,961
Gross profit		117,093		145,695		147,196		136,999
Net income		17,716		39,495		50,088		42,840
INCOME PER SHARE:
Basic	$	0.48	$	1.08	$	1.37	$	1.18
Diluted	$	0.48	$	1.08	$	1.36	$	1.17

	2019
	Q1		Q2		Q3		Q4
Revenue	$	538,473	$	650,302	$	706,918	$	719,584
Gross profit (1)		106,665		120,016		142,702		132,560
Net income		19,866		24,173		36,233		34,052
INCOME PER SHARE:
Basic	$	0.54	$	0.65	$	0.98	$	0.93
Diluted	$	0.53	$	0.65	$	0.98	$	0.92

(1) In the fourth quarter of 2019, we recorded a $4.8 million gain due to insurance proceeds we received in the fourth quarter related to the ransomware incident that occurred in April 2019.

XML

Business and Organization (Details)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2020
Installation of systems in newly constructed facilities
Business and Organization
Percentage of revenue attributable to services	46.70%
Maintenance, repair and replacement services
Business and Organization
Percentage of revenue attributable to services	53.30%

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies - Cash Flow Information (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2020	Dec. 31, 2019	Dec. 31, 2018
Cash paid for:
Interest	$ 7,684	$ 8,817	$ 3,743
Income taxes	$ 51,286	$ 45,288	$ 33,401

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies - Recent Accounting Pronouncements (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Jan. 01, 2020	Dec. 31, 2020	Dec. 31, 2019	Dec. 31, 2018	Dec. 31, 2017
New Accounting Pronouncements or Change in Accounting Principle
Impact to Retained Earnings		$ 696,429	$ 585,304	$ 498,047	$ 417,945
Lease right-of-use assets		94,727	84,073
Operating lease liability		97,162	$ 86,713
Cumulative Effect, Period of Adoption, Adjustment [Member]
New Accounting Pronouncements or Change in Accounting Principle
Impact to Retained Earnings		$ (515)
Cumulative Effect, Period of Adoption, Adjustment [Member] | ASU 2016-13
New Accounting Pronouncements or Change in Accounting Principle
Impact to Retained Earnings	$ 500
Adjustments | ASU 2016-13
New Accounting Pronouncements or Change in Accounting Principle
Increase in Allowance for Credit Losses	700
Increase to Deferred Tax Assets	$ 200

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies - Allowance for Credit Losses (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2020	Dec. 31, 2019	Dec. 31, 2018
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts Receivable [Roll Forward]
Balance at beginning of year	$ 6,907	$ 5,898
Impact of new accounting standard	695
Bad debt expense (benefit)	5,253	2,978	$ 3,562
Deductions for uncollectible receivables written off, net of recoveries	(2,166)	(3,924)
Credit allowance of acquired companies on the acquisition date	335	1,955
Reclass to other current liabilities	(315)
Balance at end of year	10,709	6,907	$ 5,898
Service
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts Receivable [Roll Forward]
Balance at beginning of year	3,192
Impact of new accounting standard	310
Bad debt expense (benefit)	2,566
Deductions for uncollectible receivables written off, net of recoveries	(1,431)
Balance at end of year	4,637	3,192
Construction
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts Receivable [Roll Forward]
Balance at beginning of year	3,400
Impact of new accounting standard	331
Bad debt expense (benefit)	2,697
Deductions for uncollectible receivables written off, net of recoveries	(735)
Credit allowance of acquired companies on the acquisition date	335
Balance at end of year	6,028	3,400
Other.
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts Receivable [Roll Forward]
Balance at beginning of year	315
Impact of new accounting standard	54
Bad debt expense (benefit)	(10)
Reclass to other current liabilities	(315)
Balance at end of year	$ 44	$ 315

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies - Risk (Details)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2020
Warranty Costs
Labor warranty period after servicing of existing MEP system	30 days
Revenue | Customer concentration | Minimum
Warranty Costs
Single customer, percentage of revenue	5.00%

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies - Insurance Recovery (Details) $ in Millions	3 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2019 USD ($)
Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Gain due to insurance proceeds received	$ 4.8
Gain recorded as reduction in SG&A	1.6
Gain recorded as reduction in cost of services expense	$ 3.2

XML

Revenue from Contracts with Customers - Revenue Recognition (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2020	Dec. 31, 2019	Dec. 31, 2018
Contracts in progress
Costs incurred on contracts in progress	$ 3,103,580	$ 2,518,581
Estimated earnings, net of losses	548,435	405,891
Less-Billings to date	(3,813,171)	(3,033,112)
Less-Unbilled accounts receivable	(45,596)	(55,542)
Less-Unbilled accounts receivable credit allowance	(784)	0
Contracts in progress	(207,536)	(164,182)
Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings	18,622	2,736	$ 10,213
Plus-Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings credit allowance	79	0
Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings	$ (226,237)	(166,918)	$ (130,986)
Period during which progress billings or contract price can be withheld until completion of work	6 months
Retention receivable	$ 124,100	111,700
Retention payable	$ 22,200	$ 15,800
Revenue, Performance Obligation, Description of Payment Terms	We typically invoice our customers with payment terms of net due in 30 days
Receivable payment terms (in days)	30 days
Minimum
Contracts in progress
Receivable payment terms (in days)	45 days
Payments received term (in days)	30 days
Maximum
Contracts in progress
Receivable payment terms (in days)	60 days
Payments received term (in days)	90 days

XML

Revenue from Contracts with Customers - Disaggregation of Revenue (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2020	Dec. 31, 2019	Dec. 31, 2018
Disaggregation of Revenue
Revenue	$ 2,856,659	$ 2,615,277
Percentage of revenue from contract with customer (as a percent)	100.00%	100.00%
Industrial
Disaggregation of Revenue
Revenue	$ 1,112,075	$ 886,668
Percentage of revenue from contract with customer (as a percent)	38.90%	33.90%
Education
Disaggregation of Revenue
Revenue	$ 487,922	$ 412,318
Percentage of revenue from contract with customer (as a percent)	17.10%	15.80%
Office Buildings
Disaggregation of Revenue
Revenue	$ 319,426	$ 348,640
Percentage of revenue from contract with customer (as a percent)	11.20%	13.30%
Healthcare
Disaggregation of Revenue
Revenue	$ 371,105	$ 358,155
Percentage of revenue from contract with customer (as a percent)	13.00%	13.70%
Government
Disaggregation of Revenue
Revenue	$ 163,717	$ 162,507
Percentage of revenue from contract with customer (as a percent)	5.70%	6.20%
Retail, Restaurants and Entertainment
Disaggregation of Revenue
Revenue	$ 239,541	$ 248,083
Percentage of revenue from contract with customer (as a percent)	8.40%	9.50%
Multi-Family and Residential
Disaggregation of Revenue
Revenue	$ 86,799	$ 104,693
Percentage of revenue from contract with customer (as a percent)	3.00%	4.00%
Other
Disaggregation of Revenue
Revenue	$ 76,074	$ 94,213
Percentage of revenue from contract with customer (as a percent)	2.70%	3.60%
New Construction
Disaggregation of Revenue
Revenue	$ 1,333,739	$ 1,201,122
Percentage of revenue from contract with customer (as a percent)	46.70%	45.90%
Existing Building Construction
Disaggregation of Revenue
Revenue	$ 910,807	$ 793,159
Percentage of revenue from contract with customer (as a percent)	31.90%	30.30%
Service Projects
Disaggregation of Revenue
Revenue	$ 241,402	$ 231,228
Percentage of revenue from contract with customer (as a percent)	8.40%	8.90%
Service Calls, Maintenance and Monitoring
Disaggregation of Revenue
Revenue	$ 370,711	$ 389,768
Percentage of revenue from contract with customer (as a percent)	13.00%	14.90%
Mechanical Services
Disaggregation of Revenue
Revenue	$ 2,413,016	$ 2,251,560
Percentage of revenue from contract with customer (as a percent)	84.50%	86.10%
Electrical Services
Disaggregation of Revenue
Revenue	$ 443,643	$ 363,717
Percentage of revenue from contract with customer (as a percent)	15.50%	13.90%
Calculated under Revenue Guidance in Effect before Topic 606 [Member]
Disaggregation of Revenue
Revenue			$ 2,182,879
Percentage of revenue from contract with customer (as a percent)			100.00%
Calculated under Revenue Guidance in Effect before Topic 606 [Member] | Industrial
Disaggregation of Revenue
Revenue			$ 596,557
Percentage of revenue from contract with customer (as a percent)			27.30%
Calculated under Revenue Guidance in Effect before Topic 606 [Member] | Education
Disaggregation of Revenue
Revenue			$ 391,937
Percentage of revenue from contract with customer (as a percent)			18.00%
Calculated under Revenue Guidance in Effect before Topic 606 [Member] | Office Buildings
Disaggregation of Revenue
Revenue			$ 288,090
Percentage of revenue from contract with customer (as a percent)			13.20%
Calculated under Revenue Guidance in Effect before Topic 606 [Member] | Healthcare
Disaggregation of Revenue
Revenue			$ 319,958
Percentage of revenue from contract with customer (as a percent)			14.70%
Calculated under Revenue Guidance in Effect before Topic 606 [Member] | Government
Disaggregation of Revenue
Revenue			$ 143,958
Percentage of revenue from contract with customer (as a percent)			6.60%
Calculated under Revenue Guidance in Effect before Topic 606 [Member] | Retail, Restaurants and Entertainment
Disaggregation of Revenue
Revenue			$ 225,348
Percentage of revenue from contract with customer (as a percent)			10.30%
Calculated under Revenue Guidance in Effect before Topic 606 [Member] | Multi-Family and Residential
Disaggregation of Revenue
Revenue			$ 136,075
Percentage of revenue from contract with customer (as a percent)			6.20%
Calculated under Revenue Guidance in Effect before Topic 606 [Member] | Other
Disaggregation of Revenue
Revenue			$ 80,956
Percentage of revenue from contract with customer (as a percent)			3.70%
Calculated under Revenue Guidance in Effect before Topic 606 [Member] | New Construction
Disaggregation of Revenue
Revenue			$ 829,978
Percentage of revenue from contract with customer (as a percent)			38.00%
Calculated under Revenue Guidance in Effect before Topic 606 [Member] | Existing Building Construction
Disaggregation of Revenue
Revenue			$ 796,946
Percentage of revenue from contract with customer (as a percent)			36.50%
Calculated under Revenue Guidance in Effect before Topic 606 [Member] | Service Projects
Disaggregation of Revenue
Revenue			$ 206,506
Percentage of revenue from contract with customer (as a percent)			9.50%
Calculated under Revenue Guidance in Effect before Topic 606 [Member] | Service Calls, Maintenance and Monitoring
Disaggregation of Revenue
Revenue			$ 349,449
Percentage of revenue from contract with customer (as a percent)			16.00%
Calculated under Revenue Guidance in Effect before Topic 606 [Member] | Mechanical Services
Disaggregation of Revenue
Revenue			$ 2,176,223
Percentage of revenue from contract with customer (as a percent)			99.70%
Calculated under Revenue Guidance in Effect before Topic 606 [Member] | Electrical Services
Disaggregation of Revenue
Revenue			$ 6,656
Percentage of revenue from contract with customer (as a percent)			0.30%

XML

Revenue from Contracts with Customers - Contract Assets and Liabilities (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2020	Dec. 31, 2019
Contract Assets
Balance at beginning of period	$ 2,736	$ 10,213
Change due to acquisitions / disposals	9,509	6,573
Change related to credit allowance	(79)
Other changes in the period	6,456	(14,050)
Balance at end of period	18,622	2,736
Contract Liabilities
Balance at beginning of period	166,918	130,986
Change due to acquisitions / disposals	39,885	31,556
Other changes in the period	19,434	4,376
Balance at end of period	226,237	166,918
Revenue related to our contract liabilities	$ 165,800
Calculated under Revenue Guidance in Effect before Topic 606 [Member]
Contract Liabilities
Revenue related to our contract liabilities		$ 126,700

XML

Revenue from Contracts with Customers - Remaining Performance Obligations (Details) $ in Millions	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2020 USD ($)
Remaining Performance Obligations
The term of the renewable service maintenance agreements (in years)	1 year
Practical Expedient	true
Revenue, Remaining Performance Obligation, Expected Timing of Satisfaction, Start Date [Axis]: 2021-01-01
Remaining Performance Obligations
Remaining performance obligations	$ 1,510
Expected timing of performance obligations	12 months
Revenue, Remaining Performance Obligation, Expected Timing of Satisfaction, Start Date [Axis]: 2021-01-01 | Minimum
Remaining Performance Obligations
Expected percentage of remaining performance obligations	80.00%
Revenue, Remaining Performance Obligation, Expected Timing of Satisfaction, Start Date [Axis]: 2021-01-01 | Maximum
Remaining Performance Obligations
Expected percentage of remaining performance obligations	85.00%

XML

Fair Value Measurements (Details) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2020 USD ($) item	Dec. 31, 2019 USD ($)	Nov. 30, 2021 USD ($)
Fair Value Measurements
Number of employees covered under life insurance policies | item	86
Combined face value of life insurance policies	$ 61,700
Cash surrender value	$ 5,400	$ 3,900
Minimum
Fair Value Measurements
Weighted average cost of capital	9.50%
Maximum
Fair Value Measurements
Weighted average cost of capital	17.00%
Contingent earn-out obligations
Reconciliation of the fair value of contingent earn-out obligations that use significant unobservable inputs (Level 3)
Balance at beginning of year	$ 28,497	7,375
Issuances	16,715	19,500
Settlements	(10,114)	(1,369)
Adjustments to fair value	9,119	(2,991)
Balance at end of period	25,979	28,497
Recurring basis | Total
Fair Value Measurements
Cash and cash equivalents	54,896	50,788
Life insurance-cash surrender value	5,420	3,905
Contingent earn-out obligations	25,979	28,497
Recurring basis | Quoted Market Prices In Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1)
Fair Value Measurements
Cash and cash equivalents	54,896	50,788
Recurring basis | Fair Value Measurements at Reporting Date Using Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)
Fair Value Measurements
Life insurance-cash surrender value	5,420	3,905
Recurring basis | Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)
Fair Value Measurements
Contingent earn-out obligations	25,979	$ 28,497
Non recurring basis | Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)
Reconciliation of the fair value of contingent earn-out obligations that use significant unobservable inputs (Level 3)
Impairment charges	0
Interest Rate Swap
Fair Value Measurements
Net loss on derivative	300
Interest Rate Swap | Not Designated as Hedging Instrument, Economic Hedge [Member]
Fair Value Measurements
Notional amount	130,000		$ 80,000
Interest Rate Swap | Recurring basis | Total | Not Designated as Hedging Instrument, Economic Hedge [Member]
Fair Value Measurements
Interest rate swap liability	42
Interest Rate Swap | Recurring basis | Fair Value Measurements at Reporting Date Using Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2) | Not Designated as Hedging Instrument, Economic Hedge [Member]
Fair Value Measurements
Interest rate swap liability	$ 42

XML

Acquisitions (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands		1 Months Ended	3 Months Ended	12 Months Ended
	Apr. 01, 2020	Dec. 31, 2020	Jun. 30, 2019	Dec. 31, 2020	Dec. 31, 2019	Dec. 31, 2018
Consideration transferred:
Total consideration transferred				$ 41,600	$ 2,600
Recognized amounts of identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed:
Goodwill		$ 464,392		464,392	$ 332,447	$ 235,182
TAS Energy
Consideration transferred:
Cash paid at closing	$ 105,950
Working capital adjustment	40,455
Notes issued to former owners	14,000
Estimated fair value of contingent earn-out payments	9,100
Total consideration transferred	169,505
Recognized amounts of identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed:
Cash and cash equivalents	47,460
Billed and unbilled accounts receivable	18,702
Other current assets	15,634
Other long-term assets	1,556
Property and equipment	7,709
Goodwill	72,788
Identifiable intangible assets	53,400
Lease right-of-use asset	19,736
Accounts payable	(16,453)
Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings	(24,196)
Current lease liabilities	(2,337)
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities	(4,109)
Long-term lease liabilities	(17,398)
Other long-term liabilities	(2,987)
Total assets acquired and liabilities assumed	$ 169,505
T E C Industrial Construction and Maintenance
Consideration transferred:
Cash paid at closing		73,000
Working capital adjustment		2,006
Notes issued to former owners		7,000
Estimated fair value of contingent earn-out payments		7,560
Total consideration transferred		89,566
Recognized amounts of identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed:
Cash and cash equivalents		4		4
Billed and unbilled accounts receivable		13,660		13,660
Costs in excess of billings		2,040		2,040
Other current assets		108		108
Other long-term assets		53		53
Property and equipment		912		912
Goodwill		44,431		44,431
Identifiable intangible assets		37,200		37,200
Lease right-of-use asset		1,234		1,234
Accounts payable		(4,123)		(4,123)
Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings		(2,838)		(2,838)
Current lease liabilities		(175)		(175)
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities		(1,881)		(1,881)
Long-term lease liabilities		(1,059)		(1,059)
Total assets acquired and liabilities assumed		$ 89,566		$ 89,566
Walker
Consideration transferred:
Cash paid at closing			$ 178,000
Working capital adjustment			7,800
Notes issued to former owners			25,000
Total consideration transferred			235,400
Recognized amounts of identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed:
Total assets acquired and liabilities assumed			$ 187,000

XML

Acquisitions - Acquired Intangible Assets (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands		1 Months Ended
	Apr. 01, 2020	Dec. 31, 2020
TAS Energy
Acquired Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Estimated Fair Value	$ 53,400
TAS Energy | Backlog
Acquired Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Estimated Useful Life	1 year
Estimated Fair Value	$ 5,200
TAS Energy | Trade Name
Acquired Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Estimated Useful Life	25 years
Estimated Fair Value	$ 8,200
TAS Energy | Customer Relationships
Acquired Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Estimated Useful Life	10 years
Estimated Fair Value	$ 40,000
T E C Industrial Construction and Maintenance
Acquired Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Estimated Fair Value		$ 37,200
T E C Industrial Construction and Maintenance | Backlog
Acquired Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Estimated Useful Life		2 years
Estimated Fair Value		$ 7,200
T E C Industrial Construction and Maintenance | Trade Name
Acquired Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Estimated Useful Life		20 years
Estimated Fair Value		$ 5,800
T E C Industrial Construction and Maintenance | Customer Relationships
Acquired Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Estimated Useful Life		9 years
Estimated Fair Value		$ 24,200

XML

Acquisitions - Contingent Earn-out Obligation (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands		1 Months Ended	3 Months Ended								9 Months Ended	12 Months Ended
	Apr. 01, 2020	Dec. 31, 2020	Dec. 31, 2020	Sep. 30, 2020	Jun. 30, 2020	Mar. 31, 2020	Dec. 31, 2019	Sep. 30, 2019	Jun. 30, 2019	Mar. 31, 2019	Dec. 31, 2020	Dec. 31, 2020	Dec. 31, 2019	Dec. 31, 2018
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Revenues			$ 698,961	$ 714,099	$ 743,468	$ 700,131	$ 719,584	$ 706,918	$ 650,302	$ 538,473		$ 2,856,659	$ 2,615,277	$ 2,182,879
Federal
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Net operating loss carryforwards	$ 53,200	$ 44,900	44,900								$ 44,900	44,900
State
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Net operating loss carryforwards	$ 6,500	$ 46,200	46,200								46,200	46,200
TAS Energy
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Revenues											106,400
Contingent earn-out period	27 months
Contingent earn-out estimated milestone payment, minimum	$ 1,000
Contingent earn-out estimated milestone payment, maximum	$ 8,000
Cash flow discount rate	17.70%
TAS Energy | Minimum
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Cash flow discount rate	15.00%
TAS Energy | Maximum
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Cash flow discount rate	23.50%
T E C Industrial Construction and Maintenance
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Contingent earn-out period		3 years
Contingent earn-out estimated milestone payment, minimum		$ 1,000	1,000								1,000	1,000
Contingent earn-out estimated milestone payment, maximum		$ 5,000	$ 5,000								$ 5,000	$ 5,000
Cash flow discount rate		12.90%
T E C Industrial Construction and Maintenance | Minimum
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Cash flow discount rate		14.00%
T E C Industrial Construction and Maintenance | Maximum
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Cash flow discount rate		15.00%

XML

Acquisitions - Other Acquisitions (Details) $ in Millions	3 Months Ended	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2019 USD ($)	Dec. 31, 2020 USD ($)	Dec. 31, 2019 USD ($) item
Acquisitions
Number of acquisitions | item			2
Total purchase price		$ 41.6	$ 2.6
Walker
Acquisitions
Total purchase price	$ 235.4
Amount allocated to goodwill and intangible assets for acquisitions	187.0
Purchase price paid in cash	178.0
Promissory note payable	25.0
Advance to former owners	20.5
Contingent earn-out obligation	19.5
Tax equalization payment	0.2
Working capital adjustment	$ 7.8

XML

Goodwill and Identifiable Intangible Assets, Net - Changes in Carrying Amount of Goodwill (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2020	Dec. 31, 2019
Changes in the carrying amount of goodwill
Balance at beginning of year	$ 332,447	$ 235,182
Acquisitions and purchase price adjustments (See Note 5)	131,945	97,265
Balance at end of period	464,392	332,447
Mechanical Services Segment
Changes in the carrying amount of goodwill
Balance at beginning of year	234,660	235,182
Acquisitions and purchase price adjustments (See Note 5)	72,788	579
Impact of segment reorganization		(1,101)
Balance at end of period	307,448	234,660
Accumulated impairment charges	116,600	116,600
Electrical Services
Changes in the carrying amount of goodwill
Balance at beginning of year	97,787
Acquisitions and purchase price adjustments (See Note 5)	59,157	96,686
Impact of segment reorganization		1,101
Balance at end of period	$ 156,944	$ 97,787

XML

Goodwill and Identifiable Intangible Assets, Net - Identifiable Intangible Assets, Net (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2020	Dec. 31, 2019	Dec. 31, 2018
Identifiable Intangible Assets, Net
Estimated Useful Lives in Years	11 years 8 months 12 days
Gross Book Value	$ 366,987	$ 262,456
Accumulated Amortization	(135,180)	(102,482)
Amortization of identifiable intangible assets	32,698	27,082	$ 20,089
Future amortization expense of identifiable intangible assets
2021	32,344
2022	27,412
2023	23,514
2024	22,164
2025	19,977
Thereafter	106,396
Total	$ 231,807
Customer Relationships
Identifiable Intangible Assets, Net
Estimated Useful Lives in Years	8 years
Gross Book Value	$ 255,692	183,061
Accumulated Amortization	$ (103,919)	(80,813)
Customer Relationships | Minimum
Identifiable Intangible Assets, Net
Estimated Useful Lives in Years	8 years
Backlog
Identifiable Intangible Assets, Net
Estimated Useful Lives in Years	2 years
Gross Book Value	$ 19,800	7,400
Accumulated Amortization	$ (12,600)	(6,388)
Backlog | Minimum
Identifiable Intangible Assets, Net
Estimated Useful Lives in Years	2 years
Trade Name
Identifiable Intangible Assets, Net
Estimated Useful Lives in Years	20 years 6 months
Gross Book Value	$ 91,495	71,995
Accumulated Amortization	$ (18,661)	$ (15,281)
Trade Name | Minimum
Identifiable Intangible Assets, Net
Estimated Useful Lives in Years	20 years 6 months
Customer Relationships Noncompete Agreements and Tradenames | Minimum
Identifiable Intangible Assets, Net
Estimated Useful Lives in Years	1 year
Customer Relationships Noncompete Agreements and Tradenames | Maximum
Identifiable Intangible Assets, Net
Estimated Useful Lives in Years	25 years

XML

Goodwill and Identifiable Intangible Assets, Net (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2020	Dec. 31, 2019	Dec. 31, 2018
Asset Impairment Charges [Abstract]
Goodwill	$ 464,392	$ 332,447	$ 235,182
Impairment testing, Scenario one
Asset Impairment Charges [Abstract]
Impairment testing, discounted cash flow analysis weightage assigned		50.00%
Impairment testing, Scenario two
Asset Impairment Charges [Abstract]
Impairment testing, public company approach weightage assigned		50.00%
Walker
Asset Impairment Charges [Abstract]
Percentage of fair values in excess of carrying value of two acquired reporting units		27.00%
Percentage of fair values in excess of carrying value for Walker reporting unit	24.00%
Goodwill	$ 96,800

XML

Property and Equipment (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2020	Dec. 31, 2019	Dec. 31, 2018
Property and equipment
Property and equipment, gross	$ 264,408	$ 239,165
Less-Accumulated depreciation	(147,202)	(129,369)
Property and equipment, net	117,206	109,796
Depreciation expense	27,900	24,500	$ 22,600
Land
Property and equipment
Property and equipment, gross	7,167	6,206
Transportation equipment
Property and equipment
Property and equipment, gross	$ 113,802	106,972
Transportation equipment | Minimum
Property and equipment
Estimated useful life	1 year
Transportation equipment | Maximum
Property and equipment
Estimated useful life	7 years
Machinery and equipment
Property and equipment
Property and equipment, gross	$ 43,386	35,575
Machinery and equipment | Minimum
Property and equipment
Estimated useful life	1 year
Machinery and equipment | Maximum
Property and equipment
Estimated useful life	20 years
Computer and telephone equipment
Property and equipment
Property and equipment, gross	$ 23,215	20,744
Computer and telephone equipment | Minimum
Property and equipment
Estimated useful life	1 year
Computer and telephone equipment | Maximum
Property and equipment
Estimated useful life	10 years
Buildings and leasehold improvements
Property and equipment
Property and equipment, gross	$ 69,683	62,301
Buildings and leasehold improvements | Minimum
Property and equipment
Estimated useful life	1 year
Buildings and leasehold improvements | Maximum
Property and equipment
Estimated useful life	40 years
Furniture and fixtures
Property and equipment
Property and equipment, gross	$ 5,861	5,244
Furniture and fixtures | Minimum
Property and equipment
Estimated useful life	1 year
Furniture and fixtures | Maximum
Property and equipment
Estimated useful life	17 years
Construction in progress
Property and equipment
Property and equipment, gross	$ 1,294	$ 2,123

XML

Detail of Other Current Liabilities (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Dec. 31, 2020	Dec. 31, 2019
Other current liabilities
Accrued warranty costs	$ 8,914	$ 7,452
Current lease liability	16,586	14,016
Operating lease liability	97,162	86,713
Accrued job losses	2,151	2,226
Accrued sales and use tax	3,731	2,938
Deferred revenue	4,559	5,506
Liabilities due to former owners	10,280	11,219
Other current liabilities	45,271	38,273
Total other current liabilities	$ 91,492	$ 81,630

XML

Debt Obligations (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Dec. 31, 2020	Dec. 31, 2019
Debt Obligations
Total principal amount	$ 236,000	$ 226,483
Less-unamortized debt issuance costs	(267)	(348)
Total debt, net of unamortized debt issuance costs	235,733	226,135
Less-current portion		20,817
Total long-term portion of debt, net	235,733	205,318
Revolving credit facility
Debt Obligations
Total principal amount	70,000	28,000
Term loan
Debt Obligations
Total principal amount	135,000	150,000
Notes to former owners
Debt Obligations
Outstanding balance	$ 31,000	$ 48,483

XML

Debt Obligations - Future Payments (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2020	Dec. 31, 2019	Dec. 31, 2018
Future principal payments of long-term debt
2022	$ 23,000
2023	34,000
2023	26,500
2024	152,500
Total debt	236,000
Interest expense
Interest expense on notes to former owners	1,354	$ 1,531	$ 642
Interest expense on borrowings and unused commitment fees	5,319	6,887	2,211
Interest expense on interest rate swaps	338
Letter of credit fees	830	512	474
Amortization of debt financing costs	544	387	383
Total	$ 8,385	$ 9,317	$ 3,710

XML

Debt Obligations - Other (Details) $ in Thousands				12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2019 USD ($)	Dec. 20, 2019 USD ($)	Dec. 19, 2019 USD ($)	Dec. 31, 2020 USD ($) item	Dec. 31, 2019 USD ($)	Dec. 31, 2018 USD ($)
Debt Obligations
Payments on term loan				$ 15,000
Financing and professional cost					$ 1,405	$ 844
Outstanding balance	$ 226,483			236,000	226,483
Reconciliation of Credit Facility Adjusted EBITDA to net income
Net income				150,139	114,324	112,903
Provision for income taxes				41,401	37,418	35,773
Stock-based compensation				$ 6,934	5,878	$ 7,161
Principal financial covenants
Fixed charge coverage ratio				2.00
Other disclosures
2022				$ 23,000
2023				34,000
Revolving credit facility
Debt Obligations
Borrowing capacity		$ 450,000
Payments of financing costs line of credit arrangements	1,000
Outstanding borrowings				70,000
Outstanding balance	28,000			70,000	28,000
Letters of credit amount outstanding				49,500
Credit available				330,500
Book value of assets pledged as collateral				$ 167,800
Number of quarters of net earnings used for the calculation of the credit facility adjusted EBITDA | item				4
Reconciliation of Credit Facility Adjusted EBITDA to net income
Net income				$ 150,139
Provision for income taxes				41,401
Interest expense, net				8,282
Depreciation and amortization expense				(60,629)
Stock-based compensation				6,934
Pre-acquisition results of acquired companies, as defined under the Facility				(18,511)
Credit Facility Adjusted EBITDA				$ 285,896
Principal financial covenants
Number of interest rate options | item				2
Leverage ratio				0.8
Fixed charge coverage ratio				7.2
Number of quarters of capital expenditures, tax provision, dividends and stock repurchase payments used for calculation of fixed charge coverage ratio | item				4
Period of Credit Facility Adjusted EBITDA for determining additional margins				12 months
Debt Instrument, Interest Rate, Effective Percentage [Abstract]
Weighted average interest rate (as a percent)				1.40%
Revolving credit facility | Through maturity
Principal financial covenants
Leverage ratio				3.00
Revolving credit facility | Consolidated Total Indebtedness to Credit Facility Adjusted EBITDA: Less than 1.00
Debt Instrument, Interest Rate, Effective Percentage [Abstract]
Letter of credit fees (as a percent)				1.25%
Commitment fees payable on unused portion of the facility (as a percent)				0.20%
Revolving credit facility | Consolidated Total Indebtedness to Credit Facility Adjusted EBITDA: 1.00 to 1.75
Debt Instrument, Interest Rate, Effective Percentage [Abstract]
Letter of credit fees (as a percent)				1.50%
Commitment fees payable on unused portion of the facility (as a percent)				0.25%
Revolving credit facility | Consolidated Total Indebtedness to Credit Facility Adjusted EBITDA: 1.75 to 2.50
Debt Instrument, Interest Rate, Effective Percentage [Abstract]
Letter of credit fees (as a percent)				1.75%
Commitment fees payable on unused portion of the facility (as a percent)				0.30%
Revolving credit facility | Consolidated Total Indebtedness to Credit Facility Adjusted EBITDA: 2.50 or greater
Debt Instrument, Interest Rate, Effective Percentage [Abstract]
Letter of credit fees (as a percent)				2.00%
Commitment fees payable on unused portion of the facility (as a percent)				0.35%
Revolving credit facility | Minimum
Principal financial covenants
Fixed charge coverage ratio				1.50
Revolving credit facility | Minimum | Covenant Requirement
Principal financial covenants
Net leverage ratio used as basis for other restrictions				2.50
Revolving credit facility | Maximum
Principal financial covenants
Permitted amount of acquisitions per transaction				$ 5,000
Aggregate purchase price of current acquisition and acquisitions in the preceding 12 month period for determining permitted amount of acquisition per transaction				$ 10,000
Revolving credit facility | Base Rate | Consolidated Total Indebtedness to Credit Facility Adjusted EBITDA: Less than 1.00
Debt Instrument, Interest Rate, Effective Percentage [Abstract]
Additional per annum interest margin (as a percent)				0.25%
Revolving credit facility | Base Rate | Consolidated Total Indebtedness to Credit Facility Adjusted EBITDA: 1.00 to 1.75
Debt Instrument, Interest Rate, Effective Percentage [Abstract]
Additional per annum interest margin (as a percent)				0.50%
Revolving credit facility | Base Rate | Consolidated Total Indebtedness to Credit Facility Adjusted EBITDA: 1.75 to 2.50
Debt Instrument, Interest Rate, Effective Percentage [Abstract]
Additional per annum interest margin (as a percent)				0.75%
Revolving credit facility | Base Rate | Consolidated Total Indebtedness to Credit Facility Adjusted EBITDA: 2.50 or greater
Debt Instrument, Interest Rate, Effective Percentage [Abstract]
Additional per annum interest margin (as a percent)				1.00%
Revolving credit facility | Eurodollar Rate | Consolidated Total Indebtedness to Credit Facility Adjusted EBITDA: Less than 1.00
Debt Instrument, Interest Rate, Effective Percentage [Abstract]
Additional per annum interest margin (as a percent)				1.25%
Revolving credit facility | Eurodollar Rate | Consolidated Total Indebtedness to Credit Facility Adjusted EBITDA: 1.00 to 1.75
Debt Instrument, Interest Rate, Effective Percentage [Abstract]
Additional per annum interest margin (as a percent)				1.50%
Revolving credit facility | Eurodollar Rate | Consolidated Total Indebtedness to Credit Facility Adjusted EBITDA: 1.75 to 2.50
Debt Instrument, Interest Rate, Effective Percentage [Abstract]
Additional per annum interest margin (as a percent)				1.75%
Revolving credit facility | Eurodollar Rate | Consolidated Total Indebtedness to Credit Facility Adjusted EBITDA: 2.50 or greater
Debt Instrument, Interest Rate, Effective Percentage [Abstract]
Additional per annum interest margin (as a percent)				2.00%
Amended senior revolving credit facility
Debt Obligations
Borrowing capacity		600,000	$ 400,000	$ 585,000
Line of credit borrowing capacity accordion option		150,000
Payments on term loan				15,000
Financing and professional cost	1,400
Unamortized costs			$ 1,300
Term loan
Debt Obligations
Borrowing capacity		$ 150,000
Repayment in terms of percentage of original aggregate principal amount		3.75%	1.25%
Payments of financing costs term loan	400
Outstanding balance	150,000			$ 135,000	150,000
Debt Instrument, Interest Rate, Effective Percentage [Abstract]
Weighted average interest rate (as a percent)				1.40%
Notes to former owners
Other disclosures
Cumulative number of companies acquired | item				4
Outstanding balance	$ 48,483			$ 31,000	$ 48,483
Promissory note | Walker
Other disclosures
Outstanding balance				$ 10,000
Stated interest rate (as a percent)				4.00%
Promissory note | TAS Energy
Other disclosures
Outstanding balance				$ 8,000
Stated interest rate (as a percent)				3.50%
Promissory note | T E C Industrial Construction and Maintenance
Other disclosures
Outstanding balance				$ 7,000
Stated interest rate (as a percent)				2.50%
Promissory note | Electrical Contractor North Carolina
Other disclosures
Outstanding balance				$ 6,000
Stated interest rate (as a percent)				3.00%
Letter of Credit
Debt Obligations
Borrowing capacity		$ 160,000
Federal Funds Rate | Revolving credit facility | Base Rate
Market rates relating to interest options
Market rate (as a percent)				0.59%
Debt Instrument, Interest Rate, Effective Percentage [Abstract]
Additional per annum interest margin (as a percent)				0.50%
Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. Prime Rate | Revolving credit facility | Base Rate
Market rates relating to interest options
Market rate (as a percent)				3.25%
One-month LIBOR | Revolving credit facility | Base Rate
Market rates relating to interest options
Market rate (as a percent)				1.14%
Debt Instrument, Interest Rate, Effective Percentage [Abstract]
Additional per annum interest margin (as a percent)				1.00%
One-month LIBOR | Revolving credit facility | Eurodollar Rate
Market rates relating to interest options
Variable rate basis				One-month LIBOR
Market rate (as a percent)				0.14%
Six-month LIBOR | Revolving credit facility | Eurodollar Rate
Market rates relating to interest options
Variable rate basis				Six-month LIBOR
Market rate (as a percent)				0.26%

XML

Leases (Details) $ in Millions	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2020 USD ($) Option	Dec. 31, 2019 USD ($)	Dec. 31, 2018 USD ($)
Lessee, Lease, Description [Line Items]
Variable lease expense and short-term lease expenses	$ 7.7	$ 8.4
Weighted average discount rate	4.20%	3.90%
Lease expense	$ 28.2	$ 24.8	$ 23.4
Weighted average remaining lease term	7 years 6 months	8 years 1 month 6 days
Rent paid to related parties	$ 4.2	$ 3.7	$ 4.8
Minimum
Lessee, Lease, Description [Line Items]
Lease term	3 years
Number of options to renew | Option	1
Maximum
Lessee, Lease, Description [Line Items]
Lease term	10 years

XML

Leases - Summary of Lease Assets and Liabilities (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Dec. 31, 2020	Dec. 31, 2019
Summary of lease asset and liabilities
Lease right-of-use assets	$ 94,727	$ 84,073
Operating Lease, Liability [Abstract]
Other current liabilities	$ 16,586	$ 14,016
Operating Lease, Liability, Current, Statement of Financial Position [Extensible List]	Other current liabilities	Other current liabilities
Long-term lease liabilities	$ 80,576	$ 72,697
Operating Lease, Liability, Statement of Financial Position [Extensible List]	Long-term lease liabilities	Long-term lease liabilities
Present Value of Lease Liabilities	$ 97,162	$ 86,713

XML

Leases - Maturities of Lease Liabilities (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2020	Dec. 31, 2019
Maturities of lease liabilities:
2021	$ 20,254
2022	17,004
2023	14,727
2024	13,221
2024	12,108
Thereafter	36,645
Total Lease Payments	113,959
Less-Present Value Discount	(16,797)
Present Value of Lease Liabilities	97,162	$ 86,713
Supplemental information related to leases:
Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities	20,443	16,895
Lease right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for lease liabilities	$ 27,346	$ 26,811

XML

Income Taxes - Provision (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2020	Dec. 31, 2019	Dec. 31, 2018
Current tax provision-
Federal	$ 36,556	$ 33,281	$ 22,728
State and Puerto Rico	12,798	8,388	8,589
Total current	49,354	41,669	31,317
Deferred tax provision (benefit)-
Federal	(5,483)	(3,750)	4,347
State and Puerto Rico	(2,470)	(501)	109
Total deferred	(7,953)	(4,251)	4,456
Provision for income taxes	$ 41,401	$ 37,418	$ 35,773

XML

Income Taxes - Reconciliation (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	3 Months Ended	12 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2019	Dec. 31, 2020	Dec. 31, 2019	Dec. 31, 2018
Income Taxes
Effective tax rates on continuing operations		21.60%	24.70%	24.10%
Federal statutory income tax rate (as a percent)		21.00%	21.00%	21.00%
Income taxes at the federal statutory rate		$ 40,223	$ 31,866	$ 31,222
Increases (decreases) resulting from-
Net state income taxes		8,406	6,644	7,470
Valuation allowances		(254)	(279)	(2,852)
Net unrecognized tax benefits		18,557	7,338	(15)
Nondeductible expenses		2,470	2,180	1,926
R&D tax credits	$ (4,600)	(26,133)	(4,569)	(2,726)
179D deduction		(1,062)	(5,126)
Net operating loss carryforwards				2,225
Stock-based compensation deductions		(426)	(714)	(1,293)
Other		(380)	78	(184)
Provision for income taxes		$ 41,401	37,418	$ 35,773
179D deduction			$ (2,200)

XML

Income Taxes - Provision Changes, Examination (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	1 Months Ended	3 Months Ended			12 Months Ended
	Oct. 31, 2020	Sep. 30, 2020	Sep. 30, 2019	Mar. 31, 2018	Dec. 31, 2020	Dec. 31, 2019	Dec. 31, 2018
Income Taxes
Change in provision for income taxes				$ 2,800
R&D tax credits			$ 4,600		$ 26,133	$ 4,569	$ 2,726
Additions based on tax positions related to prior years	$ 26,400	$ 7,300			26,858	7,473	2,726
Net operating loss carryforwards							2,225
179D deduction						2,200
Reduced provision for income taxes		8,300			8,301
Provision for income taxes					$ 41,401	$ 37,418	$ 35,773
Internal Revenue Service (IRS)
Income Taxes
Refund claims allowed in Income tax examination		8,900
Tax Year 2016
Income Taxes
Provision for income taxes	6,100
Tax Year 2017
Income Taxes
Provision for income taxes	8,500
Tax Year 2018
Income Taxes
Provision for income taxes	11,900
Total Tax Years 2016-2018
Income Taxes
Provision for income taxes	$ 26,500
179D Deduction
Income Taxes
Reduced provision for income taxes		$ 1,000

XML

Income Taxes - Deferred Tax Assets (Liabilities) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Dec. 31, 2020	Dec. 31, 2019
Deferred tax assets-
Accounts receivable and allowance for doubtful accounts	$ 2,186	$ 1,660
Stock-based compensation	2,791	2,561
Accrued liabilities and expenses	39,761	25,569
Lease liabilities	22,768	20,873
Net operating loss carryforwards	12,127	2,750
Intangible assets		7,988
Other	627	525
Subtotal	80,260	61,926
Valuation allowances	(514)	(369)
Total deferred tax assets	79,746	61,557
Property and equipment	(13,877)	(11,286)
Deferred tax liabilities	1,339	1,425
Lease right-of-use asset	(22,715)	(20,873)
Long-term contracts	(609)	(876)
Intangible assets	(242)
Goodwill	(11,615)	(6,020)
Other	(2,626)	(2,004)
Total deferred tax liabilities	(51,684)	(41,059)
Net deferred tax assets	28,062	20,498
Deferred income tax assets
Deferred tax assets	$ 29,401	$ 21,923

XML

Income Taxes - Loss Carryforwards and Other (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	1 Months Ended	3 Months Ended	12 Months Ended
	Oct. 31, 2020	Sep. 30, 2020	Dec. 31, 2020	Dec. 31, 2019	Dec. 31, 2018	Apr. 01, 2020
Operating loss carryforwards
Federal deferred tax assets net operating loss carryforwards			$ 9,400
State deferred tax assets net operating loss carryforwards			2,700
Net deferred tax assets			79,746	$ 61,557
Reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits, excluding accrued interest and penalties
Balance at beginning of year			10,199	2,966	$ 8,929
Additions based on tax positions related to prior years	$ 26,400	$ 7,300	26,858	7,473	2,726
Reductions for tax positions related to prior years				(240)	(8,689)
Reductions for settlements with tax authorities		(8,300)	(8,301)
Balance at end of year			28,756	10,199	2,966
Interest and penalties accrued			0	0	600
Reduced provision for income taxes		$ 8,300	8,301
Federal
Operating loss carryforwards
Net operating loss carryforwards			44,900			$ 53,200
State
Operating loss carryforwards
Net operating loss carryforwards			46,200			$ 6,500
Increase in valuation allowance			500
Net deferred tax assets			2,200
Maximum
Reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits, excluding accrued interest and penalties
Decrease in unrecognized tax benefits			$ 28,800

XML

Employee Benefit Plans (Details) $ in Millions	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2020 USD ($) item	Dec. 31, 2019 USD ($) item	Dec. 31, 2018 USD ($)
Employee Benefit Plans
Percentage of contributions of covered employees' salaries or wages	2.50%
Contribution	$ 16.3	$ 14.2	$ 10.8
Amount payable to plan	$ 0.5	$ 0.3
Number of employees who are union members | item	6	7
Contributions made to multi-employer pension plans	$ 0.0	$ 0.0	$ 0.0
Period in which certain individuals are entitled to fixed annual payments	15 years
Maximum age under which certain individuals are entitled to fixed annual payments	65 years
Portion of benefits vesting after ten years of completed service (as a percent)	50.00%
Period of completed service over which 50% of benefits are vested	10 years
Portion of benefits vesting after fifteen years of completed service (as a percent)	75.00%
Period of completed service over which 75% of benefits are vested	15 years
Period of service over which benefits are fully vested	20 years
Unfunded benefit liability	$ 4.0	$ 4.1

XML

Commitments and Contingencies - Other and Bonds (Details) $ in Millions	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2020 USD ($) item
Obligation to perform subcontract work | Pending Litigation
Commitments and Contingencies
Letter of intent under dispute | item	2
Damages stated	$ 9.0
Obligation to perform subcontract work | Customer | Pending Litigation
Commitments and Contingencies
Damages claimed	$ 15.0
Surety | Minimum
Surety
Percentage of business which has required bonds	15.00%
Surety | Maximum
Surety
Percentage of business which has required bonds	25.00%

XML

Commitments and Contingencies - Self-Insurance (Details)	Dec. 31, 2020 USD ($) item
Self-Insurance
Amount of loss fully insured above per-incident deductible amount	$ 132,500,000
Amount of excess loss insurance covered	132,500,000
Workers' Compensation
Self-Insurance
Per incident deductible amount	250,000,000,000
Amount of loss fully insured above per-incident deductible amount	250,000,000,000
Employer's Liability
Self-Insurance
Per incident deductible amount	250,000,000,000
Employer's Liability | Maximum
Self-Insurance
Amount of excess loss insurance covered	132,500,000
General Liability
Self-Insurance
Per incident deductible amount	250,000,000,000
Amount of loss fully insured above per-incident deductible amount	10,000,000.0
General Liability | Maximum
Self-Insurance
Amount of excess loss insurance covered	132,500,000
Auto Liability
Self-Insurance
Per incident deductible amount	250,000,000,000
Amount of loss fully insured above per-incident deductible amount	10,000,000.0
Auto Liability | Maximum
Self-Insurance
Amount of excess loss insurance covered	$ 132,500,000
Employee Medical
Self-Insurance
Number of medical plans | item	3
Employee Medical - Plan One
Self-Insurance
Per person, per policy deductible amount	$ 350,000
Employee Medical - Plan Two
Self-Insurance
Per person, per policy deductible amount	350,000
Employee Medical - Plan Three
Self-Insurance
Per incident deductible amount	$ 350,000

XML

Stockholders' Equity - Incentive and Other (Details) - USD ($) $ / shares in Units, $ in Thousands, shares in Millions	12 Months Ended			165 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2020	Dec. 31, 2019	Dec. 31, 2018	Dec. 31, 2020	Dec. 08, 2020	May 31, 2017	May 31, 2012	Mar. 29, 2007
Share Repurchase Program
Share repurchase	$ 30,120	$ 19,550	$ 28,533
2012 Equity Incentive Plan
Stockholders' Equity
Number of shares authorized and reserved for issuance							5.1
Number of shares available for issuance	2.9			2.9
2017 Omnibus Incentive Plan
Stockholders' Equity
Number of shares authorized and reserved for issuance						2.9
Number of shares available for issuance	2.0			2.0
Stock Repurchase Program 2007
Share Repurchase Program
Number of shares of outstanding common stock authorized to be acquired under a stock repurchase program					10.3			1.0
Additional number of shares authorized for repurchase					0.7
Share repurchase (in shares)	0.7			9.3
Average price (in dollars per share)	$ 43.99			$ 19.63
Repurchased carrying basis	$ 30,100			$ 30,100

XML

Stockholders' Equity - Anti-Dilutive Stock Options (Details) - shares shares in Millions	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2020	Dec. 31, 2019	Dec. 31, 2018
Stock Options | Maximum
Earnings Per Share
Anti-dilutive securities excluded from computation of earnings per share amount (in shares)	0.1	0.1	0.1

XML

Stockholders' Equity - Number of Shares (Details) - shares shares in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2020	Dec. 31, 2019	Dec. 31, 2018
Reconciliation of the number of shares outstanding with the number of shares used in computing basic and diluted earnings per share
Common shares outstanding, end of period	36,188	36,658	36,894
Effect of using weighted average common shares outstanding	354	196	308
Shares used in computing earnings per share-basic	36,542	36,854	37,202
Effect of shares issuable under stock option plans based on the treasury stock method	123	204	283
Effect of restricted and contingently issuable shares	73	73	107
Shares used in computing earnings per share-diluted	36,738	37,131	37,592

XML

Stock-Based Compensation - Stock Option Activity (Details) - USD ($) $ / shares in Units, shares in Thousands, $ in Millions	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2020	Dec. 31, 2019	Dec. 31, 2018
Stock-Based Compensation
Stock-based compensation expense	$ 6.9	$ 5.9	$ 7.2
Income tax benefit	$ 1.5	$ 1.3	1.5
Minimum
Stock-Based Compensation
Sum of age and years of service for accelerated vesting on retirement of certain stock options and restricted stock awards	75 years
Stock Options
Stock-Based Compensation
Vesting period	3 years
Shares
Outstanding at beginning of year (in shares)	382
Exercised (in shares)	(114)
Outstanding at end of year (in shares)	268	382
Options exercisable at end of year (in shares)	241
Weighted-Average Exercise Price
Outstanding at beginning of year (in dollars per share)	$ 27.06
Exercised (in dollars per share)	18.85
Outstanding at end of year (in dollars per share)	$ 30.53	$ 27.06
Other information
Intrinsic value of options exercised	$ 3.2	$ 3.5	$ 6.7
Weighted-average remaining contractual term of options exercisable	5 years 2 months 12 days
Aggregate intrinsic value of options exercisable	$ 5.7
Number of options that are vested and expected to vest (in shares)	300
Weighted average exercise price of options that are vested and expected to vest (in dollars per share)	$ 30.53
Weighted-average remaining contractual term of options that are vested and expected to vest	5 years 4 months 24 days
Aggregate intrinsic value of options that are vested and expected to vest	$ 5.9

XML

Stock-Based Compensation - Stock Option Plan Activity (Details) shares in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2020 $ / shares shares
$11.21 - $15.00
Stock-Based Compensation
Exercise price, low end of range (in dollars per share)	$ 11.21
Exercise price, high end of range (in dollars per share)	15.00
$15.01 - $35.00
Stock-Based Compensation
Exercise price, low end of range (in dollars per share)	15.01
Exercise price, high end of range (in dollars per share)	35.00
$35.01 - $42.50
Stock-Based Compensation
Exercise price, low end of range (in dollars per share)	35.01
Exercise price, high end of range (in dollars per share)	42.50
$11.21 - $42.50
Stock-Based Compensation
Exercise price, low end of range (in dollars per share)	11.21
Exercise price, high end of range (in dollars per share)	$ 42.50
Stock Options | $11.21 - $15.00
Options Outstanding
Number of Shares | shares	14
Weighted-Average Remaining Contractual Life	2 years 2 months 12 days
Weighted-Average Exercise Price (in dollars per share)	$ 13.76
Options Exercisable
Number of Shares | shares	14
Weighted-Average Exercise Price (in dollars per share)	$ 13.76
Stock Options | $15.01 - $35.00
Options Outstanding
Number of Shares | shares	130
Weighted-Average Remaining Contractual Life	4 years 4 months 24 days
Weighted-Average Exercise Price (in dollars per share)	$ 23.54
Options Exercisable
Number of Shares | shares	130
Weighted-Average Exercise Price (in dollars per share)	$ 23.54
Stock Options | $35.01 - $42.50
Options Outstanding
Number of Shares | shares	124
Weighted-Average Remaining Contractual Life	6 years 9 months 18 days
Weighted-Average Exercise Price (in dollars per share)	$ 39.78
Options Exercisable
Number of Shares | shares	97
Weighted-Average Exercise Price (in dollars per share)	$ 39.02
Stock Options | $11.21 - $42.50
Options Outstanding
Number of Shares | shares	268
Weighted-Average Remaining Contractual Life	5 years 4 months 24 days
Weighted-Average Exercise Price (in dollars per share)	$ 30.53
Options Exercisable
Number of Shares | shares	241
Weighted-Average Exercise Price (in dollars per share)	$ 29.18

XML

Stock-Based Compensation - Fair Value Assumptions (Details) $ / shares in Units, shares in Thousands, $ in Millions	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2020 USD ($) item $ / shares shares	Dec. 31, 2019 USD ($) $ / shares shares	Dec. 31, 2018 USD ($) $ / shares
Fair value assumptions:
Expected term			5 years 3 months 18 days
Additional information
Stock-based compensation expense | $	$ 6.9	$ 5.9	$ 7.2
Stock Options
Stock-Based Compensation
Weighted-average fair value per share of options granted (in dollars per share)			$ 13.06
Fair value assumptions:
Expected dividend yield (as a percent)			0.79%
Expected stock price volatility (as a percent)			31.70%
Risk-free interest rate (as a percent)			2.66%
Other information
Compensation expense yet to be recognized | $	$ 0.1
Weighted-average period over which compensation cost will be recognized	3 months 18 days
Total fair value of options vested | $	$ 0.7
Nonvested Options, Shares
Nonvested at beginning of year (in shares) | shares	81
Vested (in shares) | shares	(54)
Nonvested at end of year (in shares) | shares	27	81
Nonvested Options, Weighted-Average Grant Date Fair Value
Nonvested at beginning of year (in dollars per share)	$ 12.53
Granted (in dollars per share)			$ 13.06
Vested (in dollars per share)	12.26
Nonvested at end of year (in dollars per share)	$ 13.06	$ 12.53
Additional information
Vesting period	3 years
Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units
Other information
Compensation expense yet to be recognized | $	$ 1.1
Weighted-average period over which compensation cost will be recognized	1 year 9 months 18 days
Shares
Unvested at beginning of year (in shares) | shares	91
Granted (in shares) | shares	118
Vested (in shares) | shares	(85)
Forfeited (in shares) | shares	(4)
Unvested at end of year (in shares) | shares	120	91
Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value
Unvested at beginning of year (in dollars per share)	$ 47.58
Granted (in dollars per share)	39.03	$ 51.02	44.02
Vested (in dollars per share)	39.13
Forfeited (in dollars per share)	45.21
Unvested at end of year (in dollars per share)	$ 45.21	47.58
Additional information
Fair value of shares vested | $	$ 3.3
Weighted-average fair value (in dollars per share)	$ 39.03	$ 51.02	$ 44.02
Aggregate intrinsic value of restricted stock vested | $	$ 2.9	$ 3.5	$ 3.3
Performance Stock Units
Other information
Compensation expense yet to be recognized | $	$ 0.7
Weighted-average period over which compensation cost will be recognized	1 year 4 months 24 days
Additional information
Vesting period	3 years
Types of performance units | item	2
Percentage of units measured on stock price relative to peer group	50.00%
Percentage of units measured on stock price based on pre determined EPS	50.00%
Period for which shareholder return is compared with peer group for units determined by EPS performance	3 years
Calculated fair market value | $	$ 6.2
Value of PSUs granted | $	2.2
Stock-based compensation expense | $	$ 2.7	$ 1.9	$ 2.9
Performance Stock Units | Minimum
Additional information
Performance measures for dollar denominated award granted	0
Performance Stock Units | Maximum
Additional information
Performance measures for dollar denominated award granted	2.0

XML

Segment Information (Details) $ in Thousands	3 Months Ended								12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2020 USD ($)	Sep. 30, 2020 USD ($)	Jun. 30, 2020 USD ($)	Mar. 31, 2020 USD ($)	Dec. 31, 2019 USD ($)	Sep. 30, 2019 USD ($)	Jun. 30, 2019 USD ($)	Mar. 31, 2019 USD ($)	Dec. 31, 2020 USD ($) segment	Dec. 31, 2019 USD ($)	Dec. 31, 2018 USD ($)
Segment Information
Number of reportable segments | segment									2
Revenue	$ 698,961	$ 714,099	$ 743,468	$ 700,131	$ 719,584	$ 706,918	$ 650,302	$ 538,473	$ 2,856,659	$ 2,615,277	$ 2,182,879
Gross Profit	136,999	$ 147,196	$ 145,695	$ 117,093	132,560	$ 142,702	$ 120,016	$ 106,665	546,983	501,943	446,279
Capital Expenditures									24,131	31,750	27,268
Total Assets	1,757,355				1,505,012				1,757,355	1,505,012
Operating | Mechanical Services
Segment Information
Revenue									2,413,016	2,251,560	2,176,223
Gross Profit									509,740	465,144	444,960
Capital Expenditures									22,550	27,933	25,945
Total Assets	1,215,985				1,056,609				1,215,985	1,056,609
Operating | Electrical Services
Segment Information
Revenue									443,643	363,717	6,656
Gross Profit									37,243	36,799	1,319
Capital Expenditures									955	1,504	57
Total Assets	449,588				372,254				449,588	372,254
Corporate & Eliminations
Segment Information
Capital Expenditures									626	2,313	$ 1,266
Total Assets	$ 91,782				$ 76,149				$ 91,782	$ 76,149

XML

Selected Quarterly Financial Data (Details) - USD ($) $ / shares in Units, $ in Thousands	3 Months Ended								12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2020	Sep. 30, 2020	Jun. 30, 2020	Mar. 31, 2020	Dec. 31, 2019	Sep. 30, 2019	Jun. 30, 2019	Mar. 31, 2019	Dec. 31, 2020	Dec. 31, 2019	Dec. 31, 2018
Selected Quarterly Financial Data
Revenue	$ 698,961	$ 714,099	$ 743,468	$ 700,131	$ 719,584	$ 706,918	$ 650,302	$ 538,473	$ 2,856,659	$ 2,615,277	$ 2,182,879
Gross Profit	136,999	147,196	145,695	117,093	132,560	142,702	120,016	106,665	546,983	501,943	446,279
Net income	$ 42,840	$ 50,088	$ 39,495	$ 17,716	$ 34,052	$ 36,233	$ 24,173	$ 19,866	$ 150,139	$ 114,324	$ 112,903
Basic-
Basic (in dollars per share)	$ 1.18	$ 1.37	$ 1.08	$ 0.48	$ 0.93	$ 0.98	$ 0.65	$ 0.54	$ 4.11	$ 3.10	$ 3.03
Diluted-
Diluted (in dollars per share)	$ 1.17	$ 1.36	$ 1.08	$ 0.48	$ 0.92	$ 0.98	$ 0.65	$ 0.53	$ 4.09	$ 3.08	$ 3.00
Gain due to insurance proceeds received					$ 4,800